UNITED STATES


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark one)

x
þANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008

OR

2009
or
¨
oTRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period fromto

Commission file number:number 001-14063

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

(Exact Namename of Registrantregistrant as Specifiedspecified in Its Charter)

its charter)
Delaware 38-1886260

Delaware

38-1886260
(State or Other Jurisdictionother jurisdiction of

Incorporation
incorporation or Organization)

organization)
 

(I.R.S. Employer


Identification No.)

10560 Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Street North, St. Petersburg, Florida 33716


(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (727) 577-9749

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per shareNew York Stock Exchange

Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Rights
 New York Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yesxþ   No¨o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes¨o   Noxþ

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrantregistrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter periodsperiod that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yesxþ   No¨o
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yeso

   Noo

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’sregistrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.¨o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  x        Accelerated filer  ¨        Non-accelerated filer  ¨        Smaller reporting company  ¨

Large accelerated filerþAccelerated fileroNon-accelerated filero(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)Smaller reporting companyo
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes¨o   Noxþ

The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrantregistrant based on the closing sale price of the Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on February 29, 200828, 2009 was approximately $2.4$0.8 billion. For purposes of this determination, shares of Common Stock held by each officer and director and by each person who owns 10% or more of the outstanding Common Stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. The number of outstanding shares of the Registrant’sregistrant’s Common Stock as of the close of business on October 13, 2008,12, 2009, was 210,649,410.214,186,917. The Registrantregistrant does not have any non-voting stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The Registrant’sregistrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 20082009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on January 22, 200921, 2010 is incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein.

 


JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

2008
2009 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part I.

  

Item 1.

 

Part I.
Item 1.Business

 2

Item 1A.

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

 1312

Item 1B.

 

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

28
Item 2.Properties29
Item 3.Legal Proceedings 31

Item 2.

 

PropertiesItem 4.

 32

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

34

Item 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 3532

Part II.

  

Item 5.

 

Part II.
Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer
Purchases of Equity Securities

 3633

Item 6.

 

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

 3834

Item 7.

 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 4035

Item 7A.

 

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 6454

Item 8.

 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 6455

Item 9.

 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements withWith Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 6455

Item 9A.

 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

 6555

Item 9B.

 

Item 9B.

Other Information

 6656

Part III.

  

Item 10.

 

Part III.
Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 6757

Item 11.

 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

 6857

Item 12.

 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 68

Item 13.

 

Stockholder Matters57
Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 6858

Item 14.

 

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 6858

Part IV.

  

Item 15.

 

Part IV.
Item 15.Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 6959

Signatures

 122
Signatures104
EX-10.5
EX-10.5(F)
EX-21.1
EX-23.1
EX-31.1
EX-31.2
EX-32.1
EX-32.2


References in this report to “the Company”, “Jabil”, “we”, “our”, or “us” mean Jabil Circuit, Inc. together with its subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise requires. This Annual Report onForm 10-K contains certain statements that are, or may be deemed to be, forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) which are made in reliance upon the protections provided by such acts for forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements (such as when we describe what “will”,“will,” “may” or “should” occur, what we “plan”, “intend”, “estimate”, “believe”,“plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “believe,” “expect” or “anticipate” will occur, and other similar statements) include, but are not limited to, statements regarding future sales and operating results, future prospects, anticipated benefits of proposed (or future) acquisitions and new facilities, growth, the capabilities and capacities of business operations, any financial or other guidance and all statements that are not based on historical fact, but rather reflect our current expectations concerning future results and events. We make certain assumptions when making forward-looking statements, any of which could prove inaccurate, including, but not limited to, statements about our future operating results and business plans. Therefore, we can give no assurance that the results implied by these forward-looking statements will be realized. Furthermore, the inclusion of forward-looking information should not be regarded as a representation by the Company or any other person that future events, plans or expectations contemplated by the Company will be achieved. The ultimate correctness of these forward-looking statements is dependent upon a number of known and unknown risks and events, and is subject to various uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these statements. The following important factors, among others, could affect future results and events, causing those results and events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements:

  

business conditions and growth or declines in our customers’ industries, the electronic manufacturing services industry and the general economy;

  

the results of the review of our past stock option grants and revenue recognition being conducted by governmental authorities and related litigation and any ramifications thereof;

variability of our operating results;

  

our dependence on a limited number of major customers;

  

the potential consolidation of our customer base;base, and the potential movement by some of our customers of a portion of their manufacturing from us in order to more fully utilize their excess internal manufacturing capacity;

  

availability of components;

  

our dependence on certain industries;

  

seasonality;

our production levels are subject to the variability of customer requirements;requirements, including seasonal influences on the demand for certain end products;

  

our substantial international operations, and the resulting risks related to our operating internationally;

  

our ability to successfully negotiate definitive agreements and consummate acquisitions, and to integrate operations following the consummation of acquisitions;

  

our ability to take advantage of our past, current and currentpossible future restructuring efforts to improve utilization and realize savings and whether any such activity will adversely affect our cost structure, our ability to service customers and our labor relations;

  

our ability to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise;

  

the results of litigation related to our past stock option grants and any ramifications thereof;

other economic, business and competitive factors affecting our customers, our industry and our business generally; and

  

other factors that we may not have currently identified or quantified.

For a further list and description of various risks, relevant factors and uncertainties that could cause future results or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements, see the “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections contained in this document. Given these risks and uncertainties, the reader should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

All forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report onForm 10-K are made only as of the date of this Annual Report onForm 10-K, and we do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or correct any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that subsequently occur, or of which we hereafter become aware. You should read this document and the documents that we incorporate by reference into this Annual Report onForm 10-K completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We may not update these forward-looking statements, even if our situation changes in the future. All forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified by these cautionary statements.

1


PART I

Item 1.Business

The Company

We are one of the leading providers of worldwide electronic manufacturing services and solutions. We provide comprehensive electronics design, production, product management and aftermarket services to companies in the aerospace, automotive, computing, consumer, defense, industrial, instrumentation, medical, networking, peripherals, solar, storage and telecommunications industries. We serve our customers primarily with dedicated business units that combine highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing with advanced electronic design and design for manufacturability technologies. Based on revenue, net revenueof estimated product return costs, (“net revenue”) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008,2009 our largest customers currently include Cisco Systems, Inc., EchoStar Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Company, International Business Machines Corporation, Motorola,NetApp, Inc., Network Appliance, NEC Corporation (“NEC”), Nokia Corporation, Nokia Siemens Networks S.p.A., Pace plc, Research in Motion Limited and Royal Philips Electronics (“Philips”), and Tellabs, Inc.Electronics. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008,2009, we had net revenues of approximately $12.8$11.7 billion and a net incomeloss of approximately $133.9 million.

$1.2 billion (which included a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $1.0 billion for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009).

We offer our customers electronics design, production, product management and aftermarket solutions that are responsive to their manufacturing needs. Our business units are capable of providing our customers with varying combinations of the following services:

integrated design and engineering;

integrated design and engineering;
component selection, sourcing and procurement;
automated assembly;
design and implementation of product testing;
parallel global production;
enclosure services;
systems assembly, direct order fulfillment and configure to order; and
aftermarket services.

component selection, sourcing and procurement;

automated assembly;

design and implementation of product testing;

parallel global production;

enclosure services;

systems assembly, direct-order fulfillment and configure-to-order; and

aftermarket services.

We currently conduct our operations in facilities that are located in Austria, Belgium, Brazil, China, England, France, Germany, Hungary, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, The Netherlands, Poland, Russia, Scotland, Singapore, Taiwan, Ukraine, Vietnamthe U.S. and the U.S.Vietnam. Our global manufacturing production sites allow usour customers to

manufacture products for our customerssimultaneously in parallel in what we believe are the most efficient marketplacesoptimal locations for their products. Our services allow customers to improve supply-chain management, reduce inventory obsolescence, lower transportation costs and reduce product fulfillment time. We have identified our global presence as a key to assessing our business performance.

On September 1, 2007, we reorganized

     We manage our manufacturing business into aand operations in three divisions – Consumer, division and an Electronic Manufacturing Services (“EMS”) division. Based on this reorganization, we currently have three operating segments – Consumer, EMS and Aftermarket Services (“AMS”). We believe that these divisions provide cost-effective solutions for our customers by grouping business units with similar needs together into divisions, each with full accountability for design, operations, supply chain management and delivery. Our AMS division provides warranty and repair services to customers in a broad range of industries, including certain of our manufacturing customers. Our Consumer division has dedicated resources designed to meet the particular needs of the consumer products industry and focuses on cell phones and mobile products, televisions, set-top boxes and peripheral products such as printers. Our EMS division focuses on the traditional and emerging electronic manufacturing services business sectors includingsuch as aerospace, automotive, computing, defense, and aerospace, industrial instrumentation, medical, networking, solar, storage and telecommunications businesses. See “– Financial Information about Business Segments” below.

Our AMS division provides warranty and repair services to customers in a broad range of industries, including certain of our manufacturing customers.

Our principal executive offices are located at 10560 Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Street North, St. Petersburg, Florida 33716, and our telephone number is (727) 577-9749. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1992. Our website is located at http://www.jabil.com. Through a link on the “Investors” section of our website, we make available the following financial filings as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”): our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, our Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). All such filings are available free of charge. Information contained in our website, whether currently posted or posted in the future, is not a part of this document or the documents incorporated by reference in this document.

2


Industry Background

The industry in which we operate is composed of companies that provide a range of manufacturing and design services to companies that utilize electronics components. The industry experienced rapid change and growth through the 1990’s as an increasing number of companies chose to outsource an increasing portion, and, in some cases, all of their manufacturing requirements. In mid-2001, the industry’s revenue declined as a result of significant cut-backs in customer production requirements, which was consistent with the overall global economic downturn in the technology sector at the time. In response to this industry and global economic downturn in the technology sector, we implemented restructuring programs to reduce our cost structure and further align our manufacturing capacity with the geographic production demands of our customers. Industry revenues generally began to stabilize in 2003 and companies continue to turnturned to outsourcing instead ofversus internal manufacturing. In addition, the number of industries serviced, as well as the market penetration in certain industries, by electronic manufacturing service providers has increased over the past fourseveral years. We believe further growth opportunities exist for the industry to penetrate the worldwide electronics markets. The rateAfter several years of growth, however,our net revenues for fiscal year 2009 declined by approximately 8.6% to $11.7 billion as compared to $12.8 billion for fiscal year 2008. This decline was largely the result of gross domestic producta deteriorating macro-economic environment within this past year which resulted in illiquidity in the U.S. has recently declined. Whileoverall credit markets and a significant economic downturn in the North American, European and Asian markets. Though significant uncertainty remains regarding the extent and timing of the economic recovery, we are beginning to see signs of stabilization as the overall credit markets have significantly improved and it appears that the global economic stimulus programs put in place are starting to have a positive impact, particularly in China. We will continue to monitor the current economic environment and its potential impact on both the customers that we serve as well as our end-markets and closely manage our costs and capital resources so that we can respond appropriately as circumstances continue to change. Such economic conditions led us to implement the 2009 Restructuring Plan. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations – Restructuring and Impairment Charges” and Note 10 – “Restructuring and Impairment Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the 2009 Restructuring Plan. Also, as a result of recent economic conditions, some of our customers have not yet hadmoved a material negativeportion of their manufacturing from us in order to more fully utilize their excess internal manufacturing capacity. This movement, and possible future movements, may negatively impact on our results of operations, they may have such an impact overoperations. Over the next several fiscal quarters and possibly beyond. Factorslonger term, factors driving companies to favor outsourcing include:

  

Reduced Product Cost.IndustryManufacturing service providers are able to manufacture products at a reduced total cost to companies. These cost advantages result from higher utilization of capacity because of diversified product demand and, typically, a higher sensitivity to elements of cost.

  

Accelerated Product Time-to-Market and Time-to-Volume.IndustryManufacturing service providers are often able to deliver accelerated production start-ups and achieve high efficiencies in transferring new products into

production. Providers are also able to more rapidly scale production for changing markets and to position themselves in global locations that serve the leading world markets. With increasingly shorter product life cycles, these key services allow new products to be sold in the marketplace in an accelerated time frame.

  

Access to Advanced Design and Manufacturing Technologies.Customers may gain access to additional advanced technologies in manufacturing processes, as well as product and production design. Product and production design services may offer customers significant improvements in the performance, cost, time-to-market and manufacturability of their products.

  

Improved Inventory Management and Purchasing Power.IndustryManufacturing service providers are able to manage both procurement and inventory, and have demonstrated proficiency in purchasing components at improved pricing due to the scale of their operations and continuous interaction with the materials marketplace.

  

Reduced Capital Investment in Manufacturing.Companies are increasingly seeking to lower their investment in inventory, facilities and equipment used in manufacturing in order to allocate capital to other activities such as sales and marketing and research and development (“R&D”). This shift in capital deployment has placed a greater emphasis on outsourcing to external manufacturing specialists.

Our Strategy

We are focused on expanding our position as one of the leading providers of worldwide electronics design, production, product management and aftermarket services. To achieve this objective, we continue to pursue the following strategies:

  

Establish and Maintain Long-Term Customer Relationships.Our core strategy is to establish and maintain long-term relationships with leading companies in expanding industries with size and growth characteristics that can benefit from highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing on a global scale. Over the last fourpast several years, we have made concentrated efforts to diversify our industry sectors and customer base. As a result of these efforts, we have experienced business growth from existing customers and from new customers. Additionally, our acquisitions have contributed to our business growth. We focus on maintaining long-term relationships with our customers and seek to expand these relationships to include additional product lines and services. In addition, we have a focused effort to identify and develop relationships with new customers who meet our profile.

3


  

Utilize Business Units.Each of our business units is dedicated to one customer and operates with a high level of autonomy, primarily utilizing dedicated production equipment, production workers, supervisors, buyers, planners, and engineers. We believe our customer centric business units promote increased responsiveness to our customers’ needs, particularly as a customer relationship grows to multiple production locations.

4


  

Expand Parallel Global Production.Our ability to produce the same product on a global scale is a significant requirement of our customers. We believe that parallel global production is a key strategy to reduce obsolescence risk and secure the lowest landed costs while simultaneously supplying products of equivalent or comparable quality throughout the world. Consistent with this strategy, we have established or acquired operations in Austria, Belgium, Brazil, China, England, France, Germany, Hungary, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, The Netherlands, Poland, Russia, Scotland, Singapore, Taiwan, Turkey, Ukraine and Vietnam to increase our European, Asian and Latin American presence.

  

Offer Systems Assembly, Direct-Order Fulfillment and Configure-to-Order Services.Our systems assembly, direct-order fulfillment and configure-to-order services allow our customers to reduce product cost and risk of product obsolescence by reducing total work-in-process and finished goods inventory. These services are available at all of our manufacturing locations.

  

Offer Design and Aftermarket Services.We offer a wide spectrum of value-add design services for products that we manufacture for our customers. We provide these services to enhance our relationships with current customers by allowing them the flexibility to utilize complementary design services to achieve improvements in performance, cost, time-to-market and manufacturability, as well as to help develop relationships with new customers. We also offer aftermarket services from strategic hub locations. Our aftermarket service centers allow us to provide service to our customers’ products following completion of the traditional manufacturing and fulfillment process.

Pursue Selective Acquisition Opportunities.CompaniesWhile some of our customers have continuedrecently moved a portion of their manufacturing from us in order to more fully utilize their excess internal manufacturing capacity, we believe that the longer-term, stronger trend has been for companies to divest internal manufacturing operations to manufacturing providers such as Jabil. In many of these situations,

companies enter into a customer relationship with the manufacturing provider that acquires the operations. More recently, our acquisition strategy has expanded beyond focusing on acquisition opportunities presented by companies divesting internal manufacturing operations, but also pursuing manufacturing, aftermarket services and/or design operations and other acquisition opportunities complementary to our services offerings. The primary goal of our acquisition strategy is to complement our geographic footprint and diversify our business into new industry sectors and with new customers, and to expand the scope of the services we can offer to our customers. As the scope of our acquisition opportunities expands, the risks associated with our acquisitions expand as well, both in terms of the amount of risk we face and the scope of such risks. See “Risk Factors We may not achieve expected profitability from our acquisitions.”

Our Approach to Manufacturing

In order to achieve high levels of manufacturing performance, we have adopted the following approaches:

  

Business Units.Each of our business units is dedicated to one customer and is empowered to formulate strategies tailored to individual customer needs. Each business unit has dedicated production lines consisting of equipment, production workers, supervisors, buyers, planners and engineers. Under certain circumstances, a production line may include more than one business unit in order to maximize resource utilization. Business units have direct responsibility for manufacturing results and time-to-volume production, promoting a sense of individual commitment and ownership. The business unit approach is modular and enables us to grow incrementally without disrupting the operations of other business units.

  

Business Unit Management.Our Business Unit Managers coordinate all financial, manufacturing and engineering commitments for each of our customers at a particular manufacturing facility. Our Business Unit Directors oversee local Business Unit Managers and coordinate worldwide financial, manufacturing and engineering commitments for each of our customers that have global production requirements. Jabil’s Business Unit Management has the authority (within high-level parameters set by executive management) to develop customer relationships, make design strategy decisions and production commitments, establish pricing, and implement production and electronic design changes. Business Unit Managers and Directors are also responsible for assisting customers with strategic planning for future products, including developing cost and technology goals. These Managers and Directors operate autonomously with responsibility for the development of customer relationships and direct profit and loss accountability for business unit performance.

  

Automated Continuous Flow.We use a highly automated, continuous flow approach where different pieces of equipment are joined directly or by conveyor to create an in-line assembly process. This process is in contrast to a batch approach, where individual pieces of assembly equipment are operated as freestanding work-centers. The elimination of waiting time prior to sequential operations results in faster manufacturing, which improves production efficiencies and quality control, and reduces inventory work-in-process. Continuous flow manufacturing provides cost reductions and quality improvement when applied to volume manufacturing.

  

Computer Integration.We support all aspects of our manufacturing activities with advanced computerized control and monitoring systems. Component inspection and vendor quality are monitored electronically in real-time. Materials

5


planning, purchasing, stockroom and shop floor control systems are supported through a computerized Manufacturing Resource Planning system, providing customers with a continuous ability to monitor material availability and track work-in-process on a real-time basis. Manufacturing processes are supported by a real-time, computerized statistical process control system, whereby customers can remotely access our computer systems to monitor real-time yields, inventory positions, work-in-process status and vendor quality data. See “Technology” and “Risk Factors – Any delay in the implementation of our information systems could disrupt our operations and cause unanticipated increases in our costs.”

6


  

Supply Chain Management.We make available an electronic commerce system/electronic data interchange and web-based tools for our customers and suppliers to implement a variety of supply chain management programs. Most of our customers utilize these tools to share demand and product forecasts and deliver purchase orders. We use these tools with most of our suppliers for just-in-time delivery, supplier-managed inventory and consigned supplier-managed inventory.

Our Design Services

We offer a wide spectrum of value-add design services for products that we manufacture for our customers. We provide these services to enhance our relationships with current customers and to help develop relationships with new customers. We offer the following design services:

  

Electronic Design.Our electronic design team provides electronic circuit design services, including application-specific integrated circuit design and firmware development. These services have been used to develop a variety of circuit designs for cellular telephone accessories, notebook and personal computers, servers, radio frequency products, video set-top boxes, optical communications products, personal digital assistants, communication broadband products, and automotive and consumer appliance controls.

  

Industrial Design Services.Our industrial design team assists in designing the “look and feel” of the plastic and metal enclosures that house printed circuit board assemblies (“PCBA”) and systems.

  

Mechanical Design.Our mechanical engineering design team specializes in three-dimensional design and analysis of electronic and optical assemblies using state of the art modeling and analytical tools. The mechanical team has extended Jabil’s product offering capabilities to include all aspects of industrial design, advance mechanism development and tooling management.

  

Computer-Assisted Design.Our computer-assisted design (“CAD”) team provides PCBA design services using advanced CAD/computer-assisted engineering tools, PCBA design testing and verification services, and other consulting services, which include the generation of a bill of materials, approved vendor list and assembly equipment configuration for a particular PCBA design. We believe that our CAD services result in PCBA designs that are optimized for manufacturability and cost, and accelerate the time-to-market and time-to-volume production.

  

Product Validation.Our product validation team provides complete product and process validation. This includes system test, product safety, regulatory compliance and reliability.

  

Product Solutions.Our product solutions efforts are focused on providing system-based solutions to engineering problems and challenges on the design of new technologies and concepts in specific growth areas as a means of expanding our customer relationships.

Our design centers are located in: Vienna, Austria; Hasselt, Belgium; Beijing Tianjin and Shanghai, China; Colorado Springs, Colorado; St. Petersburg, Florida; Jena, Germany; Tokyo, Japan; Auburn Hills, Michigan; and Hsinchu, Taichung and Taipei, Taiwan. Our teams are strategically staffed to support Jabil customers for all development projects, including turnkey system design and design for manufacturing activities. See “Risk Factors We may not be able to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise.”

We are exposed to different or greater potential liabilities from our design services than those we face from our regular manufacturing services. See “Risk Factors Our design services offerings may result in additional exposure to product liability, intellectual property infringement and other claims, in addition to the business risk of being unable to produce the revenues necessary to profit from these services.”

Our Systems Assembly, Test, Direct-Order Fulfillment and Configure-to-Order Services

We offer systems assembly, test, direct-order fulfillment and configure-to-order services to our customers. Our systems assembly services extend our range of assembly activities to include assembly of higher-level

sub-systems and systems incorporating multiple PCBAs. We maintain systems assembly capacity to meet the increasing demands of our customers. In addition, we provide testing services, based on quality assurance programs developed with our customers, of the PCBAs, sub-systems and systems products that we manufacture. Our quality assurance programs include circuit testing under various environmental conditions to try to ensure that our products meet or exceed required customer specifications. We also offer direct-order fulfillment and configure-to-order services for delivery of final products we assemble for our customers.

Our Aftermarket Services

As an extension of our manufacturing model and an enhancement to our total global solution, we offer aftermarket services from strategic hub locations. Jabil aftermarket service centers provide warranty and repair services to certain of our manufacturing customers but primarily to other customers. We have the ability to service our customers’ products following completion of the traditional manufacturing and fulfillment process.

7


Our aftermarket service centers are located in: Shanghai, Suzhou, China; Coventry, England; St. Petersburg, Florida; Szombathely, Hungary; Louisville, Kentucky; Penang, Malaysia; Chihuahua and Reynosa, Mexico; Amsterdam, The Netherlands; Bydgozcz, Poland; Memphis, Tennessee; and Round Rock and McAllen, Texas.

Technology

We believe that our manufacturing and testing technologies are among the most advanced in the industry. Through our R&D efforts, we intend to continue to offer our customers among the most advanced highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing process technologies. These technologies include surface mount technology, high-density ball grid array, chip scale packages, flip chip/direct chip attach, advanced chip-on-board, thin substrate processes, reflow solder of mixed technology circuit boards, lead-free processing, densification, and other testing and emerging interconnect technologies. In addition to our R&D activities, we are continuously making refinements to our existing manufacturing processes in connection with providing manufacturing services to our customers. See “Risk Factors – We may not be able to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise.”

Research and Development

To meet our customers’ increasingly sophisticated needs, we continually engage in research and product design activities. These activities include electronic design, mechanical design, software design, system level design, product validation, and other design related activities necessary to manufacture our customers’ products in the most cost-effective and reliable manner.

We are engaged in advanced research and platform designs for products including: cell phone products, wireless and broadband access products, server and storage products, set-top and digital home products, optical projection, and printing products. These activities focus on assisting our customers in product creation and manufacturing solutions.

For fiscal years 2009, 2008 2007 and 2006,2007, we expended $27.3 million, $33.0 million $36.4 million and $35.0$36.4 million, respectively, on R&D activities.

Financial Information about Business Segments
     We derive revenue from providing comprehensive electronics design, production, product management and aftermarket services. Management evaluates performance and allocates resources on a divisional basis for manufacturing and service operating segments. Accordingly, our reportable operating segments consist of three segments – Consumer, EMS, and AMS – to reflect how we manage our business. See Note 13 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Customers and Marketing

Our core strategy is to establish and maintain long-term relationships with leading companies in expanding industries with the size and growth characteristics that can benefit from highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing on a global scale. A small number of customers and significant industry sectors have historically

comprised a major portion of our revenue, net of estimated product return costs (“net revenue”).revenue. The table below sets forth the respective portion of net revenue for the applicable period attributable to our customers who individually accounted for approximately 10% or more of our net revenue in any respective period:

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2008  2007  2006 

Cisco Systems, Inc.  

  16% 15%     *

Nokia Corporation

      * 13% 21%

Royal Philips Electronics

      *     * 12%

Hewlett-Packard Company

  11%     *     *

             
  Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
  2009 2008 2007
Cisco Systems, Inc.  13%  16%  15%
Research in Motion Limited  12%  *   * 
Nokia Corporation  *   *   13%
Hewlett-Packard Company  *   11%  * 
*less than 10% of net revenue

8


Our net revenue was distributed over the following significant industry sectors for the periods indicated:

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2008  2007  2006 

EMS

    

Automotive

  4% 5% 5%

Computing and storage

  13% 11% 11%

Instrumentation and medical

  18% 19% 20%

Networking

  21% 20% 13%

Telecommunications

  6% 5% 6%

Other

  2% 2% 1%
          

Total EMS

  64% 62% 56%
          

Consumer

    

Display

  7% 8% 8%

Mobility

  12% 16% 21%

Peripherals

  12% 10% 11%
          

Total Consumer

  31% 34% 40%
          

AMS

  5% 4% 4%
          

Total

  100% 100% 100%
          

             
  Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
  2009  2008  2007 
EMS
            
Automotive  3%  4%  5%
Computing and storage  11%  13%  11%
Instrumentation and medical  19%  18%  19%
Networking  17%  21%  20%
Telecommunications  6%  6%  5%
Other  2%  2%  2%
          
Total EMS
  58%  64%  62%
          
             
Consumer
            
Display  4%  7%  8%
Mobility  20%  12%  16%
Peripherals  12%  12%  10%
          
Total Consumer
  36%  31%  34%
          
             
Total AMS
  6%  5%  4%
          
Total
  100%  100%  100%
          
In fiscal year 2008,2009, our five largest customers accounted for approximately 47%43% of our net revenue and 4450 customers accounted for approximately 90% of our net revenue. We currently depend, and expect to continue to depend, upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant percentage of our net revenue. As illustrated in the two tables above, the historic percentages of net revenue we have received from specific customers or significant industry sectors have varied substantially from year to year. Accordingly, these historic percentages are not necessarily indicative of the percentage of net revenue that we may receive from any customer or industry sector in the future. In the past, some of our customers have terminatedand upon their manufacturing arrangements with us or have significantly reduced or delayed the volume of design, production, product managementgrowth, viability and aftermarket services ordered from us. We cannot provide assurance that present or future customers will not terminate their manufacturing arrangements with us or significantly change, reduce or delay the amount of design, production, product management and aftermarket services ordered from us. If they do, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.financial stability. See “Risk Factors Because we depend on a limited number of customers, a reduction in sales to any one of our customers could cause a significant decline in our revenue”revenue,” “Risk Factors — Consolidation in industries that utilize electronics components may adversely affect our business” and Note 13 “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We have made concentrated efforts to diversify our industry sectors and customer base, including but not limited to increasing our net revenue in the instrumentation and medical sector, through acquisitions and organic growth. Our Business Unit Managers and Directors, supported by executive management, work to expand existing customer relationships through the addition of product lines and services. These individuals also identify and attempt to develop relationships with new customers who meet our profile. This profile includes financial stability, need for technology-driven turnkey manufacturing, anticipated unit volume and long-term relationship stability. Unlike traditional sales managers, our Business Unit Managers and Directors are responsible for ongoing management of production for their customers.

     On September 24, 2009, we entered into an agreement with an unrelated third-party to sell the operations of Jabil Circuit Automotive, SAS, an automotive electronics manufacturing subsidiary located in Western Europe. Pending country-specific regulatory approvals and other closing conditions, we expect to finalize this transaction in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010 and currently anticipate recognizing an estimated loss on disposal in our Consolidated Statement of Operations of approximately $15.0 to $25.0 million, including approximately $4.0 million in transaction related fees to be settled in cash.
International Operations

A key element of our strategy is to provide localized production of global products for leading companies in the major consuming regions of the Americas, Europe and Asia. Consistent with this strategy, we have established or acquired manufacturing, design and/or aftermarket service facilities in Austria, Belgium, Brazil, China, England, France, Germany, Hungary, India, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, The Netherlands, Poland, Russia, Scotland, Singapore, Taiwan, Ukraine and Vietnam.

Our European facilities located in Austria, Belgium, England, France, Germany, Hungary, Italy, The Netherlands, Poland, Scotland, and Ukraine, provide European and multinational customers with design, manufacturing and aftermarket services to satisfy their local market consumption requirements.

Our Asian facilities located in China, India, Japan, Malaysia, Singapore, Taiwan and Vietnam, enable us to provide local manufacturing and design services and a more competitive cost structure in the Asian market; and serve as a low cost manufacturing source for new and existing customers in the global market.

9


Our Latin American facilities located in Mexico enable us to provide a low cost manufacturing source for new and existing customers principally in the U.S. marketplace. Our Latin American facilities located in Brazil provide customers with manufacturing services to satisfy their local market consumption requirements.

See “Risk Factors – We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from our international operations, which may be subject to a number of risks and often require more management time and expense to achieve profitability than our domestic operations” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Financial Information about Business Segments

We derive revenue from providing comprehensive electronics design, production, product management and aftermarket services. Management evaluates performance and allocates resources on a divisional basis for manufacturing and service operating segments. Accordingly, our reportable operating segments consist of three segments – Consumer, EMS, and AMS – to reflect how we manage our business. See Note 13 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Competition

Our business is highly competitive. We compete against numerous domestic and internationalforeign electronic manufacturing services and design providers, including Benchmark Electronics, Inc., Celestica, Inc., Elcoteq SE, Flextronics International Ltd., Hon-Hai Precision Industry Co., Ltd., Plexus Corp. and Sanmina – SCISanmina-SCI Corporation. In addition, recent consolidation in our industry has resulted in larger and more geographically diverse competitors who have significant combined resources with which to compete against us. Also, we may in the future encounter competition from other large electronic manufacturers, and manufacturers that are focused solely on design and manufacturing services, that are selling, or may begin to sell the sameelectronics manufacturing services. Most of our competitors have international operations and significant financial resources and some have substantially greater manufacturing, R&D and marketing resources than we do.us.
     We also face competition from the manufacturing operations of our current and potential customers, who are continually evaluating the merits of manufacturing products internally against the advantages of outsourcing.

Recently, some of our customers have moved a portion of their manufacturing from us in order to more fully utilize their excess internal manufacturing capacity.

We believemay be operating at a cost disadvantage compared to competitors who: (i) have greater direct buying power from component suppliers, distributors and raw material suppliers; (ii) have lower cost structures as a result of their geographic location or the services they provide or (iii) are willing to make sales or provide services at lower margins than us. As a result, competitors may procure a competitive advantage and obtain business from our customers. In addition, our manufacturing processes are generally not subject to significant proprietary protection. Also, companies with greater resources or a greater market presence may enter our market or increase their competition with us. We also expect our competitors to continue to improve the performance of their current products or services, to reduce their current products or service sales prices and to introduce new products or services that the primary basismay offer greater performance and/or improved pricing. Any of competitionthese developments could cause a decline in sales, loss of market acceptance of our targeted markets is manufacturing capability, price, manufacturing quality, advanced manufacturing technology, design expertise, time-to-volume production, reliable delivery, and regionally dispersed manufacturing. Management believes we currently compete favorably with respect to these factors.products or services, profit margin compression or loss of market share. See “Risk Factors We compete with numerous other electronic manufacturing services and design providers and others, including our current and potential customers who may decide to manufacture some or all of their products internally.”

Backlog

Our order backlog at August 31, 20082009 was valued at approximately $3.7$2.2 billion, compared to approximately $3.0$3.7 billion at August 31, 2007.2008. Although our backlog consists of firm purchase orders, the level of backlog at any particular time is not necessarily indicative of future sales. Given the nature of our relationships with our customers, we frequently allow our customers to cancel or reschedule deliveries, and therefore, backlog is not a meaningful indicator of future financial results. Although we may seek to negotiate fees to cover the costs of such cancellations or rescheduling, we may not always be successful in such negotiations. See “Risk Factors Most of our customers do not commit to long-term production schedules, which makes it difficult for us to schedule production and achieve maximum efficiency of our manufacturing capacity.”

Seasonality

Production levels for our consumer division and the automotive industry sector of our EMSConsumer division are subject to seasonal influences. We may realize greater net revenue during our first fiscal quarter due to highhigher demand for consumer products during the holiday selling season.

Components Procurement

We procure components from a broad group of suppliers, determined on an assembly-by-assembly basis. Almost all of the products we manufacture require one or more components that are available from only a single source. Some of these components are allocated from time to time in response to supply shortages. We attempt to ensure continuity of supply of these components. In cases where unanticipated customer demand or supply shortages occur, we attempt to arrange for alternative sources of supply, where available, or defer planned production to meet the anticipated availability of the critical component. In some cases, supply shortages may substantially curtail production of assemblies using a particular component. In addition, at various times there have been industry-wide shortages of electronic components, particularly of semiconductor products. Such shortages have produced insignificant levels of short-term interruption of our operations, but we cannot assure you that such shortages, if any, will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the future. In order to reduce their expenses during the current recessionary conditions, a number of our customers and other companies in the industries that we serve have allowed their inventories to decrease significantly

10


over the past several quarters. If, in preparation for increased demand from their customers, these businesses increase their orders in an attempt to replenish their inventories, the result could be significant industry-wide shortages of electronic components. See “Risk Factors We depend on a limited number of suppliers for components that are critical to our manufacturing processes. A shortage of these components or an increase in their price could interrupt our operations and reduce our profits.”

Proprietary Rights

We regard certain of our manufacturing processes and electronic designs as proprietary intellectual property. To protect our proprietary rights, we rely largely upon a combination of trade secret laws; non-disclosure agreements with our customers, employees, and suppliers; our internal security systems; confidentiality procedures and employee confidentiality agreements. Although we take steps to protect our intellectual property, misappropriation may still occur. Historically, patents have not played a significant role in the protection of our proprietary rights. Nevertheless, we currently have a relatively modest number of solely owned and jointly held patents in various technology areas, and we believe that our evolving business practices and industry trends may result in continued growth of our patent portfolio and its importance to us, particularly as we expand our business activities. Other important factors include the knowledge and experience of our management and personnel and our ability to develop, enhance and market manufacturing services.

We license some technology and intellectual property rights from third parties that we use in providing manufacturing and design services to our customers. We believe that such licenses are generally available on commercial terms from a number of licensors. Generally, the agreements governing such technology and intellectual property rights grant us non-exclusive, worldwide licenses with respect to the subject technology and terminate upon a material breach by us.

We believe that our electronic designs and manufacturing processes do not infringe on the proprietary rights of third parties. However, if third parties assert valid infringement claims against us with respect to past, current or future designs or processes, we could be required to enter into an expensive royalty arrangement, develop non-infringing designs or processes and discontinue use of the infringing design or processes, or engage in costly litigation. See “Risk Factors We may not be able to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise; Our regular manufacturing process and services may result in exposure to intellectual property infringements and other claims; The success of our turnkey solution activities depends in part on our ability to obtain, protect, and leverage intellectual property rights to our designs; and Intellectual property infringement claims against our customers or us could harm our business.”

Employees

As of October 12, 2009 and October 13, 2008, we had approximately 61,000 full-time employees, compared to approximately 61,000 full-time employees at October 12, 2007.employees. None of our domestic employees are represented by a labor union. In certain international locations, our employees are represented by labor unions and by works councils. We have never experienced a significant work stoppage or strike and we believe that our employee relations are good.

Geographic Information

The information regarding net revenue and long-lived assets set forth in Note 13 “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, is hereby incorporated by reference into this Part I, Item 1.

Environmental

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental, regulations, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws and regulations, including those relating to the use, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous chemicals used during our manufacturing process, orthose requiring design changes or conformity assessments or those relating to the recycling of products we manufacture. We believe thatIf we are currently in substantial compliance with all material environmental regulations. However, from time to time, new regulations are enacted, or existing requirements are changed, and it can be difficult to anticipate how such regulations and changes will be implemented and enforced. We continue to evaluate the necessary steps for compliance with such regulations as they are enacted. Any failurefail to comply with any present and future regulations, we could become subject us to future liabilities, the suspension of production, or a prohibitionprohibitions on the salesales of products we manufacture. In addition, such regulations could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or could require us to acquire costly equipment, or to incur other significant expense to comply with environmental regulations,expenses, including expenses associated with the recall of any non-compliant product or with changes in our procurement and inventory management activities. See “Risk Factors Compliance or the failure to comply with current and future environmental, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws or regulations could cause us significant expense.”

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Executive officers are appointed by the Board of Directors and serve at the discretion of the Board. Each executive officer is a full-time employee of Jabil. There are no family relationships among our executive officers and directors. There are no arrangements or understandings between any of our executive officers and any other persons pursuant to which any of such executive officers were selected.

11


Forbes I.J. Alexander (age 48)(age 49) was named Chief Financial Officer in September 2004. Mr. Alexander joined Jabil in 1993 as Controller of Jabil’s Scottish operation and was promoted to Assistant Treasurer in April 1996. Mr. Alexander was Treasurer from November 1996 to August 2004. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Alexander was Financial Controller of Tandy Electronics European Manufacturing Operations in Scotland and has held various financial positions with Hewlett Packard and Apollo Computer. Mr. Alexander is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Management Accountants. He holds a B.A. in Accounting from the University of Abertay Dundee, formerly Dundee College of Technology, Scotland.

Sergio Cadavid(age 53) joined Jabil as Treasurer in June 2006. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Cadavid was Assistant Treasurer Director Global Enterprise Risk Management for Owens-Illinois, Inc. in Toledo, Ohio. Mr. Cadavid joined Owens Illinois, Inc. in 1988 and held various financial positions in the U.S., Italy and Colombia. He has also held various positions with The Quaker Oats Company, Arthur Andersen & Co. and J.M. Family Enterprises, Inc. Mr. CadavidHe holds an M.B.A. from the University of Florida and a B.B.A. from Florida International University.

Meheryar “Mike” Dastoor(age 43)44) was named Controller in June 2004. Mr. Dastoor joined Jabil in 2000 as Regional Controller Asia Pacific. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Dastoor was a Regional Financial Controller for Inchcape PLC. Mr. Dastoor joined Inchcape in 1993. He holds a degree in Finance and Accounting from the University of Bombay. Mr. Dastoor is a Chartered Accountant from the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

John Lovato (age 48)(age 49) was named Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Consumer Division in September 2007. Mr. Lovato joined Jabil in 1990 as Business Unit Manager, and has also served as General Manager of Jabil’s California operation. Mr. Lovato was named Vice President, Global Business Units in 1999 and then Senior Vice President, Business Development in November 2002. Most recently Mr. Lovato served as Senior Vice President, Europe from September 2004 to September 2007. Before joining Jabil, Mr. Lovato held various positions at Texas Instruments. He holds a B.S. in Electronics Engineering from McMaster University in Ontario, Canada.

Timothy L. Main (age 51)(age 52) has served as Chief Executive Officer of Jabil since September 2000, as President since January 1999 and as a director since October 1999. He joined Jabil in April 1987 as a Production Control Manager, was promoted to Operations Manager in September 1987, to Project Manager in July 1989, to Vice President Business Development in May 1991, and to Senior Vice President, Business Development in August 1996. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Main was a commercial lending officer, international division for the National Bank of Detroit. Mr. Main has earnedHe holds a B.S. from Michigan State University and Master of International Management from the American Graduate School of International Management (Thunderbird).

Mark Mondello(age 44)45) was promoted to Chief Operating Officer in November 2002. Mr. Mondello joined Jabil in 1992 as Production Line Supervisor and was promoted to Project Manager in 1993. Mr. Mondello was named Vice President, Business Development in 1997 and served as Senior Vice President, Business Development from January 1999 through November 2002. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Mondello served as project manager on commercial and defense-related aerospace programs for Moog, Inc. He holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the University of South Florida.

William D. Muir, Jr. (age 40)(age 41) was named Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, EMS Division in September 2007. Mr. Muir joined Jabil in 1992 as a Quality Engineer and has served in management positions including Senior Director of Operations for Florida, Michigan, Guadalajara, and

Chihuahua; was promoted to Vice President, Operations-Americas in February 2001 and was named Vice President, Global Business Units in November 2002. Mr. Muir recently served as Senior Vice President, Regional President Asia from September 2004 to September 2007. In 1992, Mr. Muir earnedHe holds a Bachelor’s degree in Industrial Engineering and an MBA, both from the University of Florida.

Robert L. Paver (age 52)(age 53) joined Jabil as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary in 1997. Prior to working for Jabil, Mr. Paver was a partner with the law firm of Holland & Knight in St. Petersburg, Florida. Mr. Paver served as an adjunct professor of law at Stetson University College of Law. He holds a B.A. from the University of Florida and a J.D. from Stetson University College of Law.

Item 1A.Risk Factors

As referenced, this Annual Report on Form 10-K includes certain forward-looking statements regarding various matters. The ultimate correctness of those forward-looking statements is dependent upon a number of known and unknown risks and events, and is subject to various uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be different from those expressed or implied by those statements. Undue reliance should not be placed on those forward-looking statements. The following important factors, among others, as well as those factors set forth in our other SEC filings from time to time, could affect future results and events, causing results and events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements.

12


Our operating results may fluctuate due to a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control.

Our annual and quarterly operating results are affected by a number of factors, including:

adverse changes in general economic conditions;

adverse changes in current macro-economic conditions, both in the U.S. and internationally;
the level and timing of customer orders;
the level of capacity utilization of our manufacturing facilities and associated fixed costs;
the composition of the costs of revenue between materials, labor and manufacturing overhead;
price competition;
changes in demand for our products or services;
changes in demand in our customers’ end markets;
our exposure to financially troubled customers;
our level of experience in manufacturing a particular product;
the degree of automation used in our assembly process;
the efficiencies achieved in managing inventories and fixed assets;
fluctuations in materials costs and availability of materials;
adverse changes in political conditions, both in the U.S. and internationally, including among other things, adverse changes in tax laws and rates, adverse changes in trade policies and adverse changes in fiscal and monetary policies;
seasonality in customers’ product requirements; and
the timing of expenditures in anticipation of increased sales, customer product delivery requirements and shortages of components or labor.

the level and timing of customer orders;

the level of capacity utilization of our manufacturing facilities and associated fixed costs;

the composition of the costs of revenue between materials, labor and manufacturing overhead;

price competition;

changes in demand for our products or services;

changes in demand in our customers’ end markets;

our level of experience in manufacturing a particular product;

the degree of automation used in our assembly process;

the efficiencies achieved in managing inventories and fixed assets;

fluctuations in materials costs and availability of materials;

seasonality in customers’ product requirements; and

the timing of expenditures in anticipation of increased sales, customer product delivery requirements and shortages of components or labor.

The volume and timing of orders placed by our customers vary due to variation in demand for our customers’ products; our customers’ attempts to manage their inventory; electronic design changes; changes in our customers’ manufacturing strategies; and acquisitions of or consolidations among our customers. In addition, our Consumer division and the automotive industry sector of our EMS division are subject to seasonal influences. We may realize greater revenue during our first fiscal quarter due to high demand for consumer products during the holiday selling season. In the past, changes in customer orders that reduce net revenue have had a significant effect on our results of operations as a result of our overhead remaining relatively fixed while

our net revenue decreased. Any one or a combination of these factors could adversely affect our annual and quarterly results of operations in the future. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Quarterly Results (Unaudited).of Operations.

Because we depend on a limited number of customers, a reduction in sales to any one of our customers could cause a significant decline in our revenue.

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008,2009, our five largest customers accounted for approximately 47%43% of our net revenue and 44our top 50 customers accounted for approximately 90% of our net revenue. We currently depend, and expect to continue to depend, upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant percentage of our net revenue and upon their growth, viability and financial stability. If any of our customers experience a decline in the demand for their products due to economic or other forces, they may reduce their purchases from us or terminate their relationship with us. Our customers’ industries have experienced rapid technological change, shortening of product life cycles, consolidation, and pricing and margin pressures. Consolidation among our customers may further reduce the number of customers that generate a significant percentage of our net revenue and exposes us to increased risks relating to dependence on a small number of customers. A significant reduction in sales to any of our customers or a customer exerting significant pricing and margin pressures on us could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In the past, some of our customers have terminated their manufacturing arrangements with us or have significantly reduced or delayed the volume of design, production, product management or aftermarket services ordered from us.us, including moving a portion of their manufacturing from us in order to more fully utilize their excess internal manufacturing capacity.
     Our industry’s revenue declined in mid-2001 as a result of significant cut backs in customer production requirements, which was consistent with the overalldownturn in the technology sector. Another significant decline has recently occurred as consumers and businesses have postponed spending in response to tighter credit, negative financial news, declines in income or asset values or general uncertainty about global economic downturn.conditions. These economic conditions have had a negative impact on our results of operations during fiscal year 2009, and may continue to have a negative impact. In addition, some of our customers have moved a portion of their manufacturing from us in order to more fully utilize their excess internal manufacturing capacity and are expected to continue to have a negative impact on our operations over at least the next several fiscal quarters. We cannot assure you that present or future customers will not terminate their design, production, product management and aftermarket services arrangements with us or significantly change, reduce or delay the amount of services ordered from us. If they do, it could have a material adverse effect on our

13


results of operations. In addition, we generate significant account receivablesaccounts receivable in connection with providing design, production, product management and aftermarket services to our customers. If one or more of our customers were to become insolvent or otherwise were unable to pay for the services provided by us on a timely basis, or at all, our operating results and financial condition wouldcould be adversely affected. See “Business – CustomersSuch adverse effects could include one or more of the following: a decline in revenue, a charge for bad debts, a charge for inventory write-offs, a decrease in inventory turns, an increase in days in inventory and Marketing” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

In particular, onean increase in days in trade accounts receivable.

     Certain of the industries to which we provide services, including the automobile industry, hashave recently experienced significant financial difficulty, with some of the participants filing for bankruptcy. Such significant financial difficulty has negatively affected our business and, if further experienced by one or more of our customers, may further negatively affect our business due to the decreased demand of these financially distressed customers, the potential inability of these companies to make full payment on amounts owed to us, or both.

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Risk Factors — We are involvedface certain risks in reviews ofcollecting our historical stock option grant practices.

We are involved in a putative shareholder class action and an SEC informal inquiry, and have received a subpoena from the U.S. Attorney’s office for the Southern District of New York in connection with certain historical stock option grants. In response to shareholder derivative actions that also were filed in connection with these certain grants, an independent Special Committee of our Board of Directors (the “Special Committee”) was appointed to review the allegations in such actions. We have cooperated and intend to continue to cooperate with the Special Committee, the SEC and the U.S. Attorney’s office. The Special Committee concluded that the evidence does not support a finding of intentional manipulation of stock option grant pricing by any member of management. In addition, the Special Committee concluded that it was not in our best interests to pursue the derivative actions. The Special Committee identified certain factors related to our controls surrounding the process of accounting for option grants that contributed to the accounting errors that led to the restatement of our consolidated operations for certain of our previous fiscal years (as further described in the Explanatory Note immediately preceding Part I of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2006 and discussed below). Pursuant to the state court’s approval on April 7, 2008, and the federal court’s approval on April 25, 2008, of our proposed settlement of the derivative actions, these actions are no

longer pending. The investigations of the SEC and the U.S. Attorney’s office may look at the accuracy of the stated dates of our historical option grants, our disclosures regarding executive compensation, whether all proper corporate and other procedures were followed, whether our historical financial statements are materially accurate and other issues. We cannot predict the outcome of those investigations. Regardless of the outcomes of the investigations, we will continue to incur costs and the investigations will cause a diversion of our management’s time and attention, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We cannot provide assurances that such investigations will not find inappropriate activity in connection with our historical stock option practices or result in further revising of our historical accounting associated with such stock option grant practices.

The matters relating to the Special Committee’s review of our historical stock option granting practices and the restatement of our Consolidated Financial Statements have resulted in expanded litigation and regulatory proceedings against us and may result in future litigation, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

On May 3, 2006, the Board of Directors established the Special Committee to conduct a review of our historical stock option granting practices during fiscal years 1996 through 2006. As a result of that review and management’s undertaking of a separate review of our historical stock option grant practices, we identified a number of occasions in which stock option awards that were granted to officers, employees and a non-employee consultant director were not properly accounted for. To correct these accounting errors, we restated prior year and prior quarter Consolidated Financial Statements and disclosures in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2006. The review of our historical stock option granting practices and the resulting restatements, required us to incur substantial expenses for legal, accounting, tax and other professional services and diverted our management’s attention from our business and could in the future adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our historical stock option granting practices and the restatement of our prior financial statements exposed us to greater risks associated with litigation and regulatory proceedings. As described in Part I, Item 3 – “Legal Proceedings”, we are parties to several lawsuits containing allegations relating to stock option grants. We cannot assure you that any determinations made in the current litigation, the SEC informal inquiry or any future litigation or regulatory action will reach the same conclusions on these issues that we reached. The conduct and resolution of these matters may continue to be time consuming, expensive and distracting from the conduct of our business. Furthermore, if we are subject to adverse findings in any of these matters, we could be required to pay damages or penalties or have other remedies imposed upon us which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are involved in an SEC review of our recognition of revenue for certain historical transactions.

The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”), assisted by independent legal counsel, reviewed certain historical transactions, and concluded that, while the impact was not material, accounting errors occurred in connection with recognizing certain income and expenses such that our consolidated operations for fiscal year 2001 were lower by an immaterial amount than what was previously reported and our consolidated operations for fiscal year 2002 included in the five year table in Item 6 – “Selected Financial Data” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2006 has been revised upward by a similar amount. The Audit Committee’s and legal counsel’s findings were presented to the SEC. We intend to continue to cooperate fully with the SEC’s review of these matters. However, we cannot predict the extent or the outcome of such review. In addition, future litigation and regulatory investigation or action may arise in connection with these revenue recognition issues. We cannot assure you that the determinations reached by the SEC, or reached in any future litigation or regulatory action, will be consistent with our conclusions on these issues. If we are subject to adverse findings in any of these matters, we could be required to pay damages or penalties or have other remedies imposed upon us which could have a material adverse affect on our business, financial condition, results of operation and cash flows. In addition, regardless of the final outcomes of any of

these matters, the conduct and resolution of such matters could be sufficiently time-consuming, expensive and distracting to our management team which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

trade accounts receivable.”

Consolidation in industries that utilize electronics components may adversely affect our business.

Consolidation in industries that utilize electronics components may further increase as companies combine to achieve further economies of scale and other synergies, which could result in an increase in excess manufacturing capacity as companies seek to divest manufacturing operations or eliminate duplicative product lines. Excess manufacturing capacity may increase pricing and competitive pressures for our industry as a whole and for us in particular. Consolidation could also result in an increasing number of very large companies offering products in multiple industries. The significant purchasing power and market power of these large companies could increase pricing and competitive pressures for us. If one of our customers is acquired by another company that does not rely on us to provide services and has its own production facilities or relies on another provider of similar services, we may lose that customer’s business. Such consolidation among our customers may further reduce the number of customers that generate a significant percentage of our net revenue and exposes us to increased risks relating to dependence on a small number of customers. Any of the foregoing results of industry consolidation could adversely affect our business.

14


Our customers face numerous competitive challenges, such as decreasing demand from their customers, rapid technological change and short life cycles for their products, which may materially adversely affect their business, and also ours.

Factors affecting the industries that utilize electronics components in general, and our customers specifically, could seriously harm our customers and, as a result, us. These factors include:

The inability of our customers to adapt to rapidly changing technology and evolving industry standards, which result in short product life cycles.

recessionary periods in our customers’ markets;
the inability of our customers to adapt to rapidly changing technology and evolving industry standards, which result in short product life cycles;
the inability of our customers to develop and market their products, some of which are new and untested;
the potential that our customers’ products may become obsolete;
the failure of our customers’ products to gain widespread commercial acceptance;
increased competition among our customers and their respective competitors which may result in a loss of business, or a reduction in pricing power, for our customers; and
new product offerings by our customers’ competitors may prove to be more successful than our customers’ product offerings.

The inability of our customers to develop and market their products, some of which are new and untested, the potential that our customers’ products may become obsolete or the failure of our customers’ products to gain widespread commercial acceptance.

Recessionary periods in our customers’ markets.

Shifts in the level of demand for our customers’ products due to seasonality and other factors.

Increased competition among our customers and their respective competitors which may result in a loss of business, or a reduction in pricing power, for our customers.

New product offerings by our customers’ competitors may prove to be more successful than our customers’ product offerings.

If our customers are unsuccessful in addressing these competitive challenges, or any others that they may face, then their business may be materially adversely affected, and as a result, the demand for our services could decline. Even if our customers are successful in responding to these challenges, their responses may have consequences which affect our business relationships with our customers (and possibly our results of operations) by altering our production cycles and inventory management.

The success of our business is dependent on both our ability to independently keep pace with technological changes and competitive conditions in our industry, and also our ability to effectively adapt our services in response to our customers keeping pace with technological changes and competitive conditions in their respective industries.

If we are unable to offer technologically advanced, cost effective, quick response manufacturing services, demand for our services will decline. In addition, if we are unable to offer services in response to our customers’

changing requirements, then demand for our services will also decline. A substantial portion of our net revenue is derived from our offering of complete service solutions tofor our customers. For example, if we fail to maintain high-quality design and engineering services, our net revenue may significantly decline.

Most of our customers do not commit to long-term production schedules, which makes it difficult for us to schedule production and achieve maximum efficiency of our manufacturing capacity.

The volume and timing of sales to our customers may vary due to:

variation in demand for our customers’ products;

variation in demand for our customers’ products;
our customers’ attempts to manage their inventory;
electronic design changes;
changes in our customers’ manufacturing strategy; and
acquisitions of or consolidations among customers.

our customers’ attempts to manage their inventory;

electronic design changes;

changes in our customers’ manufacturing strategy; and

acquisitions of or consolidations among our customers.

Due in part to these factors, most of our customers do not commit to firm production schedules for more than one quarter in advance.quarter. Our inability to forecast the level of customer orders with certainty makes it difficult to schedule production and maximize utilization of manufacturing capacity. In the past, we have been required to increase staffing and other expenses in order to meet the anticipated demand of our customers. Anticipated orders from many of our customers have, in the past, failed to materialize or delivery schedules have been deferred as a result of changes in our customers’ business needs, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations. On other occasions, our customers have required rapid increases in production, which have placed an excessive burden on our resources. Such customer order fluctuations and deferrals have had a material adverse effect on us in the past, including the most recent several fiscal quarters, and we may experience such effects in the future. A business downturn resulting from any of these external factors could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”Operations.”

     In addition to our difficulty in forecasting customer orders, we sometimes experience difficulty forecasting the timing of our receipt of revenue and “Business – Backlog.”earnings following commencement of manufacturing an additional product for new or existing customers. The necessary process to begin this commencement of manufacturing can take from several months to more than a year before production begins. Delays in the completion of this process can delay the timing of our sales and related earnings. In addition, because we make

15


capital expenditures during this ramping process and do not typically recognize revenue until after we produce and ship the customer’s products, any delays or excess costs in the ramping process may have a significant adverse effect on our cash flows.
Our customers may cancel their orders, change production quantities, delay production or change their sourcing strategy.

Our industry must provide increasingly rapid product turnaround for its customers. We generally do not obtain firm, long-term purchase commitments from our customers and we continue to experience reduced lead-times in customer orders. Customers may cancelhave previously cancelled their orders, changechanged production quantities, delaydelayed production or changeand changed their sourcing strategy for a number of reasons.reasons, and may do one or more of these in the future. Such changes, delays and cancellations have led to, and may lead in the future to a decline in our production and our possession of excess or obsolete inventory which we may not be able to sell to the customer or a third party. This has resulted in, and could result in future additional, write downs of inventories that have become obsolete or exceed anticipated demand or net realizable value.
     The success of our customers’ products in the market affects our business. Cancellations, reductions, delays or changes in sourcing strategy by a significant customer or by a group of customers have negatively impacted, and could further negatively impact in the future, our operating results by reducing the number of products that we sell, delaying the payment to us for inventory that we purchased and reducing the use of our manufacturing facilities which have associated fixed costs not dependent on our level of revenue.

In addition, we make significant decisions, including determining the levels of business that we will seek and accept, production schedules, component procurement commitments, personnel needs and other resource requirements, based on our estimate of customer requirements. The short-term nature of our customers’ commitments, their uncertainty about future economic conditions, and the possibility of rapid changes in demand for their products reduce our ability to accurately estimate the future requirements of those customers.

In addition, uncertainty about future economic conditions makes it difficult to forecast operating results and make production planning decisions about future periods.

On occasion, customers may require rapid increases in production, which can stress our resources and reduce operating margins. In addition, because many of our costs and operating expenses are relatively fixed, a reduction in customer demand can harm our gross profits and operating results.

Our business could be adversely affected by any delays, or increased costs, resulting from issues that our common carriers are dealing

Customer relationships with in transporting our materials, ouremerging companies may present more risks than with established companies.
     Customer relationships with emerging companies present special risks because such companies do not have an extensive product history. As a result, there is less demonstration of market acceptance of their products or both.

We rely on a variety of common carriers to transport our materials from our suppliers to us, and to transport our products frommaking it harder for us to ouranticipate needs and requirements than with established customers. Problems suffered by any of these common carriers, whetherIn addition, due to a natural disaster, labor problem, increased energy pricesthe current economic environment, additional funding for such companies may be more difficult to obtain and these customer relationships may not continue or some other issue, could resultmaterialize to the extent we planned or we previously experienced. This tightening of financing for start-up customers, together with many start-up customers’ lack of prior operations and unproven product markets increase our credit risk, especially in shipping delays, increased costs, or some other supply chain disruption,trade accounts receivable and could therefore have a material adverse effectinventories. Although we perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and adjust our allowance for doubtful accounts receivable for all customers, including start-up customers, based on our operations.

the information available, these allowances may not be adequate. This risk exists for any new emerging company customers in the future.

We compete with numerous other electronic manufacturing services and design providers and others, including our current and potential customers who may decide to manufacture some or all of their products internally.

Our business is highly competitive. We compete against numerous domestic and foreign electronic manufacturing services and design providers, including Benchmark Electronics, Inc., Celestica, Inc., Elcoteq SE, Flextronics International Ltd., Hon-Hai Precision Industry Co., Ltd., Plexus Corp. and Sanmina-SCI Corporation, as well as smaller companies that oftenCorporation. In addition, consolidation in our industry results in larger and more geographically diverse competitors who have a regional, product, service or industry specific focus. In addition,significant combined resources with which to compete against us. Also, we may in the future encounter competition from other large electronic manufacturers, and manufacturers that are focused solely on design and manufacturing services, that are selling, or may begin to sell electronics manufacturing services. Most of our competitors have international operations and significant financial resources and some have substantially greater manufacturing, R&D and marketing resources than us. These competitors may:
respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies;
have greater name recognition, critical mass and geographic market presence;
be better able to take advantage of acquisition opportunities;
adapt more quickly to changes in customer requirements;
devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their services;

16


respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies;

have greater name recognition, critical mass and geographic market presence;

be better positioned to compete on price for their services, as a result of any combination of lower labor costs, lower components costs, lower facilities costs or lower operating costs; and
be better able to utilize excess capacity which may reduce the cost of their product or service.

be better able to take advantage of acquisition opportunities;

adapt more quickly to changes in customer requirements;

devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their services;

be better positioned to compete on price for their services, as a result of any combination of lower labor costs, lower components costs, lower facilities costs or lower operating costs; and

be better able to utilize excess capacity which may reduce the cost of their product or service.

We also face competition from the manufacturing operations of our current and potential customers, who are continually evaluating the merits of manufacturing products internally against the advantages of outsourcing. In addition, consolidationRecently, some of our customers have moved a portion of their manufacturing from us in our industry results in larger andorder to more geographically diverse competitors who have significant combined resources with which to compete against us. See “Business – Competition.”

fully utilize their excess internal manufacturing capacity.

We may be operating at a cost disadvantage compared to competitors who have greater direct buying power from component suppliers, distributors and raw material suppliers or who have lower cost structures as a result of their geographic location or the services they provide or who are willing to make sales or provide services at lower margins than us. As a result, competitors may procure a competitive advantage and obtain business from our customers. Our manufacturing processes are generally not subject to significant proprietary protection. In addition, companies with greater resources or a greater market presence may enter our market or increase their competition with us. We also expect our competitors to continue to improve the performance of their current products or services, to reduce their current products or service sales prices and to introduce new products or services that may offer greater performance and improved pricing. Any of these developments could cause a decline in sales, loss of market acceptance of our products or services, profit margin compression or loss of market share.
The gross domestic product for the U.S., Europe and certain countries in Asia has declined, indicating that many of these countries’ economies, including the U.S. economy, are in a recession.
     There was an erosion of global consumer confidence amidst concerns over declining asset values, inflation, volatility in energy costs, geopolitical issues, the availability and cost of credit, rising unemployment, and the stability and solvency of financial institutions, financial markets, businesses, and sovereign nations. These concerns have slowed global economic growth and have resulted in recessions in many countries, including in the U.S., Europe and certain countries in Asia. The recent economic conditions have had a negative impact on our results of operations during fiscal year 2009 due to reduced customer demand. Though we are starting to see signs of an economic stabilization, if such stabilization and subsequent recovery do not occur, a number of negative effects on our business could result, including customers or potential customers reducing or delaying orders, increased pricing pressures, the insolvency of key suppliers, which could result in production delays, the inability of customers to obtain credit, and the insolvency of one or more customers. Thus, these economic conditions could negatively impact our visibility of customer demand, our ability to effectively manage inventory levels and collect receivables, and increase our need for cash, and have decreased our net revenue and profitability and negatively impacted the value of certain of our properties and other assets. Depending on the length of time that these conditions exist, they may cause future additional negative effects, including some of those listed above.
The financial markets have recently experienced significant turmoil, which may adversely affect financial arrangements we may need to enter into, refinance or repay.
     The credit market turmoil could negatively impact the counterparties to our interest rate swap agreements, forward exchange contracts and securitization programs; our lenders under the Credit Facility; and our lenders under various foreign subsidiary credit facilities. These potential negative impacts could potentially limit our ability to borrow under these financing agreements, contracts, facilities and programs. In addition, if we attempt to obtain future additional financing, such as renewing or refinancing our $250.0 million U.S. asset-backed securitization program expiring on March 17, 2010 or our $200.0 million foreign asset-backed securitization program expiring on March 18, 2010, the credit market turmoil could negatively impact our ability to obtain such financing. Finally, the credit market turmoil has negatively impacted certain of our customers, especially those in the automotive industry, and certain of their customers. These impacts could have several consequences which could have a negative effect on our results of operations, including one or more of the following: a negative impact on our liquidity; a decrease in demand for our products; a decrease in demand for our customers’ products; and bad debt charges or inventory write-offs.
We are exposed to intangible asset risk; specifically, our goodwill may become further impaired.
     We determined that goodwill related to the Consumer and EMS reporting units was impaired and recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $400.4 million for the Consumer reporting unit and a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $622.4 million for the EMS reporting unit for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, respectively. We recorded impairment charges associated with goodwill for the Consumer reporting unit during the first and second quarters of fiscal year 2009. Additionally, we recorded an impairment charge for the EMS reporting unit based on a preliminary assessment which was determined in the second quarter of fiscal year 2009 and which was finalized in the third quarter of fiscal year 2009. At August 31, 2009, there was no goodwill recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets related to the Consumer or EMS reporting units and $25.1 million of goodwill recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets related to the AMS reporting unit. A further significant and sustained decline in our stock price and market capitalization, a significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate or slower growth rates could result in the need to perform an impairment analysis under SFAS 142 in future periods. If we were to conclude that a future write down of our goodwill is necessary, then we would record the appropriate charge, which could result in

17


material charges that are adverse to our operating results and financial position. See Note 6 – “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” to the Consolidated Financial Statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – Long-Lived Assets.”
The matters relating to the Special Committee’s review of our historical stock option granting practices and the restatement of our Consolidated Financial Statements have resulted in litigation and regulatory inquiries and may result in future litigation, which could have a material adverse effect on us.
     As described in Part I, Item 3 – “Legal Proceedings,” we are involved in a putative shareholder class action in connection with certain historical stock option grants.
     On May 3, 2006, in response to shareholder derivative actions that were filed in connection with certain historical stock option grants (which have since been settled and are no longer pending), the Board of Directors established an independent special Board Committee (the “Special Committee “) to conduct a review of the allegations of such actions and, more generally, our historical stock option granting practices during fiscal years 1996 through 2006. We cooperated fully with the Special Committee. The Special Committee concluded that the evidence did not support a finding of intentional manipulation of stock option grant pricing by any member of management. In addition, the Special Committee concluded that it was not in our best interests to pursue the derivative actions.
     As a result of that review and management’s undertaking of a separate review of our historical stock option grant practices, we identified a number of occasions in which stock option awards that were granted to officers, employees and a non-employee consultant director were not properly accounted for. To correct these accounting errors, we restated prior year and prior quarter Consolidated Financial Statements and disclosures in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2006. The review of our historical stock option granting practices and the resulting restatements, required us to incur substantial expenses for legal, accounting, tax and other professional services and diverted our management’s attention from our business and could in the future adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
     Our historical stock option granting practices and the restatement of our prior financial statements exposed us to greater risks associated with litigation and regulatory proceedings. We cannot assure you that any determinations made in the current litigation or any future litigation or regulatory action will reach the same conclusions on these issues that we reached. The conduct and resolution of these matters may continue to be time consuming, expensive and distracting from the conduct of our business. Furthermore, if we are subject to adverse findings in any of these matters, we could be required to pay damages or penalties or have other remedies imposed upon us which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
     In May 2006, we received a subpoena from the U.S. Attorney’s office for the Southern District of New York requesting certain stock option related material. Such information was subsequently provided and we did not hear further from such U.S. Attorney’s office. In addition, on May 2, 2006, the Company was notified by the Staff of the SEC of an informal inquiry concerning the Company’s stock option grant practices. The Company and its officers and directors fully cooperated with the SEC in the SEC’s inquiry, and as previously disclosed in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended November 30, 2008, the Company received a letter from the SEC Division of Enforcement advising that the Division had completed its investigation and did not intend to recommend that the SEC take any enforcement action. We cannot, however, provide any assurances that the SEC will not re-open its informal inquiry. The investigations of the U.S. Attorney’s office and the SEC (if it re-opens its informal inquiry) may look at the accuracy of the stated dates of our historical option grants, our disclosures regarding executive compensation, whether all proper corporate and other procedures were followed, whether our historical financial statements are materially accurate and other issues. We cannot predict the outcome of those investigations. We cannot provide assurances that such investigations will not find inappropriate activity in connection with our historical stock option practices or result in further revising of our historical accounting associated with such stock option grant practices.
Our business could be adversely affected by any delays, or increased costs, resulting from issues that our common carriers are dealing with in transporting our materials, our products, or both.
     We rely on a variety of common carriers to transport our materials from our suppliers to us, and to transport our products from us to our customers. Problems suffered by any of these common carriers, whether due to a natural disaster, labor problem, increased energy prices or some other issue, could result in shipping delays, increased costs, or some other supply chain disruption, and could therefore have a material adverse effect on our operations.

18


We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from our international operations, which may be subject to a number of risks and often require more management time and expense to achieve profitability than our domestic operations.

We derived 79.6%83.8% of net revenue from international operations in fiscal year 20082009 compared to 78.8%79.6% in fiscal year 2007.2008. We currently expect our foreign source revenue to slightly increase as a percentage of net revenuecompared to current levels over the course of the next twelve months. We currentlyAt August 31, 2009, we operate outside the U.S. in Vienna, Austria; Hasselt, Belgium; Belo Horizonte, Manaus Sao Paulo and Sorocaba, Brazil; Beijing, Huangpu, Nanjing, Shanghai, Shenzhen, Suzhou, Tianjin, Wuxi and Yantai, China; Coventry, England; Brest, Lunel and Meung-sur-Loire, France; Jena, Germany; Szombathely and Tiszaujvaros, Hungary; ChennaiPune, Mumbai and Ranjangaon, India; Bergamo,Dublin, Ireland; Cassina de Pecchi, Marcianise and Bergamo, Italy; Gotemba, Hachiouji and Tokyo, Japan; Penang, Malaysia; Chihuahua, Guadalajara and Reynosa, Mexico; Amsterdam and Eindhoven, The Netherlands; Bydgoszcz and Kwidzyn, Poland; Tver, Russia; Ayr and Livingston, Scotland; Singapore City, Singapore; Hsinchu, Taichung and Taipei, Taiwan; Ankara, Turkey; Uzhgorod, Ukraine and Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam. We continually consider additional opportunities to make foreign acquisitions and construct new foreign facilities. Our international operations may be subject to a number of risks, including:

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;
less flexible employee relationships which can be difficult and expensive to terminate;

labor unrest;

political and economic instability (including acts of terrorism and outbreaks of war);

inadequate infrastructure for our operations (i.e. lack of adequate power, water, transportation and raw materials);

coordinating our communications and logistics across geographic distances and multiple time zones;

risk of governmental expropriation of our property;

less favorable, or relatively undefined, intellectual property laws;

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements and laws;

longer customer payment cycles and difficulty collecting trade accounts receivable;

export duties, import controls and trade barriers (including quotas);

adverse trade policies, and adverse changes to any of the policies of either the U.S. or any of the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate;

adverse changes in tax rates;

legal or political constraints on our ability to maintain or increase prices;

governmental restrictions on the transfer of funds to us from our operations outside the U.S.;

burdens of complying with a wide variety of labor practices and foreign laws, including those relating to export and import duties, environmental policies and privacy issues;

fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could affect local payroll, utility and other expenses; and

inability to utilize net operating losses incurred by our foreign operations against future income in the same jurisdiction.

In addition, several of the countries where we operate have emerging or developing economies, which can be difficult and expensive to terminate;

labor unrest;
political and economic instability (including acts of terrorism and outbreaks of war);
inadequate infrastructure for our operations (i.e. lack of adequate power, water, transportation and raw materials);
health concerns (such as the recent swine flu outbreaks) and related government actions;
coordinating our communications and logistics across geographic distances and multiple time zones;
risk of governmental expropriation of our property;
less favorable, or relatively undefined, intellectual property laws;
unexpected changes in regulatory requirements and laws;
longer customer payment cycles and difficulty collecting trade accounts receivable;
export duties, import controls and trade barriers (including quotas);
adverse trade policies, and adverse changes to any of the policies of either the U.S. or any of the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate;
adverse changes in tax rates;
adverse changes to the manner in which the U.S. taxes U.S.-based multinational companies;
legal or political constraints on our ability to maintain or increase prices;
governmental restrictions on the transfer of funds to us from our operations outside the U.S.;
burdens of complying with a wide variety of labor practices and foreign laws, including those relating to export and import duties, environmental policies and privacy issues;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could affect local payroll, utility and other expenses;
inability to utilize net operating losses incurred by our foreign operations against future income in the same jurisdiction; and
economies that are emerging or developing , that may be subject to greater currency volatility, negative growth, high inflation, limited availability of foreign exchange and other risks.

     These factors may harm our results of operations, and any measures that we may implement to reduce the effect of volatile currencies and other risks of our international operations may not be effective. In our experience, entry into new international markets requires considerable management time as well as start-up

expenses for market development, hiring and establishing office facilities before any significant revenue is generated. As a result, initial operations in a new market may operate at low margins or may be unprofitable. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

     Another significant legal risk resulting from our international operations is compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”). In many foreign countries, particularly in those with developing economies, it may be a local custom that businesses operating in such countries engage in business practices that are prohibited by the FCPA or other U.S. laws and regulations. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with the FCPA and similar laws, there can be no assurance that all of our employees, and agents, as well as those companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, will not take actions in violation of our policies. Any such violation, even if prohibited by our policies, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

19


If we do not manage our growth effectively, our profitability could decline.

Areas of our business may experience periods of rapid growth which could place considerable additional demands upon our management team and our operational, financial and management information systems. Our ability to manage growth effectively will require us to continue to integrate additional facilities or incremental capacity; implement and improve these systems; avoid cost overruns; maintain customer, supplier and other favorable business relationships during possible transition periods; continue to develop the management skills of our managers and supervisors; and continue to train, motivate and manage our employees; and realize anticipated synergies, economies of scale and other value.employees. Our failure to effectively manage growth could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

We may not achieve expected profitability from our acquisitions.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully integrate the operations and management of our recent acquisitions. Similarly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to (1) identify future strategic acquisitions, (2) consummate these potential acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all, or (3) if consummated, successfully integrate the operations and management of future acquisitions. Acquisitions involve significant risks, which could have a material adverse effect on us, including:

Financial risks, such as (1) the payment of a purchase price that exceeds the future value that we may realize from the acquired operations and businesses; (2) an increase in our expenses and working capital requirements, which could reduce our return on invested capital; (3) potential known and unknown liabilities of the acquired businesses; (4) costs associated with integrating acquired operations and businesses; (5) the dilutive effect of the issuance of additional equity securities; (6) the incurrence of additional debt and the related interest expense, which could potentially affect our credit ratings; (7) the financial impact of valuing goodwill and other intangible assets involved in any acquisitions, potential future impairment write-downs of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles and the amortization of other intangible assets; (8) possible adverse tax and accounting effects; and (9) the risk that we spend substantial amounts purchasing these manufacturing facilities and assume significant contractual and other obligations with no guaranteed levels of revenue or that we may have to close facilities at our cost.

Financial risks, such as (1) the payment of a purchase price that exceeds the future value that we may realize from the acquired operations and businesses; (2) an increase in our expenses and working capital requirements, which could reduce our return on invested capital; (3) potential known and unknown liabilities of the acquired businesses; (4) costs associated with integrating acquired operations and businesses; (5) the dilutive effect of the issuance of additional equity securities; (6) the incurrence of additional debt; (7) the financial impact of valuing goodwill and other intangible assets involved in any acquisitions, potential future impairment write-downs of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles and the amortization of other intangible assets; (8) possible adverse tax and accounting effects; and (9) the risk that we spend substantial amounts purchasing these manufacturing facilities and assume significant contractual and other obligations with no guaranteed levels of revenue or that we may have to close facilities at our cost.
Operating risks, such as (1) the diversion of management’s attention to the assimilation of the businesses to be acquired; (2) the risk that the acquired businesses will fail to maintain the quality of services that we have historically provided; (3) the need to implement financial and other systems and add management resources; (4) the need to maintain customer, supplier or other favorable business relationships of acquired operations and restructure or terminate unfavorable relationships; (5) the potential for deficiencies in internal controls of the acquired operations; (6) we may not be able to attract and retain the employees necessary to support the acquired businesses; (7) unforeseen difficulties (including any unanticipated liabilities) in the acquired operations; and (8) the impact on us of any unionized work force we may acquire or any labor disruptions that might occur.

Operating risks, such as (1) the diversion of management’s attention to the assimilation of the businesses to be acquired; (2) the risk that the acquired businesses will fail to maintain the quality of services that we have historically provided; (3) we may have little or no experience operating in the geographic market or industry sector of the acquired business; (4) the need to implement financial and other systems and add management resources; (5) the need to maintain customer, supplier or other favorable business relationships of acquired operations and restructure or terminate unfavorable relationships; (6) the potential for deficiencies in internal controls of the acquired operations; (7) we may not be able to attract and retain the employees necessary to support the acquired businesses; (8) unforeseen difficulties (including any unanticipated liabilities) in the acquired operations; and (9) the impact on us of any unionized work force we may acquire or any labor disruptions that might occur.

Most of our acquisitions involve operations outside of the U.S. which are subject to various risks including those described in “Risk Factors – We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from our international operations, which may be subject to a number of risks and often require more management time and expense to achieve profitability than our domestic operations.”

We have acquired and may continue to pursue the acquisition of manufacturing and supply chain management operations from our customers (or potential customers). In these acquisitions, the divesting company will typically enter into a supply arrangement with the acquirer. Therefore, the competition for these acquisitions is intense. In addition, certain divesting companies may choose not to consummate these acquisitions with us because of our current supply arrangements with other companies or may require terms and conditions that may impact our profitability. If we are unable to attract and consummate some of these acquisition opportunities at favorable terms, our growth and profitability could be adversely impacted.

In addition to those risks listed above, arrangements entered into with these divesting companies typically involve certain other risks, including the following:

The integration into our business of the acquired assets and facilities may be time-consuming and costly.

The integration into our business of the acquired assets and facilities may be time-consuming and costly.
We, rather than the divesting company, may bear the risk of excess capacity.
We may not achieve anticipated cost reductions and efficiencies.
We may be unable to meet the expectations of the divesting company as to volume, product quality, timeliness and cost reductions.
If demand for the divesting company’s products declines, it may reduce the volume of purchases and we may not be able to sufficiently reduce the expenses of operating the facility or use the facility to provide services to other customers.

We, rather than the divesting company, may bear the risk of excess capacity.

We may not achieve anticipated cost reductions and efficiencies.

We may be unable to meet the expectations of the divesting company as to volume, product quality, timeliness and cost reductions.

If demand for the divesting company’s products declines, it may reduce the volume of purchases and we may not be able to sufficiently reduce the expenses of operating the facility or use the facility to provide services to other customers.

As a result of these and other risks, we may be unable to achieve anticipated levels of profitability under these arrangements, and they may not result in any material revenue or contribute positively to our operations.

Our ability to achieve the expected benefits of the outsourcing opportunities associated with these acquisitions is subject to risks, including our ability to meet volume, requirements, product quality, timeliness and pricing requirements, and our ability to achieve the divesting company’s expected cost reduction. In addition, when acquiring manufacturing operations, we may receive limited

20


commitments to firm production schedules. Accordingly, in these circumstances, we may spend substantial amounts purchasing these manufacturing facilities and assume significant contractual and other obligations with no guaranteed levels of revenue. We may also not achieve expected profitability from these arrangements. As a result of these and other risks, these outsourcing opportunities may not be profitable.

We are expanding the primary scope of our acquisitions strategy beyond our customers and potential customers to include companies seeking to divest their internal manufacturing operations to manufacturing providers such as us. The amount and scope of the risks associated with acquisitions of this type extend beyond those that we have traditionally faced in making acquisitions. These extended risks include greater uncertainties in the financial benefits and potential liabilities associated with this expanded base of acquisitions.

We face risks arising from the restructuring of our operations.

Over the past few years, we have undertaken initiatives to restructure our business operations with the intention of improving utilization and realizing cost savings in the future. These initiatives have included changing the number and location of our production facilities, largely to align our capacity and infrastructure with current and anticipated customer demand. This alignment includes transferring programs from higher cost geographies to lower cost geographies. The process of restructuring entails, among other activities, moving production between facilities, closing facilities, reducing the level of staff, levels, realigning our business processes and reorganizing our management.

We continuously evaluate our operations and cost structure relative to general economic conditions, market demands, and cost competitiveness and our geographic footprint as it relates to our customers’ production

requirements. As a result of this ongoing evaluation, duringwe have initiated the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006 we initiated a restructuring program to realign our manufacturing capacity in certain higher cost geographiesRestructuring Plan and to properly size our manufacturing sites with perceived current market conditions. We currently estimate that the restructuring program could result in total restructuring and impairment charges of approximately $250.0 million consisting of pre-tax employee severance and benefit costs, contract termination costs, fixed asset impairment costs, and other related restructuring costs, as well as valuation allowances against net deferred tax assets for certain plants impacted by the current restructuring plan. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006, we recorded restructuring and impairment charges of $81.9 million and valuation allowances of $37.1 million on net deferred tax assets under this program. During fiscal year 2007, we recorded aggregate restructuring and impairment charges of $72.4 million and reduced our valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets by $2.0 million to an aggregate amount of $35.1 million under this program. During fiscal year 2008, we recorded aggregate restructuring and impairment charges of $54.8 million and increased our valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets by $3.7 million to an aggregate amount of $38.8 million under this program. We have substantially completed our restructuring activities and currently expect to recognize the remaining costs over the course of fiscal year 2009 with certain contract termination costs to be incurred through fiscal year 2011. If we incur additional restructuring related charges, our financial condition and results of operations may suffer.Restructuring Plan. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations – Restructuring and Impairment Charges” and Note 10 – “Restructuring and Impairment Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Statements for further details. If we incur restructuring charges related to the 2006 Restructuring Plan, the 2009 Restructuring Plan, or both, or in connection with any potential future restructuring program, in addition to those charges that we currently expect to incur, our financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

We expect that in the future we may continue to transfer certain of our operations to lower cost geographies, which may require us to take additional restructuring charges. Restructurings present significant potential risks of events occurring that could adversely affect us, including a decrease in employee morale, delays encountered in finalizing the scope of, and implementing, the restructurings (including extensive consultations concerning potential workforce reductions, (particularlyparticularly in locations outside of the U.S.)), the failure to achieve targeted cost savings and the failure to meet operational targets and customer requirements due to the loss of employees and any work stoppages that might occur. These risks are further complicated by our extensive international operations, which subject us to different legal and regulatory requirements that govern the extent, and the speed, of our ability to reduce our manufacturing capacity and workforce. In addition, the current global economic conditions may change how governments regulate restructuring as the global recession impacts local economies. Finally, we may have to obtain agreements from our affected customers for the re-location of our facilities in certain instances. Obtaining these agreements, along with the volatility in our customers’ demand, can further delay restructuring activities.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers for components that are critical to our manufacturing processes. A shortage of these components or an increase in their price could interrupt our operations and reduce our profits.

Substantially all of our net revenue is derived from turnkey manufacturing in which we provide materials procurement. While most of our significant long-term customer contracts permit quarterly or other periodic adjustments to pricing based on decreases and increases in component prices and other factors, we may bear the risk of component price increases that occur between any such re-pricings or, if such re-pricing is not permitted, during the balance of the term of the particular customer contract. Accordingly, certain component price increases could adversely affect our gross profit margins. Almost all of the products we manufacture require one or more components that are available from only a single source. Some of these components are allocated from time to time in response to supply shortages. In some cases, supply shortages will substantially curtail production of all assemblies using a particular component. In addition, at various times industry-wide shortages of electronic components have occurred, particularly of semiconductor products. In the past, such circumstances have produced insignificant levels of short-term interruption of our operations, but could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the future. In addition, we may purchase components in advance of our requirements for those components as a result of a threatened or anticipated shortage. In that event, we will incur additional inventory carrying costs, for which we may not be compensated, and face a heightened risk of exposure to inventory obsolescence. Also, our production of a customer’s product could be negatively impacted by any quality or reliability issues with any of our component suppliers. Finally, the financial condition of our suppliers could affect their ability to supply us with components which could have a material adverse effect on our operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business – Components Procurement.”Procurement”.

21


We may not be able to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise.

The markets for our manufacturing and engineering services are characterized by rapidly changing technology and evolving process development. The continued success of our business will depend upon our ability to:

hire, retain and expand our qualified engineering and technical personnel;

hire, retain and expand our qualified engineering and technical personnel;
maintain technological leadership;
develop and market manufacturing services that meet changing customer needs; and
successfully anticipate or respond to technological changes in manufacturing processes on a cost-effective and timely basis.

maintain technological leadership;

develop and market manufacturing services that meet changing customer needs; and

successfully anticipate or respond to technological changes in manufacturing processes on a cost-effective and timely basis.

Although we believe that our operations use the assembly and testing technologies, equipment and processes that are currently required by our customers, we cannot be certain that we will develop the capabilities required by our customers in the future. The emergence of new technology, industry standards or customer requirements may render our equipment, inventory or processes obsolete or noncompetitive. In addition, we may have to acquire new assembly and testing technologies and equipment to remain competitive. The acquisition and implementation of new technologies and equipment may require significant expense or capital investment, which could reduce our operating margins and our operating results. In facilities that we establish or acquire, we may not be able to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise. Our failure to anticipate and adapt to our customers’ changing technological needs and requirements or to hire and retain a sufficient number of engineers and maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing expertise, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

If our manufacturing processes and services do not comply with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements, or if we manufacture products containing design or manufacturing defects, demand for our services may decline and we may be subject to liability claims.

We manufacture and design products to our customers’ specifications, and, in some cases, our manufacturing processes and facilities may need to comply with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. For example, medical devices that we manufacture or design, as well as the facilities and manufacturing processes that we use to produce them, are regulated by the Food and Drug Administration and its non-U.S. counterparts.counterparts of this agency. Similarly, items we manufacture for customers in the defense and aerospace industries, as well as the processes we use to produce them, are regulated by the Department of Defense and the Federal Aviation Authority. In addition, our customers’ products and the manufacturing processes that we use to produce them often are highly complex. As a result, products that we manufacture may at times contain manufacturing or design defects, and our manufacturing processes may be subject to errors or not be in compliance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. Defects in the products we manufacture or design, whether caused by a design, manufacturing or component failure or error, or deficiencies in our manufacturing processes, may result in delayed shipments to customers or reduced or cancelled customer orders. If these defects or deficiencies are significant, our business reputation may also be damaged. The failure of the products that we manufacture or our manufacturing processes and facilities to comply with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements may subject us to legal fines or penalties and, in some cases, require us to shut down or incur considerable expense to correct a manufacturing process or facility. In addition, these defects may result in liability claims against us or expose us to liability to pay for the recall of a product. The magnitude of such claims may increase as we expand our medical, automotive and aerospace and defense manufacturing services, as defects in medical devices, automotive components and aerospace and defense systems could seriously harm or kill users of these products and others. Even if our customers are responsible for the defects, they may not, or may not have resources to, assume responsibility for any costs or liabilities arising from these defects, which could expose us to additional liability claims.

Our regular manufacturing processprocesses and services may result in exposure to intellectual property infringement and other claims.

Providing manufacturing services can expose us to potential claims that the product design or manufacturing processes infringe third party intellectual property rights. Even though many of our manufacturing services contracts generally require our customers to indemnify us for infringement claims relating to the product specifications and designs, a particular customer may not, or may not have the resources to assume responsibility for such claims. In addition, we may be responsible for claims that our manufacturing processes or components used in manufacturing infringe third party intellectual property rights. Infringement claims could subject us to significant liability for damages, and potentially injunctive action and, regardless of merits, could be time-consuming and expensive to resolve.

22


Our design services offerings may result in additional exposure to product liability, intellectual property infringement and other claims, in addition to the business risk of being unable to produce the revenues necessary to profit from these services.

We continue our efforts to offer certain design services, primarily those relating to products that we manufacture for our customers, and we nowalso continue to offer design services related to collaborative design manufacturing and turnkey solutions (including end-user products and components as products). Providing such services can expose us to different or greater potential liabilities than those we face when providing our regular manufacturing services. Our design services business increases our exposure to potential product liability claims resulting from injuries caused by defects in products we design, as well as potential claims that products we design or processes we use infringe third-party intellectual property rights. Such claims could subject us to significant liability for damages, subject the infringing portion of our business to injunction and, regardless of their merits, could be time-consuming and expensive to resolve. We also may have greater potential exposure from warranty claims and from product recalls due to problems caused by product design. Costs associated with possible product liability claims, intellectual property infringement claims and product recalls could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. When providing collaborative design manufacturing or turnkey solutions, we may not be guaranteed revenue needed to recoup or profit from the investment in the resources necessary to design and develop products. Particularly, no revenue may be generated from these efforts if our customers do not approve the designs in a timely manner or at all, or if they do not then purchase anticipated levels of products. Furthermore, contracts may allow the customer to delay or cancel deliveries and may not obligate the customer to any volume of purchases, or may provide for penalties or cancellation of orders if we are late in delivering designs or products. We may even have the responsibility to ensure that products we design satisfy safety and regulatory standards and to obtain any necessary certifications. Failure to timely obtain the necessary approvals or certifications could prevent us from selling these products, which in turn could harm our sales, profitability and reputation.

     In our contracts with turnkey solutions customers, we generally provide them with a warranty against defects in our designs. If a turnkey solutions product or component that we design is found to be defective in its design, this may lead to increased warranty claims. Although we have product liability insurance coverage, it may not be available on acceptable terms, in sufficient amounts, or at all. A successful product liability claim in excess of our insurance coverage or any material claim for which insurance coverage was denied or limited and for which indemnification was not available could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The success of our turnkey solution activities depends in part on our ability to obtain, protect and leverage intellectual property rights to our designs.

We strive to obtain and protect certain intellectual property rights to our turnkey solutions designs. We believe that having a significant level of protected proprietary technology gives us a competitive advantage in marketing our services. However, we cannot be certain that the measures that we employ will result in protected intellectual property rights or will result in the prevention of unauthorized use of our technology. If we are unable to obtain and protect intellectual property rights embodied within our designs, this could reduce or eliminate the competitive advantages of our proprietary technology, which would harm our business.

Intellectual property infringement claims against our customers or us could harm our business.

Our turnkey solutions products and the products of our customers may compete against the products of other companies, many of whom may own the intellectual property rights underlying those products. Patent clearance

or licensing activities, if any, may be inadequate to anticipate and avoid third party claims. As a result, in addition to the risk that we could become subject to claims of intellectual property infringement, our customers could become subject to infringement claims. Additionally, customers for our turnkey solutions services, or collaborative designs in which we have significant technology contributions, typically require that we indemnify them against the risk of intellectual property infringement. If any claims are brought against us or against our customers for such infringement, regardless of their merits, we could be required to expend significant resources in defense of such claims. In the event of a claim, we may be required to spend a significant amount of money to develop non-infringing alternatives or obtain licenses. We may not be successful in developing such alternatives or obtaining such a license on reasonable terms ifor at all. Our customers may be required to or decide to discontinue products which are alleged to be infringing rather than face continued costs of defending the infringement claims, and such discontinuance may result in a significant decrease in our business.

23

If our turnkey solutions products are subject to design defects, our business may be damaged and we may incur significant fees.


In our contracts with turnkey solutions customers, we generally provide them with a warranty against defects in our designs. If a turnkey solutions product or component that we design is found to be defective in its design, this may lead to increased warranty claims. Although we have product liability insurance coverage, it may not be available on acceptable terms, in sufficient amounts, or at all. A successful product liability claim in excess of our insurance coverage or any material claim for which insurance coverage was denied or limited and for which indemnification was not available could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We depend on our officers, managers and skilled personnel.

Our success depends to a large extent upon the continued services of our executive officers and other skilled personnel. Generally our employees are not bound by employment or non-competition agreements, and we cannot assure you that we will retain our executive officers and other key employees. We could be seriously harmed by the loss of any of our executive officers. In order to manage our growth, we will need to recruit and retain additional skilled management personnel and if we are not able to do so, our business and our ability to continue to grow could be harmed. In addition, in connection with expanding our turnkey solutions activities, we must attract and retain experienced design engineers. Competition for highly skilled employees is substantial. Our failure to recruit and retain experienced design engineers could limit the growth of our turnkey solutions activities, which could adversely affect our business.

Any delay in the implementation of our information systems could disrupt our operations and cause unanticipated increases in our costs.

We have completed the installation of an Enterprise Resource Planning system in most of our manufacturing sites, excluding the sites we acquired in the Taiwan Green Point sites,Enterprises Co., Ltd. (“Green Point”) acquisition transaction, and in our corporate location. We are in the process of installing this system in certain of our remaining plants, including certain Green Point sites, which will replace the current Manufacturing Resource Planning system, as well asand financial information systems. Any delay in the implementation of these information systems could result in material adverse consequences, including disruption of operations, loss of information and unanticipated increases in costs.

Compliance or the failure to comply with current and future environmental, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws or regulations could cause us significant expense.

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws and regulations, including those relating to the use, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous chemicals used during our manufacturing process or requiring design changes, conformity assessments or recycling of products we manufacture. If we fail to comply with any present and future

regulations, we could become subject to future liabilities, the suspension of production, or prohibitions on sales of products we manufacture. In addition, such regulations could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or could require us to acquire costly equipment, or to incur other significant expenses, including expenses associated with the recall of any non-compliant product or with changes in our procurement and inventory management activities.

Certain environmental laws impose liability for the costs of investigation, removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on an owner, occupier or operator of real estate, even if such person or company was unaware of or not responsible for the presence of such substances. Soil and groundwater contamination may have occurred at some of our facilities. From time to time we investigate, remediate and monitor soil and groundwater contamination at certain of our operating sites. In certain instances where contamination existed prior to our ownership or occupation of a site, landlords or former owners have retained some contractual responsibility for contamination and remediation. However, failure of such persons to perform those obligations could result in us being required to remediate such contamination. As a result, we may incur clean-up costs in such potential removal or remediation efforts. In other instances, we may be solely responsible for clean-up costs associated with remediation efforts.

From time to time new regulations are enacted, or existing requirements are changed, and it is difficult to anticipate how such regulations and changes will be implemented and enforced. We continue to evaluate the necessary steps for compliance with regulations as they are enacted.

Over the last several years, we have become subject to certain legal requirements, principally in Europe, regarding the use of certain hazardous substances in, and the collection, reuse and recycling of waste from, certain products that use or generate electricity. Similar requirements are being developed or imposed in other areas of the world where we manufacture or sell products, including China and the U.S. We believe that we comply, and will be able to continue to comply, with such emerging requirements. We may experience negative consequences from these emerging requirements however, including, but not limited to, supply shortages or delays, increased raw material and component costs, accelerated obsolescence of certain of our raw materials, components and products and the need to modify or create new designs for our existing and future products.

Our failure to comply with any applicable regulatory requirements or with related contractual obligations could result in our being directly or indirectly liable for costs (including product recall and/or replacement costs), fines or penalties and third-party claims, and could jeopardize our ability to conduct business in the jurisdictions implementing them.

In addition, as global warming issues become more prevalent, the U.S. and foreign governments are beginning to respond to these issues. This increasing governmental focus on global warming may result in new environmental regulations that may negatively affect us, our suppliers and our customers. This could cause us to incur additional direct costs in complying with any new environmental regulations, as well as increased indirect costs resulting from our customers, suppliers or both incurring additional compliance costs that get passed on to us. These costs may adversely impact our operations and financial condition.

24

Certain


     Our customers are becoming increasingly concerned with environmental issues, such as waste management (including recycling) and climate change (including reducing carbon outputs), and are increasingly expecting suppliers such as us to be similarly concerned and vigilant. Such customer demands may grow and require increased investments of our existing stockholders have significant control.

At August 31, 2008, our executive officers, directorstime and certain of their family members collectively beneficially owned 12.8% of our outstanding common stock, of which William D. Morean, our Chairman of the Board, beneficially owned 7.7%. As a result, our executive officers, directorsresources to attract and certain of their family members have significant influence over (1) the election of our Board of Directors, (2) the approval or disapproval of any other matters requiring stockholder approval and (3) the affairs and policies of Jabil.

retain customers.

We are subject to the risk of increased taxes.

We base our tax position upon the anticipated nature and conduct of our business and upon our understanding of the tax laws of the various countries in which we have assets or conduct activities. Our tax

position, however, is subject to review and possible challenge by taxing authorities and to possible changes in law.law (including adverse changes to the manner in which the U.S. taxes U.S. based multinational companies). We cannot determine in advance the extent to which some jurisdictions may assess additional tax or interest and penalties on such additional taxes. In addition, our effective tax rate may be increased by the generation of higher income in countries with higher tax rates, or changes in local tax rates. For example, China enacted a new unified enterprise income tax law, effective January 1, 2008, which will result in a higher tax rate on operations in China as the rate increase is phased in over several years.

Several countries in which we are located allow for tax holidays or provide other tax incentives to attract and retain business. We have obtained holidays or other incentives where available and practicable. Our taxes could increase if certain tax holidays or incentives are retracted (which in some cases could occur if we fail to satisfy the conditions on which such holidays or incentives are based), or if they are not renewed upon expiration, or tax rates applicable to us in such jurisdictions are otherwise increased. It is anticipated that tax incentives with respect to certain operations will expire within the next year. However, due to the possibility of changes in existing tax law and our operations, we are unable to predict how these expirations will impact us in the future. In addition, acquisitions may cause our effective tax rate to increase, depending on the jurisdictions in which the acquired operations are located.

Our credit rating has recently been downgraded and is subject to further change.

may be downgraded.

Our credit is rated by credit rating agencies. Our 5.875% Senior Notes, 7.750% Senior Notes and our 8.250% Senior Notes are currently rated BB+ by Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”), Ba1 by Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and BB+ by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”),&P, and are considered to be below “investment grade” debt by all three rating agencies. S&P’s rating downgrade in April 2008, along with those by Fitch in October 2007 and Moody’s in February 2007, and any potential future negative change in our credit rating, may make it more expensive for us to raise additional capital in the future on terms that are acceptable to us, if at all; may negatively impact the price of our common stock; may increase our interest payments under existing debt agreements; and may have other negative implications on our business, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, as discussed below in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources,” the interest rate payable on the 8.250% Senior Notes and under the Credit Facility is subject to adjustment from time to time if our credit ratings change. Thus, any potential future negative change in our credit rating may increase the interest rate payable on the 8.250% Senior Notes, the Credit Facility and certain of our other borrowings.

Our amount of debt could significantly increase in the future.

As of August 31, 2008,2009, our debt obligations on the Consolidated Balance Sheets consisted of $5.1 million under our 5.875% Senior Notes, $400.0 million in principal amount outstanding under our 8.250% Senior Notes, $300.0$312.0 million in principal amount outstanding under our 5.875%7.750% Senior Notes and $380.0$360.0 million outstanding under the term portion of our Credit Facility. As of August 31, 2008,2009, there was $294.8$172.5 million outstanding under various bank loans to certain of our foreign subsidiaries and under various other debt obligations. SeeRefer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 8 – “Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Long-Term Lease Obligations” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

As of August 31, 2008,2009, we hadhave the ability to borrow up to $800.0 million under the revolving credit portion of ourthe Credit Facility. In addition, the Credit Facility contemplates a potential increase of the revolving credit portion of up to an additional $200.0 million, if we and the lenders later agree to such increase. We could incur additional indebtedness in the future in the form of bank loans, notes or convertible securities.

Should we desire to consummate significant additional acquisition opportunities, or undertake significant additional expansion activities or make substantial investments in our infrastructure, our capital needs would increase and could possibly result in our need to increase available borrowings under our revolving credit facilities or access public or private debt and equity markets. There can be no assurance, however, that we would be successful in raising additional debt or equity on terms that we would consider acceptable, if at all.acceptable.

25


An increase in the level of our indebtedness, among other things, could:

make it difficult for us to obtain any necessary financing in the future for other acquisitions, working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements or other purposes;

make it difficult for us to obtain any necessary financing in the future for other acquisitions, working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements or other purposes;
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to changes in, our business;
make us more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in our business; and
impact certain financial covenants that we are subject to in connection with our debt and securitization programs, including, among others, the maximum ratio of debt to consolidated EBITDA (as defined in our debt agreements and securitization programs).

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to changes in, our business; and

make us more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in our business.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to meet future debt service obligations.

We are subject to risks of currency fluctuations and related hedging operations.

A portion of our business is conducted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Changes in exchange rates among other currencies and the U.S. dollar will affect our cost of sales, operating margins and net revenue. We cannot predict the impact of future exchange rate fluctuations. We use financial instruments, primarily forward purchase contracts, to economically hedge U.S. dollar and other currency commitments arising from trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable, and fixed purchase obligations and other foreign currency obligations. Based on our calculations and current forecasts, we believe that our hedging activities enable us to largely protect ourselves from future exchange rate fluctuations. If, however, these hedging activities are not successful or if we change or reduce these hedging activities in the future, we may experience significant unexpected expenses from fluctuations in exchange rates.

An adverse change in the interest rates for our borrowings could adversely affect our financial condition.

We pay interest on outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facilities and certain other long term debt obligations at interest rates that fluctuate based upon changes in various base interest rates. An adverse change in the base rates upon which our interest rates are determined could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

We are exposed to intangible asset risk.

We have recorded intangible assets, including goodwill, which are attributable to business acquisitions. We are required to perform goodwill and intangible asset impairment tests at least on an annual basis and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable from estimated future cash flows. As a result of our annual and other periodic evaluations, we may determine that the intangible asset values need to be written down to their fair values, which could result in material charges that could be adverse to our operating results and financial position.

We face certain risks in collecting our trade accounts receivable.

We generate a significant amount of trade accounts receivable sales from our customers. If any of our customers has any liquidity issues (the risk of which could be rising due to current economic conditions), then we could encounter delays or defaults in payments owed to us which could have a significant adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. For example, on January 14, 2009 and May 28, 2009, two of our customers each filed a petition for reorganization under bankruptcy law. We have analyzed our financial exposure resulting from both of these customers’ bankruptcy filings and as a result have recorded an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon our anticipated exposure associated with these events. Our allowance for doubtful accounts receivables was $15.5 million as of August 31, 2009 (which represented approximately 1% of our gross trade accounts receivable balance) and $10.1 million as of August 31, 2008 (which represented less than 1% of our gross trade accounts receivable balance), $10.6 million as.
Certain of our existing stockholders have significant control.
     At August 31, 2007 (which represented 1%2009, our executive officers, directors and certain of their family members collectively beneficially owned 12.7% of our gross trade accounts receivable balance) and $5.8 million asoutstanding common stock, of August 31, 2006 (which represented less than 1%which William D. Morean, our Chairman of our gross trade accounts receivable balance)the Board, beneficially owned 7.5%.

Customer relationships with emerging companies may present more risks than with established companies.

Customer relationships with emerging companies present special risks because such companies do not have an extensive product history. As a result, there is less demonstration of market acceptanceour executive officers, directors and certain of their products making it harder for us to anticipate needs and requirements than with established customers. In addition, due tofamily members have significant influence over (1) the current economic environment, additional funding for such companies may be more difficult to obtain and these customer relationships may not continue or materialize to the extent we planned or we previously

experienced. This tightening of financing for start-up customers, together with many start-up customers’ lack of prior operations and unproven product markets increase our credit risk, especially in trade accounts receivable and inventories. Although we perform ongoing credit evaluationselection of our customersBoard of Directors, (2) the approval or disapproval of any other matters requiring stockholder approval and adjust our allowance for doubtful accounts receivable for all customers, including start-up customers, based on(3) the information available, these allowances may not be adequate. This risk exists for any new emerging company customers in the future.affairs and policies of Jabil.

26


Our stock price may be volatile.

volatile; and further decreases in our stock price, among other factors, may lead to further impairment of goodwill.

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). The market price of our common stock has fluctuated substantially in the past and could fluctuate substantially in the future, based on a variety of factors, including future announcements covering us or our key customers or competitors, government regulations, litigation, changes in earnings estimates by analysts, fluctuations in quarterly operating results, or general conditions in our industry and the aerospace, automotive, computing, consumer, defense, instrumentation, medical, networking, peripherals, solar, storage and telecommunications industries. Furthermore, stock prices for many companies and high technology companies in particular, fluctuate widely for reasons that may be unrelated to their operating results. Those fluctuations and general economic, political and market conditions, such as recessions or international currency fluctuations and demand for our services, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Volatility and weakness in our stock price could mean that investors may not be able to sell their shares at or above the prices they paid. Volatility and weakness could also impair our ability in the future to offer common stock or convertible securities as a source of additional capital and/or as consideration in the acquisition of other businesses.

Provisions in our charter documents and state law may make it harder for others to obtain control of us even though some shareholders might consider such a development to be favorable.

Our shareholder rights plan, provisions of our amended certificate of incorporation and the Delaware Corporation Laws may delay, inhibit or prevent someone from gaining control of us through a tender offer, business combination, proxy contest or some other method. These provisions may adversely impact our shareholders because they may decrease the possibility of a transaction in which our shareholders receive an amount of consideration in exchange for their shares that is at a significant premium to the then-currentthen current market price of our shares. These provisions include:

a “poison pill” shareholder rights plan;

a “poison pill” shareholder rights plan;
a statutory restriction on the ability of shareholders to take action by less than unanimous written consent; and
a statutory restriction on business combinations with some types of interested shareholders.

a statutory restriction on the ability of shareholders to take action by less than unanimous written consent; and

a statutory restriction on business combinations with some types of interested shareholders.

Previous changes in the securities laws and regulations have increased, and may continue to increase, our costs; and any future changes would likely increase our costs.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as related new rules promulgated by the SEC and the NYSE, required changes in some of our corporate governance, securities disclosure and compliance practices. Compliance with these new rules havehas increased our legal and financial accounting costs for several years following the announcement and effectiveness of these new rules. While these costs are no longer increasing, they may in fact increase in the future. In addition, anygiven the recent turmoil in the securities and credit markets, as well as the global economy, many U.S. and international governmental, regulatory and supervisory authorities including, but not limited to, the SEC and the NYSE, are currently contemplating changes in their laws, regulations and rules. Any such future changes, in securities laws,especially from the SEC rules or NYSE, rules may cause our legal and financial accounting costs to increase.

Due to inherent limitations, there can be no assurance that our system of disclosure and internal controls and procedures will be successful in preventing all errors or fraud, or in informing management of all material information in a timely manner.

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our disclosure controls and internal controls and procedures will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and

operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system reflects that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been or will be detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur simply because of error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control.

The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, a control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be detected.

27


If we receive other than an unqualified opinion on the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 20092010 and future year-ends as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could result in a decrease in the value of your shares.

As directed by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the SEC adopted rules requiring public companies to include an annual report on internal control over financial reporting in their annual reports on Form 10-K that contains an assessment by management of the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting. The independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, issued an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2008.2009. While we continuously conduct a rigorous review of our internal control over financial reporting in order to assure compliance with the Section 404 requirements, if our independent auditors interpretregistered public accounting firm interprets the Section 404 requirements and the related rules and regulations differently from us or if our independent auditors areregistered public accounting firm is not satisfied with our internal control over financial reporting or with the level at which it is documented, operated or reviewed, they may decline to attest to management’s assessment or issue a qualified report. A qualifiedan adverse opinion. An adverse opinion could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our consolidated financial statements.

In addition, we have spent a significant amount of resources in complying with Section 404’s requirements. For the foreseeable future, we will likely continue to spend substantial amounts complying with Section 404’s requirements, as well as improving and enhancing our internal control over financial reporting.

There are inherent uncertainties involved in estimates, judgments and assumptions used in the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). Any changes in estimates, judgments and assumptions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

The condensed consolidated and condensed consolidated financial statements included in the periodic reports we file with the SEC are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP involves making estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets, (including intangible assets), liabilities and related reserves, revenues, expenses and income. Estimates, judgments and assumptions are inherently subject to change in the future, and any such changes could result in corresponding changes to the amounts of assets, liabilities and related reserves, revenues, expenses and income. Any such changes could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

In addition, the principles of U.S. GAAP are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the SEC and various bodies formed to create appropriate accounting policies, and interpret such policies. A change in those policies can have a significant effect on our accounting methods. For example, although not yet currently required, the SEC could require us to adopt the International Financial Reporting Standards in the next few years, which could have a significant effect on certain of our accounting methods.

We are subject to risks associated with natural disasters and global events.

Our operations may be subject to natural disasters or other business disruptions, which could seriously harm our results of operation and increase our costs and expenses. We are susceptible to losses and interruptions

caused by hurricanes (including in Florida, where our headquarters are located), earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water shortages, tsunamis, floods, typhoons, fire, extreme weather conditions, geopolitical events such as terrorist acts and other natural or manmade disasters. Our insurance coverage with respect to natural disasters is limited and is subject to deductibles and coverage limits. Such coverage may not be adequate, or may not continue to be available at commercially reasonable rates and terms.

Energy price increases may negatively impact our results of operations.

Certain of the components that we use in our manufacturing activities are petroleum-based. In addition, we, along with our suppliers and customers, rely on various energy sources (including oil) in our transportation activities. OverWhile significant uncertainty currently exists about the past several years,future levels of energy prices, have sharply increased and have experienceda significant volatility. These increasedincrease is possible. Increased energy prices have resulted incould cause an increase to our raw material costs and transportation costs. In addition, theincreased transportation costs of certain of our suppliers and customers have increased, and some of these increased costs maycould be passed along to us. We may not be able to increase our product prices enough to offset these increased costs. In addition, any increase in our product prices may reduce our future customer orders and profitability.

The rate of growth of gross domestic product in the U.S. has declined in the last few quarters indicating that the U.S. economy could be in or nearing a recession.

Sustained downturns or sluggishness in the U.S. economy, as well as the global economy, generally affect the markets in which we operate. In mid-2001, an overall global economic downturn resulted in a decline in demand for our customers’ products which had a negative impact on our results of operations (as well as our overall industry’s). While the recent economic conditions have not had a material negative impact on our results of operations, they may have such an impact over the next several fiscal quarters and possibly beyond. In addition, the value of certain of our assets has been negatively impacted, and may be impacted in the future.

The financial markets have recently experienced significant turmoil.

If we attempt to obtain future financing, the credit market turmoil could negatively impact our ability to obtain such financing. In addition, the credit market turmoil has negatively impacted certain of our customers, and certain of their customers. These impacts could lead to a decrease in demand for our products, as well as our customers’ products, which could result in a negative effect on our results of operations.

Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
We have not received any written comments from the SEC staff regarding our periodic or current reports under the Exchange Act that were received on or before the date that is 180 days before the end of our 20082009 fiscal year and that remain unresolved.

28


Item 2.Properties

Item 2. Properties
We have manufacturing, aftermarket services, design and support operations located in Austria, Belgium, Brazil, China, England, France, Germany, Hungary, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, The Netherlands, Poland, Russia, Scotland, Singapore, Taiwan, Ukraine, Vietnam and the U.S. As part of our historical restructuring programs, certain of our facilities are no longer used in our business operations, as identified in the table below. We believe that our properties are generally in good condition, are well maintained and are generally suitable and adequate to carry out our business at expected capacity for the foreseeable future. The table below lists the locations and square footage for our facilities as of August 31, 2008:

2009:

Location

 Approximate
Square Footage
 
ApproximateType of Interest
(Leased/Owned)
 

LocationSquare Footage(Leased/Owned)Description of Use

Auburn Hills, Michigan

 207,000 Owned Manufacturing, Design

Auburn Hills, Michigan

 19,000 Leased Support

Belo Horizonte, Brazil

298,000LeasedManufacturing
Billerica, Massachusetts (1)

 503,000 Leased Prototype Manufacturing

Chihuahua, Mexico

1,025,000OwnedManufacturing, Aftermarket
Chihuahua, Mexico168,000LeasedManufacturing
Colorado Springs, Colorado4,000LeasedDesign
Guadalajara, Mexico363,000OwnedManufacturing
Guadalajara, Mexico210,000LeasedManufacturing
Louisville, Kentucky

 140,000 Leased Aftermarket

McAllen, Texas

 211,000 Leased Aftermarket

Memphis, Tennessee

Manaus, Brazil
 1,562,000155,000LeasedManufacturing
Memphis, Tennessee1,196,000 Leased Manufacturing, Aftermarket

Poughkeepsie, New York

 40,000 Leased Manufacturing

Reynosa, Mexico

410,000OwnedAftermarket
Reynosa, Mexico443,000LeasedManufacturing, Aftermarket
Round Rock, Texas

 105,000 Leased Aftermarket

San Jose, California (1)

 181,000 Leased Prototype Manufacturing

Simi Valley, California

Sorocaba, Brazil
 35,00060,000 Leased SupportManufacturing

St. Joe, Michigan

Petersburg, Florida
 5,000280,000 LeasedSupport

St. Petersburg, Florida

310,000 Leased Manufacturing, Aftermarket, Support

St. Petersburg, Florida

 298,000173,000 Owned Manufacturing, Design, Aftermarket, Support

Tampa, Florida (2)

Tempe, Arizona
 78,000191,000OwnedManufacturing
Tempe, Arizona4,000LeasedTraining, Storage
Total Americas6,386,000
Beijing, China9,000LeasedDesign
Chennai, India (2)284,000OwnedManufacturing
Gotemba, Japan138,000 Leased Manufacturing

Tempe, Arizona

Hachiouji, Japan
 191,00024,000LeasedManufacturing
Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam105,000LeasedManufacturing
Huangpu, China2,613,000 Owned Manufacturing

Belo Horizonte, Brazil

Huangpu, China
 298,000363,000 Leased Manufacturing

Chihuahua, Mexico

Hsinchu, Taiwan
 1,025,0006,000LeasedDesign
Mumbai, India77,000LeasedSupport
Nanjing, China135,000LeasedManufacturing
Penang, Malaysia1,003,000 Owned Manufacturing, Aftermarket

Chihuahua, Mexico

Penang, Malaysia
 106,000219,000 Leased Manufacturing

Guadalajara, Mexico

Pune, India
 363,00011,000LeasedManufacturing
Ranjangaon, India858,000 Owned Manufacturing

Guadalajara, Mexico

135,000LeasedManufacturing

Manaus, Brazil

386,000LeasedManufacturing

Reynosa, Mexico

410,000OwnedAftermarket

Reynosa, Mexico

847,000LeasedManufacturing, Aftermarket

Sao Paulo, Brazil

35,000LeasedManufacturing

Sorocaba, Brazil

27,000LeasedManufacturing

Tijuana, Mexico (2)

63,000LeasedManufacturing
Shanghai, China  360,000 

Total Americas

7,580,000

Beijing, China

9,000LeasedManufacturing

Chennai, India

284,000OwnedManufacturing

Gotemba, Japan

138,000LeasedManufacturing

Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam

75,000LeasedManufacturing

Huangpu, China

2,609,000OwnedManufacturing, Support

Mumbai, India (2)

219,000LeasedSupport

Nanjing, China

212,000LeasedManufacturing, Design

Penang, Malaysia

1,003,000 Owned Manufacturing, Design, Aftermarket

Penang, Malaysia

Shenzhen, China
 436,000827,000LeasedManufacturing

29


ApproximateType of Interest
LocationSquare Footage(Leased/Owned)Description of Use
Singapore City, Singapore84,000 Leased Manufacturing

Pune, India

Suzhou, China
 11,000316,000 Leased SupportManufacturing, Aftermarket

Ranjangaon, India

Taichung, Taiwan
 858,000564,000OwnedManufacturing, Design
Taichung, Taiwan43,000LeasedManufacturing, Design
Taipei, Taiwan9,000LeasedDesign
Tianjin, China70,000 Owned Manufacturing

Shanghai,Tianjin, China

 360,0001,948,000 OwnedManufacturing, Design, Aftermarket

Shenzhen, China

290,000LeasedManufacturing, Support

Location

Approximate
Square Footage
Type of Interest
(Leased/Owned)

Description of Use

Singapore City, Singapore

85,000 Leased Manufacturing

Suzhou, China

Tokyo, Japan
 27,000LeasedManufacturing, Support

Taichung, Taiwan

564,000OwnedManufacturing

Taichung, Taiwan

43,000LeasedManufacturing

Taipei, Taiwan

17,000LeasedDesign

Tianjin, China

54,000OwnedManufacturing

Tianjin, China

2,181,000LeasedManufacturing

Tokyo, Japan

 4,000 Leased Design, Support

Wuxi, China

 453,000 Owned Manufacturing

Wuxi, China

 758,000910,000 Leased Manufacturing

Yentai, China

 416,000 Leased Manufacturing
   

Total Asia

11,106,000
    

Total Asia

11,849,000
Amsterdam, The Netherlands

 90,000 Leased Aftermarket

Ayr, Scotland

 13,000 Leased Manufacturing

Bergamo, Italy

 76,00010,000LeasedSupport
Brest, France449,000OwnedManufacturing
Bydgoszcz, Poland131,000LeasedAftermarket
Cassina, Italy125,000 Leased Manufacturing

Brest, France

Coventry, England
 365,000OwnedManufacturing

Bydgoszcz, Poland

131,000LeasedAftermarket

Cassina, Italy

101,000LeasedManufacturing

Coventry, England

 46,000 Leased Aftermarket, Support

Dublin, Ireland

 4,000 Leased Support

Eindhoven, The Netherlands

 3,000 Leased Support

Genova, Italy (2)

 1,000 Leased Support

Hasselt, Belgium

 65,000 Leased Prototype Manufacturing, Design

Jena, Germany

 8,000 Leased Design

Kwidzyn, Poland

 713,000703,000 Owned Manufacturing

Livingston, Scotland

 130,000 Owned Manufacturing Support

Lunel, France

 20,00025,000 Leased Manufacturing

Marcianise, Italy

 279,000293,000 Leased Manufacturing

Meung-sur-Loire, France

(3)
 111,000 Owned Manufacturing

San Marco Evangelista (CE), Italy (2)

 65,00072,000 Leased Manufacturing

Szombathely, Hungary

 198,000 Owned Aftermarket

Tiszaujvaros, Hungary

 409,000 Owned Manufacturing

Tver, Russia

51,000LeasedManufacturing
Uzhgorod, Ukraine

 227,000 Owned Manufacturing

Vienna, Austria

 87,000 Leased Prototype Manufacturing, Design
   

Total Europe

3,142,000
    

Total Facilities at August 31, 2008

Europe
 21,828,000
3,251,000    
Total Facilities at August 31, 200921,486,000

(1)A portion of this facility is no longer used in our business operations.
(2)This facility is no longer used in our business operations.
(3)Following the end of our 2009 fiscal year, we entered into a sales transaction in which we will sell the entity that owns this facility. We currently expect this transaction to close in the first quarter of our 2010 fiscal year, and upon this closing, we will no longer own this facility.

Certifications

Our manufacturing facilities and our aftermarket facilities are ISO certified to ISO 9001:2000 standards and most are also certified to ISO-14001 environmental standards. Following are additional certifications that are held by certain of our manufacturing facilities as listed:

  

Aerospace Standard AS/EN 9100 –Billerica, Massachusetts; Brest, France; Livingston, Scotland; Singapore City, Singapore; St. Petersburg, Florida; and Tempe, Arizona.

30


  

Automotive Standard TS16949 –Auburn Hills, Michigan; Chihuahua, Mexico; Huangpu, China; Meung-sur-Loire, France; Tiszaujvaros, Hungary; and Vienna, Austria.

  

FDA Medical Certification– Auburn Hills, Michigan; Livingston, Scotland; and Tempe, Arizona.

  

Medical Standard ISO-13485– Auburn Hills, Michigan; Guadalajara, Mexico; Hasselt, Belgium; Livingston, Scotland; Poway, California; San Jose, California; Shanghai, China; Tempe, Arizona and Tiszaujvaros, Hungary.

  

Occupational Health & Safety Management System Standard OHSAS 18001– Ayr, Scotland; Brest, France; Guadalajara, Mexico; Huangpu and Shanghai, China; Manaus, Brazil; Penang, Malaysia; Singapore City, Singapore; St. Petersburg, Florida; and Tiszaujvaros, Hungary.

  

Telecommunications Standard TL 9000 Guadalajara, Mexico; Penang, Malaysia; San Jose, California; and Shanghai and Wuxi, China.

ESD/ANSI 20:20 Standard– Guadalajara, Mexico; Auburn Hills, Michigan; St.Petersburg, Florida; Tempe, Arizona; Penang, Malaysia; Shanghai and Wuxi, China.

Item 3.Legal Proceedings

Item 3. Legal Proceedings
i. Private Litigation Related to Certain Historical Stock Option Grant Practices
     In April and May of 2006, shareholder derivative lawsuits were filed in State Circuit Court in Pinellas County, Florida on behalf of a purported shareholder of ours naming us as a nominal defendant, and naming certain of our officers and directors as defendants. Those lawsuits were subsequently consolidated (the “Consolidated State Derivative Action”). The Consolidated State Derivative Action alleged breaches of certain fiduciary duties to the Company by backdating certain stock option grants between August 1998 and October 2004 to make it appear that they were granted on a prior date when our stock price was lower. Subsequently, two similar federal derivative suits were filed and consolidated in January 2007 into one action (the “Consolidated Federal Derivative Action”).
On May 3, 2006, our Board of Directors appointed a Special Committee that reviewed the allegations asserted in all of the above derivative actions and concluded that the evidence did not support a finding of intentional manipulation of stock option grant pricing by any member of management. In addition, the Special Committee concluded that it was not in our best interests to pursue the derivative actions and stated that it would assert that position on our behalf in each of the pending derivative lawsuits. The Special Committee identified certain factors related to the controls surrounding the process of accounting for option grants that contributed to the accounting errors that led to a restatement of certain of our historical financial statements.
     In September 2007, we reached an agreement to resolve the Consolidated State Derivative Action and the Consolidated Federal Derivative Action that did not involve us paying any monetary damages, but it did adopt several new policies and procedures to improve the process through which equity awards are determined, approved and accounted for. In April 2008, the State Court entered an order dismissing the Consolidated State Action and finding that the proposed settlement was fair, adequate and reasonable, and that awarded the plaintiffs’ counsel $700.0 thousand in attorney fees and costs ($575.0 thousand of which was paid by our Directors’ and Officers’ insurance carriers and $125.0 thousand of which was paid by us). On April 25, 2008, the Federal Court approved the proposed settlement agreement and dismissed the Consolidated Federal Action.
     In addition to the derivative actions, on September 18, 2006, a putative shareholder class action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Florida, Tampa Division against us and various present and former officers and directors, including Forbes I.J. Alexander, Scott D. Brown, Laurence S. Grafstein, Mel S. Lavitt, Chris Lewis, Timothy Main, Mark T. Mondello, William D. Morean, Lawrence J. Murphy, Frank A. Newman, Steven A. Raymund, Thomas A. Sansone and Kathleen A. Walters on behalf of a proposed class of plaintiffs comprised of persons that purchased our shares between September 19, 2001 and June 21, 2006. A second putative class action, containing virtually identical legal claims and allegations of fact was filed on October 12, 2006. The two actions were consolidated into a single proceeding (the “Consolidated Class Action”) and on January 18, 2007, the Court appointed The Laborers Pension Trust Fund for Northern California and Pension Trust Fund for Operating Engineers as lead plaintiffs in the action. On March 5, 2007, the lead plaintiffs filed a consolidated class action complaint (the “Consolidated Class Action Complaint”). The Consolidated Class Action Complaint is purported to be brought on behalf of all persons who purchased our publicly traded securities between September 19, 2001 and December 21, 2006, and names us and certain of our current and former officers, including Forbes I.J. Alexander, Scott D. Brown, Wesley B. Edwards, Chris A. Lewis, Mark T. Mondello, Robert L. Paver and Ronald J. Rapp, as well as certain of our directors, Mel S. Lavitt, William D. Morean, Frank A. Newman, Laurence S. Grafstein, Steven A. Raymund, Lawrence J. Murphy, Kathleen A. Walters and Thomas A. Sansone, as defendants. The Consolidated Class Action Complaint alleged violations of Sections 10(b), 20(a), and 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated thereunder. The Consolidated Class Action Complaint alleged that the defendants engaged in a scheme to fraudulently backdate the grant dates of options for various senior officers and directors, causing our consolidated financial statements to understate management compensation and overstate net earnings, thereby inflating our stock price. In addition, the complaint alleged that our proxy statements falsely stated that we had adhered to our option grant policy of granting options at the closing price of our shares on the trading date immediately prior to the date of the grant. Also, the complaint alleged that the defendants failed to timely disclose the facts and circumstances that led us, on

31


June 12, 2006, to announce that we were lowering our prior guidance for net earnings for the third quarter of fiscal year 2006. On April 30, 2007, the plaintiffs filed a First Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint asserting claims substantially similar to the Consolidated Class Action Complaint it replaced but adding additional allegations relating to the restatement of earnings previously announced in connection with the correction of errors in the calculation of compensation expense for certain stock option grants. We filed a motion to dismiss the First Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint on June 29, 2007. The plaintiffs filed an opposition to our motion to dismiss, and we then filed a reply memorandum in further support of our motion to dismiss on September 28, 2007. On April 9, 2008, the courtCourt dismissed the First Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint without prejudice and with leave to amend such complaint on or before May 12, 2008.

On May 12, 2008, plaintiffs filed a Second Amended Class Action Complaint. The Second Amended Class Action Complaint asserts substantially the same causes of action against the same defendants, predicated largely

on the same allegations of fact as in the First Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint except insofar as the plaintiffs added KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as a defendant and added additional allegations with respect to (a) pre-class period option grants, (b) the professional background of certain defendants, (c) option grants to non-executive employees, (d) the restatement of our financial results for certain periods between 1996 and 2005 and (e) trading by the named plaintiffs and certain of the defendants during the class period. The Second Amended Class Action Complaint also includes an additional claim for insider trading against certain defendants pursuant to Rules 10b-5 and 10b5-1 promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act. We filed a motion to dismiss the Second Amended Class Action Complaint.

     On January 26, 2009, the Court dismissed the Second Amended Class Action Complaint with prejudice. The plaintiffs appealed this dismissal on February 20, 2009, and the Second Amended Class Action Complaint has been set for oral arguments in December 2009. We believe that the Second Amended Class Action Complaint is without merit as the First Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint and we are currently awaiting the court’s ruling on our motion to dismiss this complaint. We will continue to vigorously defend the action, although no assurance can be given as to the ultimate outcome of any such further proceedings.

ii. Securities Exchange Commission Informal Inquiry and U.S. Attorney Subpoena Related to Certain Historical Stock Option Grant Practices
In addition to the private litigation described above, we were notified on May 2, 2006 by the Staff of the SEC of an informal inquiry concerning our stock option grant practices. OnIn May 17, 2006, we received a subpoena from the U.S. Attorney’s office for the Southern District of New York requesting certain stock option related material. Such information was subsequently provided and we did not hear further from such U.S. Attorney’s office. In addition, our review of our historical stock option practices led us to review certain transactions proposed or effected between fiscal years 1999 and 2002 to determine if we properly recognized revenue associated with those transactions. The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors engaged independent legal counsel to assist it in reviewing certain proposed or effected transactions with certain customers that occurred during this period. The review determined that there was inadequate documentation to support our recognition of certain revenues received during the period. Our Audit Committee concluded that there was no direct evidence that any of our employees intentionally made or caused false accounting entries to be made in connection with these transactions, and we concluded that the impact was immaterial. We have provided the SEC with the report that this independent counsel produced regarding these revenue recognition issues, the Special Committee’s report regarding our stock option grant practices, and the other information requested to date. In addition, we continue to cooperateand cooperated fully with the Special Committee, the SEC and the U.S. Attorney’s office.
     We cannot predict what effect such reviews may have. See “Risk Factors – We are involved in reviewsreceived a letter from the SEC Division of our historical stock option grant practices”Enforcement on November 24, 2008, advising us that the Division had completed its investigation and “– We are involved in andid not intend to recommend that the SEC review of our recognition of revenue for certain historical transactions.”

take any enforcement action.

iii. Other Litigation
We are party to certain other lawsuits in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that these proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Item 4.Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
     None.

None.32


PART II

Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “JBL.” The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices per share for our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange for the fiscal periods indicated.

   High  Low

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2008

    

First Quarter (September 1, 2007 – November 30, 2007)

  $25.80  $16.62

Second Quarter (December 1, 2007 – February 29, 2008)

  $18.52  $12.50

Third Quarter (March 1, 2008 – May 31, 2008)

  $13.35  $9.03

Fourth Quarter (June 1, 2008 – August 31, 2008)

  $18.78  $13.01

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2007

    

First Quarter (September 1, 2006 – November 30, 2006)

  $31.26  $25.98

Second Quarter (December 1, 2006 – February 28, 2007)

  $29.48  $23.40

Third Quarter (March 1, 2007 – May 31, 2007)

  $26.85  $21.00

Fourth Quarter (June 1, 2007 – August 31, 2007)

  $25.27  $19.95

         
  High Low
Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2009
        
First Quarter (September 1, 2008 – November 30, 2008) $17.33  $4.77 
Second Quarter (December 1, 2008 – February 28, 2009) $7.66  $4.14 
Third Quarter (March 1, 2009 – May 31, 2009) $9.14  $3.10 
Fourth Quarter (June 1, 2009 – August 31, 2009) $11.24  $6.59 
         
Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2008
        
First Quarter (September 1, 2007 – November 30, 2007) $25.80  $16.62 
Second Quarter (December 1, 2007 – February 29, 2008) $18.52  $12.50 
Third Quarter (March 1, 2008 – May 31, 2008) $13.35  $9.03 
Fourth Quarter (June 1, 2008 – August 31, 2008) $18.78  $13.01 
On October 13, 2008,12, 2009, the closing sales price for our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange was $7.76.$14.56. As of October 13, 2008,12, 2009, there were 3,8934,748 holders of record of our common stock.

Information regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in Item 12 of Part III of this report.

Dividends

The following table sets forth certain information relating to our cash dividends paid or declared to common stockholders during fiscal years 20072008 and 2008.

2009.

Dividend Information

   

Dividend
declaration date

  Dividend
per share
  Total of cash
dividends
declared
  

Date of record for
dividend payment

  

Dividend cash
payment date

   (in thousands, except for per share data)

Fiscal year 2007:

  November 2, 2006  $0.07  $14,378  November 15, 2006  December 1, 2006
  January 22, 2007  $0.07  $14,414  February 15, 2007  March 1, 2007
  April 30, 2007  $0.07  $14,517  May 15, 2007  June 1, 2007
  August 2, 2007  $0.07  $14,559  August 15, 2007  September 4, 2007

Fiscal year 2008:

  November 1, 2007  $0.07  $14,667  November 15, 2007  December 3, 2007
  January 17, 2008  $0.07  $14,704  February 15, 2008  March 3, 2008
  April 17, 2008  $0.07  $14,704  May 15, 2008  June 2, 2008
  July 16, 2008  $0.07  $14,739  August 15, 2008  September 2, 2008

               
        Total of cash    
  Dividend Dividend dividends Date of record for Dividend cash
  declaration date per share declared dividend payment payment date
    (in thousands, except for per share data)  
Fiscal year 2008:
 November 1, 2007 $0.07  $14,667  November 15, 2007 December 3, 2007
  January 17, 2008 $0.07  $14,704  February 15, 2008 March 3, 2008
  April 17, 2008 $0.07  $14,704  May 15, 2008 June 2, 2008
  July 16, 2008 $0.07  $14,739  August 15, 2008 September 2, 2008
               
Fiscal year 2009:
 October 24, 2008 $0.07  $14,916  November 17, 2008 December 1, 2008
  January 22, 2009 $0.07  $14,974  February 17, 2009 March 2, 2009
  April 23, 2009 $0.07  $14,954  May 15, 2009 June 1, 2009
  July 16, 2009 $0.07  $14,992  August 17, 2009 September 1, 2009
We currently expect to continue to declare and pay quarterly dividends of an amount similar to our past declarations. However, the declaration and payment of future dividends are discretionary and will be subject to determination by our Board of Directors each quarter following its review of our financial performance.

33


Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information relating to our repurchase of common stock for the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008.

Period

  Total Number
of Shares
Purchased (1)
  Average Price
Paid per Share
  Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Program
  Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Program

June 1, 2008 – June 30, 2008

  —    $—    —    —  

July 1, 2008 – July 31, 2008

  —    $—    —    —  

August 1, 2008 – August 31, 2008

  17,311  $16.86  —    —  
             

Total

  17,311  $16.86  —    —  

(1)The number of shares reported above as purchased are attributable to shares surrendered to us by employees in payment of the exercise price related to Option exercises or minimum tax obligations related to vesting of restricted shares.

2009.

                 
              Approximate 
          Total Number of  Dollar Value of 
  Total Number      Shares Purchased  Shares that May 
  of Shares  Average Price  as Part of Publicly  Yet Be Purchased 
Period Purchased (1)  Paid per Share  Announced Program  Under the Program 
June 1, 2009 – June 30, 2009    $       
July 1, 2009 – July 31, 2009  195  $7.77       
August 1, 2009 – August 31, 2009    $       
             
Total
  195  $7.77       
(1) The number of shares reported above as purchased are attributable to shares surrendered to us by employees in payment of the exercise price related to Option exercises or minimum tax obligations related to vesting of restricted shares.
Item 6.Selected Financial Data

Item 6. Selected Financial Data
The following selected data are derived from our Consolidated Financial Statements. This data should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto incorporated into Item 8, and with Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
                     
  Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
  2009  2008  2007  2006  2005 
      (in thousands, except for per share data)     
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
                    
Net revenue $11,684,538  $12,779,703  $12,290,592  $10,265,447  $7,524,386 
Cost of revenue  10,965,723   11,911,902   11,478,562   9,500,547   6,895,880 
                
Gross profit  718,815   867,801   812,030   764,900   628,506 
Selling, general and administrative  495,941   491,324   491,967   382,210   314,270 
Research and development  27,321   32,984   36,381   34,975   22,507 
Amortization of intangibles  31,039   37,288   29,347   24,323   39,762 
Restructuring and impairment charges  51,894   54,808   72,396   81,585    
Goodwill impairment charges  1,022,821             
                
Operating (loss) income  (910,201)  251,397   181,939   241,807   251,967 
Other expense  20,111   11,902   15,888   11,918   4,106 
Interest income  (7,426)  (12,014)  (14,531)  (18,734)  (13,774)
Interest expense  82,247   94,316   86,069   23,507   20,667 
                
(Loss) income before income taxes and minority interest  (1,005,133)  157,193   94,513   225,116   240,968 
Income tax expense  160,898   25,119   21,401   60,598   37,093 
Minority interest, net of tax  (819)  (1,818)  (124)      
                
Net (loss) income $(1,165,212) $133,892  $73,236  $164,518  $203,875 
                
(Loss) earnings per share:                    
Basic $(5.63) $0.65  $0.36  $0.79  $1.01 
                
Diluted $(5.63) $0.65  $0.35  $0.77  $0.98 
                
Common shares used in the calculations of (loss) earnings per share:                    
Basic  207,002   205,275   203,779   207,413   202,501 
                
Diluted  207,002   206,158   206,972   212,540   207,706 
                

34

  Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
  2008  2007  2006  2005  2004 
  (in thousands, except for per share data) 

Consolidated Statement of Earnings Data:

     

Net revenue

 $12,779,703  $12,290,592  $10,265,447  $7,524,386  $6,252,897 

Cost of revenue

  11,911,902   11,478,562   9,500,547   6,895,880   5,714,517 
                    

Gross profit

  867,801   812,030   764,900   628,506   538,380 

Selling, general and administrative

  491,324   491,967   382,210   314,270   257,748 

Research and development

  32,984   36,381   34,975   22,507   13,813 

Amortization of intangibles

  37,288   29,347   24,323   39,762   43,709 

Acquisition-related charges

  —     —     —     —     1,339(5)

Restructuring and impairment charges

  54,808(1)  72,396(2)  81,585(3)  —     —   
                    

Operating income

  251,397   181,939   241,807   251,967   221,771 

Other expense

  11,902(1)  15,888(2)  11,918(3)  4,106(4)  7,193(5)

Interest income

  (12,014)  (14,531)  (18,734)  (13,774)  (7,237)

Interest expense

  94,316   86,069   23,507   20,667   18,546 
                    

Income before income taxes and minority interest

  157,193   94,513   225,116   240,968   203,269 

Income tax expense

  25,119(1)  21,401(2)  60,598(3)  37,093   29,539 

Minority Interest, net of tax

  (1,818)  (124)  —     —     —   
                    

Net income

 $133,892  $73,236  $164,518  $203,875  $173,730 
                    

Earnings per share:

     

Basic

 $0.65  $0.36  $0.79  $1.01  $0.87 
                    

Diluted

 $0.65  $0.35  $0.77  $0.98  $0.85 
                    

Common shares used in the calculations of earnings per share:

     

Basic

  205,275   203,779   207,413   202,501   200,430 
                    

Diluted

  206,158   206,972   212,540   207,706   205,559 
                    

   August 31,
   2008  2007  2006  2005  2004
   (in thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

          

Working capital

  $1,091,497  $675,446  $977,631  $1,117,806  $1,023,591
                    

Total assets

  $7,032,137  $6,295,232  $5,411,730  $4,087,986  $3,334,039
                    

Current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations

  $269,937  $501,716  $63,813  $674  $4,412
                    

Notes payable, long-term debt and long – term lease obligations, less current installments

  $1,099,473  $760,477  $329,520  $326,580  $305,194
                    

Total stockholders’ equity

  $2,715,725  $2,443,011  $2,294,481  $2,145,941  $1,824,023
                    

Cash dividends declared, per share

  $0.28  $0.28  $0.14  $—    $—  
                    

(1)During fiscal year 2008, we recorded charges of $54.8 million ($39.6 million after-tax) related to the restructuring plan initiated in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006. Also related to the restructuring plan, we increased valuation allowances by $3.7 million, to $38.8 million, on net deferred tax assets. We also recorded $11.9 million ($7.2 million after-tax) of other expense related to a loss on the sale of receivables under our accounts receivable securitization program.

(2)During fiscal year 2007, we recorded charges of $72.4 million ($59.3 million after-tax) related to the restructuring plan initiated in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006. Also related to the restructuring plan, we reduced valuation allowances by $2.0 million, to $35.1 million, on net deferred tax assets through income tax expense. We also recorded $15.9 million ($9.7 million after-tax) of other expense related to a loss on the sale of receivables under our accounts receivable securitization program.

(3)During fiscal year 2006, we recorded charges of $81.9 million ($70.1 million after-tax) related to the restructuring plan initiated in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006, partially offset by the reversal of $0.3 million related to restructuring charges incurred under historical restructuring plans. Also related to the restructuring plan, we recorded valuation allowances of $37.1 million on net deferred tax assets through income tax expense. We also recorded $11.9 million ($7.2 million after-tax) of other expense related to a loss on the sale of receivables under our accounts receivable securitization program.

(4)During fiscal year 2005, we recorded $4.1 million ($2.5 million after-tax) of other expense related to a loss on the sale of receivables under our accounts receivable securitization program.

(5)During fiscal year 2004, we recorded acquisition-related charges of $1.3 million ($1.0 million after-tax) primarily in connection with the acquisitions of certain operations of Philips and NEC. We also recorded other expense of $7.2 million, consisting of $6.4 million ($4.0 million after-tax) for a loss on the write-off of unamortized issuance costs associated with our convertible subordinated notes, which were retired in May 2004, and $0.8 million ($0.5 million after-tax) for a loss on the sale of receivables under our accounts receivable securitization program.

                     
  August 31, 
  2009  2008  2007  2006  2005 
          (in thousands)         
Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:
                    
Working capital $990,900  $1,091,497  $675,446  $977,631  $1,117,806 
                
Total assets $5,317,858  $7,032,137  $6,295,232  $5,411,730  $4,087,986 
                
Current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations $197,575  $269,937  $501,716  $63,813  $674 
                
Notes payable, long-term debt and long – term lease obligations, less current installments $1,036,873  $1,099,473  $760,477  $329,520  $326,580 
                
Total stockholders’ equity $1,435,162  $2,715,725  $2,443,011  $2,294,481  $2,145,941 
                
Cash dividends declared, per share $0.28  $0.28  $0.28  $0.14  $ 
                
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

We are one of the leading providers of worldwide electronic manufacturing services and solutions. We provide comprehensive electronics design, production, product management and aftermarket services to companies in the aerospace, automotive, computing, consumer, defense, industrial, instrumentation, medical, networking, peripherals, solar, storage and telecommunications industries. The industry in which we operate is composed of companies that provide a range of manufacturing and design services to companies that utilize electronics components in their products. The industry experienced rapid change and growth through the 1990’s as an increasing number of companies chose to outsource an increasing portion, and, in some cases, all of their manufacturing requirements. In mid-2001, the industry’s revenue declined as a result of significant cut-backs in customer production requirements, which was consistent with the overall global economic downturn in the technology sector at the time. In response to this industry and global economic downturn in the technology sector, we implemented a restructuring programprograms to reduce our cost structure and further align our manufacturing capacity with the geographic production demands of our customers. During the third quarter of our 2001 fiscal year, we implemented a restructuring program to reduce our cost structure due to the global economic downturn. This restructuring program included reductions in workforce, re-sizing of facilities and the transition of certain facilities into new customer development sites. The macroeconomic conditions for us, and the electronic manufacturing services industry as a whole, continued to deteriorate during our 2002 fiscal year, resulting in additional restructuring programs being implemented during our 2002 fiscal year. These restructuring programs included reductions in workforce, re-sizing of facilities and the closure of facilities. Industry revenues generally began to stabilize in 2003 and companies continued to turnturned to outsourcing versus internal manufacturing. DuringIn addition, the number of industries serviced, as well as the market penetration in certain industries, by electronic manufacturing service providers has increased over the past several years. After several years of growth, our 2006net revenues for fiscal year we initiated2009 declined by approximately 8.6% to $11.7 billion as compared to $12.8 billion for fiscal year 2008. This decline was largely the result of a restructuring program to realign our manufacturing capacitydeteriorating macro-economic environment within this past year which resulted in certain higher cost geographies and to properly size our manufacturing sites with perceived market conditions. Over the past four years we have made concentrated efforts to diversify our industry sectors and customer base through acquisitions and organic growth. We believe further growth opportunities exist for the industry to penetrate the worldwide electronics markets. The rate of growth, however, of gross domestic productilliquidity in the U.S. has recently declined. Whileoverall credit markets and a significant economic downturn in the North American, European and Asian markets. Though significant uncertainty remains regarding the extent and timing of the economic recovery, we are beginning to see signs of stabilization as the overall credit markets have significantly improved and it appears that the global economic stimulus programs put in place are starting to have a positive impact, particularly in China. We will continue to monitor the current economic environment and its potential impact on both the customers that we serve as well as our end-markets and closely manage our costs and capital resources so that we can respond appropriately as circumstances continue to change. Such economic conditions led us to implement the 2009 Restructuring Plan discussed below. Also, as a result of recent economic conditions, some of our customers have not yet hadmoved a material negativeportion of their manufacturing from us in order to more fully utilize their excess internal manufacturing capacity. This movement, and possible future movements, may negatively impact on our results of operations.
     We manage our business and operations they may have such an impact over the next several fiscal quarters and possibly beyond.

On September 1, 2007, we reorganized our manufacturing business into a Consumer division and an Electronic Manufacturing Services (“EMS”) division. Based on this reorganization, we currently havein three operating segmentsdivisions – Consumer, EMS and Aftermarket Services (“AMS”).AMS. We believe that these divisions provide cost-effective solutions for our customers by grouping business units with similar needs together into divisions, each with full accountability for design, operations, supply chain management and delivery. Our AMS division provides warranty and repair services to customers in a broad range of industries, including certain of our manufacturing customers. Our Consumer division has dedicated resources designed to meet the particular needs of the consumer products industry and focuses on cell phones and mobile products, televisions, set-top boxes and peripheral products such as printers. Our EMS division focuses on the traditional and emerging electronic manufacturing services business sectors includingsuch as, aerospace, automotive, computing, defense, and aerospace, industrial, instrumentation, medical, networking, solar, storage and telecommunications businesses. See “– Financial Information about Business Segments” below.

Our AMS division provides warranty and repair services to customers in a broad range of industries, including certain of our manufacturing customers.

We derive revenue principally from the product sales of electronic equipment built to customer specifications. We recognize revenue, net of estimated product return costs, generally when goods are shipped, title and risk of ownership have passed, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and recoverability is reasonably assured. The volume and timing of orders placed by our customers vary due to several factors, including: variation in demand for our customers’ products; our customers’ attempts to manage their inventory; electronic design changes; changes in our customers’ manufacturing strategies; and acquisitions of or consolidations among our customers. Demand for our customers’ products depends on, among other things, product life cycles, competitive conditions and general economic conditions.

35


Our cost of revenue includes the cost of electronic components and other materials that comprise the products we manufacture; the cost of labor and manufacturing overhead; and adjustments for excess and obsolete inventory. As a provider of turnkey manufacturing services, we are responsible for procuring components and other materials. This requires us to commit significant working capital to our operations and to manage the purchasing, receiving, inspection and stocking of materials. Although we bear the risk of fluctuations in the cost of materials and excess scrap, we periodically negotiate cost of materials adjustments with our customers. Net revenue from each product that we manufacture consists of an element based on the costs of materials in that product and an element based on the labor and manufacturing overhead costs allocated to that product. We refer to the portion of the sales price of a product that is based on materials costs as “material-based revenue,” and to the portion of the sales price of a product that is based on labor and manufacturing overhead costs as “manufacturing-based revenue.” Our gross margin for any product depends on the mix between the cost of materials in the product and the cost of labor and manufacturing overhead allocated to the product. We typically realize higher gross margins on manufacturing-based revenue than we do on materials-based revenue. As we gain experience in manufacturing a product, we usually achieve increased efficiencies, which result in lower labor and manufacturing overhead costs for that product.

Our operating results are impacted by the level of capacity utilization of manufacturing facilities; indirect labor costs; and selling, general and administrative expenses. Operating income margins have generally improved during periods of high production volume and high capacity utilization. During periods of low production volume, we generally have idle capacity and reduced operating income margins. As our capacity has grown during recent years through the construction of new greenfield facilities, the expansion of existing facilities and our acquisition of additional facilities, our selling, general and administrative expenses have increased to support this growth.

We have consistently utilized advanced circuit design, production design and manufacturing technologies to meet the needs of our customers. To support this effort, our engineering staff focuses on developing and refining design and manufacturing technologies to meet specific needs of specific customers. Most of the expenses associated with these customer-specific efforts are reflected in our cost of revenue. In addition, our engineers engage in R&D of new technologies that apply generally to our operations. The expenses of these R&D activities are reflected in the “Research and Development” line item in our Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

Operations.

An important element of our strategy is the expansion of our global production facilities. The majority of our revenue and materials costs worldwide are denominated in U.S. dollars, while our labor and utility costs in plants outside the U.S. are denominated in local currencies. We economically hedge these local currency costs, based on our evaluation of the potential exposure as compared to the cost of the hedge, through the purchase of foreign exchange contracts. Changes in the fair market value of such hedging instruments are reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.Operations. See “Risk Factors – We are subject to risks of currency fluctuations and related hedging operations.”

We currently depend, and expect to continue to depend, upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant percentage of our net revenue. A significant reduction in sales to any of our large customers or a customer exerting significant pricing and margin pressures on us would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In the past, some of our customers have terminated their manufacturing arrangements with us or have significantly reduced or delayed the volume of manufacturing services ordered from us. There can be no assurance that present or future customers will not terminate their manufacturing arrangements with us or significantly change, reduce or delay the amount of manufacturing services ordered from us. Any such termination of a manufacturing relationship or change, reduction or delay in orders could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. See “Risk Factors – Because we depend on a limited number of customers, a reduction in salessale to any one of our customers could cause a significant decline in our revenue”revenue,” “Risk Factors – Most of our customers do not commit to long-term production schedules, which makes it difficult for us to schedule production and achieve maximum efficiency of our manufacturing capacity,” “Risk Factors – Our customers may cancel their orders, change production quantities, delay production or change their sourcing strategy” and Note 13 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Summary of Results

Net revenuerevenues for fiscal year 2009 decreased approximately 8.6% to $11.7 billion compared to $12.8 billion for fiscal year 2008 increased approximately 4.0%due to $12.8 billion compared to $12.3 billiondecreases in all of our sectors, except for fiscal year 2007. The increase in our net revenue base year-over-year primarily represents stronger market share with our existing programs, organic growth from newthe mobility sector and existing customers as vertical companies continue to convert to an outsourcing model, and additional sales related to certain recent business acquisitions. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Acquisitions and Expansion” and Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions”the AMS division. These decreases were largely due to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of our recent business acquisitions. Additionally, we continue to enhance our business model by adding servicesreductions in customer demand resulting from the downturn in the areas of collaborative design, system integration, order fulfillment and aftermarket.

global macro-economic environment.

During the fourthsecond quarter of fiscal year 2006,2009, our Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan to better align our manufacturing capacity in certain higher cost geographies and to reduce our worldwide workforce by approximately 3,000 employees in order to reduce operating expenses (the “2009 Restructuring Plan”). These restructuring activities were intended to address market conditions and properly size our manufacturing sites with perceived current market conditions (the “2006 Restructuring Plan”).facilities to increase the efficiencies of our operations. Based on the analysis completed to date, we currently expect to recognize approximately $250.0$64.0 million in pre-tax restructuring and impairment charges ascosts and reduce our world-wide headcount by approximately 4,500 employees over the course of our fiscal years 2009 and 2010. We have also recorded a resultvaluation allowance of the 2006 Restructuring Plan.$13.1 million on certain deferred tax assets. The restructuring charges include pre-tax employee severance and termination benefit costs, contract termination costs and other related restructuring costs. The impairment charges include pre-tax

36


fixed asset impairment costs, as well as valuation allowances against net deferred tax assets. We have substantially completed our restructuring activities under the 2006 Restructuring Plan and currently expect to recognize the remaining costs over the course of fiscal year 2009 with certain contract termination costs to be incurred through fiscal year 2011. This information will be subject to the finalization of the timetables for the transitionaltransition of functions, consultation with employees and their representatives as well as the statutory severance requirements of the particular legal jurisdictions impacted.impacted, and the amount and timing of the actual charges may vary due to a variety of factors. Based on the ongoing assessment of market conditions, it is possible that we may perform additional restructuring activities in the future. For further discussion of this restructuring program and the restructuring and impairment costs recognized, refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations – Restructuring and Impairment Charges” and Note 10 – “Restructuring and Impairment Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. See also “Risk Factors – We face risks arising from the restructuring of our operations.”

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal year ended August 31, certain key operating results and other financial information (in thousands, except per share data).

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
   2008  2007  2006

Net revenue

  $12,779,703  $12,290,592  $10,265,447

Gross profit

  $867,801  $812,030  $764,900

Operating income

  $251,397  $181,939  $241,807

Net income

  $133,892  $73,236  $164,518

Basic earnings per share

  $0.65  $0.36  $0.79

Diluted earnings per share

  $0.65  $0.35  $0.77

             
  Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
  2009 2008 2007
Net revenue $11,684,538  $12,779,703  $12,290,592 
Gross profit $718,815  $867,801  $812,030 
Operating (loss) income $(910,201) $251,397  $181,939 
Net (loss) income $(1,165,212) $133,892  $73,236 
(Loss) earnings per share - basic $(5.63) $0.65  $0.36 
(Loss) earnings per share - diluted $(5.63) $0.65  $0.35 
Key Performance Indicators

Management regularly reviews financial and non-financial performance indicators to assess the Company’s operating results. The following table sets forth, for the quarterly periods indicated, certain of management’s key financial performance indicators.

Three Months Ended
August 31,
2008
May 31,
2008
February 29,
2008
November 30,
2007

Sales cycle

20 days21 days23 days22 days

Inventory turns

8 turns8 turns8 turns8 turns

Days in accounts receivable

40 days39 days39 days42 days

Days in inventory

45 days47 days47 days42 days

Days in accounts payable

65 days65 days63 days62 days

Three Months Ended
August 31,
2007
May 31,
2007
February 28,
2007
November 30,
2006

Sales cycle

19 days25 days29 days23 days

Inventory turns

8 turns8 turns7 turns8 turns

Days in accounts receivable

39 days40 days41 days42 days

Days in inventory

43 days47 days50 days46 days

Days in accounts payable

63 days62 days62 days65 days

                 
  Three Months Ended
  August 31, May 31, February 28, November 30,
  2009 2009 2009 2008
Sales cycle 16 days 22 days 20 days 24 days
Inventory turns 9 turns 8 turns 8 turns 8 turns
Days in accounts receivable 41 days 40 days 36 days 44 days
Days in inventory 42 days 46 days 46 days 46 days
Days in accounts payable 67 days 64 days 62 days 66 days
                 
  Three Months Ended
  August 31, May 31, February 29, November 30,
  2008 2008 2008 2007
Sales cycle 20 days 21 days 23 days 22 days
Inventory turns 8 turns 8 turns 8 turns 8 turns
Days in accounts receivable 40 days 39 days 39 days 42 days
Days in inventory 45 days 47 days 47 days 42 days
Days in accounts payable 65 days 65 days 63 days 62 days
The sales cycle is calculated as the sum of days in accounts receivable and days in inventory, less the days in accounts payable; accordingly, the variance in the sales cycle quarter over quarter is a direct result of changes in these indicators. Days in accounts receivable increased one day to 4041 days during the three months ended August 31, 20082009 from the prior sequential quarter which was primarily due to timing of sales and cash collection efforts during the quarter. Days in accounts receivable remained consistent at 39 days duringDuring the three months ended May 31, 20082009, days in accounts receivable increased four days to 40 days from the prior sequential quarter as a result of lower utilization of our accounts receivable securitization program at the end of the quarter. During the three months ended February 29, 2008,28, 2009, days in accounts receivable decreased threeeight days to 3936 days from the prior sequential quarter and during the three months ended November 30, 2007 days in accounts receivable increased three days to 42 days from the prior sequential quarter. Both of these fluctuations wereas a result of the timing of sales and focused efforts on cash collection efforts during the quarter, as well as related seasonality factors.

During the three months ended November 30, 2008 days in accounts receivable increased four days to 44 days from the prior sequential quarter as a result of consumer sector seasonal demand, the launch of new product volumes late in the quarter, and the reduction in the sales of receivables under our North American Securitization Program.

Days in inventory decreased twofour days to 4542 days during the three months ended August 31, 20082009 from the prior sequential quarter as a result of improved inventory management. Days in inventory remained consistent at 4746 days during the three months ended May 31, 2008 from the prior sequential quarter. During2009, the three months ended February 29, 2008, days in inventory increased five days to 47 days due to decreased sales during the quarter resulting from seasonality factors in our consumer sector28, 2009, and delays in customer demand which had been scheduled during future quarters. Days in inventory decreased one day to 42 days during the three months ended November 30, 2007. The decrease in days in inventory was primarily a result of2008. Inventory turns increased salesto 9 turns during the quarter and related seasonality factors. Inventory turns remained consistent at eightthree months ended August 31, 2009 from 8 turns during all of the fiscal year 2008 periods.prior sequential quarters.

37


Days in accounts payable remained consistent at 65increased three days to 67 days during the three months ended August 31, 20082009 from the prior sequential quarter. Days in accounts payable increased two days to 6564 days during the three months ended May 31, 20082009 from the prior sequential quarter, increased one day to 63decreased four days during the three months ended February 29, 2008 from the prior sequential quarter and decreased one day to 62 days during the three months ended February 28, 2009 from the prior sequential quarter and increased one day to 66 days during the three months ended November 30, 20072008 from the prior sequential quarter. These fluctuations in days in accounts payables during fiscal year 20082009 were primarily a result of timing of purchases and cash payments for purchases during the respective quarters.

The sales cycle was 1916 days during the three months ended August 31, 2007 and was2009, 22 days during the three months ended May 31, 2009, 20 days during the three months ended August 31,February 28, 2009 and 24 days during the three months ended November 30, 2008. This increase wasThe changes in the sales cycle are due to the changes in accounts receivable, accounts payable and inventory that are discussed above.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions based upon historical experience and various other factors and circumstances. Management believes that our estimates and assumptions are reasonable under the circumstances; however, actual results may vary from these estimates and assumptions under different future circumstances. It has been difficult to make predictions and estimates based on our historical experience due to the uncertain economic circumstances present in the macro-economic environment. We have identified the following critical accounting policies that affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. For further discussion of our significant accounting policies, refer to Note 1 – “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue principally from the product sales of electronic equipment built to customer specifications. We also derive revenue to a lesser extent from aftermarket services, design services and excess inventory sales. Revenue from product sales and excess inventory sales is generally recognized, net of estimated product return costs, when goods are shipped; title and risk of ownership have passed; the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and recoverability is reasonably assured. Aftermarket service related revenue is recognized upon completion of the services. Design service related revenue is generally recognized upon completion and acceptance by the respective customer. We assume no significant obligations after product shipment.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts related to receivables not expected to be collected from our customers. This allowance is based on management’s assessment of specific customer balances, considering the age of receivables and financial stability of the customer. If there is an adverse change in the financial condition and circumstances of our customers, or if actual defaults are higher than provided for, an addition to the allowance may be necessary.

Inventory Valuation

We purchase inventory based on forecasted demand and record inventory at the lower of cost or market. Management regularly assesses inventory valuation based on current and forecasted usage, customer inventory-related contractual obligations and other lower of cost or market considerations. If actual market conditions or our customers’ product demands are less favorable than those projected, additional valuation adjustments may be necessary.

Long-Lived Assets

We review property, plant and equipment and amortizable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of property, plant and equipment is measured by comparing its carrying value to the undiscounted projected future cash flows that the asset(s) or asset group(s) are expected to generate. If the carrying amount of an asset or an asset group is not recoverable, we recognize an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset over its respective fair value, which is generally determined as either the present value of estimated future cash flows or at the appraised value. The impairment analysis is based on significant assumptions of future results made by management, including revenue and cash flow projections. Circumstances that may lead to impairment of property, plant and equipment include unforeseen decreases in future performance or industry demand and the restructuring of our operations resulting from a change in our business strategy.strategy or adverse economic conditions. For further discussion of our current restructuring program, refer to Note 10 – “Restructuring and Impairment Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations – Restructuring and Impairment Charges.”

We have recorded intangible assets, including goodwill, in connection with business acquisitions. Estimated useful lives of amortizable intangible assets are determined by management based on an assessment of the period over which the asset is expected to contribute to future cash flows. The allocation of amortizable intangible assets impacts the amounts allocable to goodwill.

38


In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142,Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets(“SFAS 142”), we perform a goodwill impairment testanalysis using athe two-step method on an annual basis orand whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The recoverability of goodwill is measured at the reporting unit level, which the Company haswe have determined to be consistent with itsour operating segments as defined in Note 13 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The recoverability of goodwill is determined by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying

amount, including goodwill, to the fair market value of the reporting unit,unit. We consistently determine the fair market value of our reporting units based on an average weighting of both projected discounted future results and the use of comparative market multiples. The use of comparative market multiples (the market approach) compares our companyallows us to other comparablecompare ourselves to companies based on valuation multiples to arrive at a fair value. We regularly compareevaluate our companyCompany and our divisions relative to our competitors and we believe the judgments used to arrive at these comparable companies are reasonable. The use of projected discounted future results (discounted cash flow approach) is based on assumptions that are consistent with our best estimates of future growth and the strategic plan used to manage the underlying business.business and also includes a probability-weighted expectation as to our future cash flows. Factors requiring significant judgment include the identification of reporting units, allocation ofassumptions related goodwill, the assignment of corporate assets and liabilities to reporting units, future growth rates, discount factors, and tax rates, amongst other considerations. Changes in economic and operating conditions impactingthat occur after the annual impairment analysis or an interim impairment analysis, and that impact these assumptions, couldmay result in a future goodwill impairment charge.

     Based upon a combination of factors, including a significant and sustained decline in our market capitalization below our carrying value, the deteriorating macro-economic environment, which resulted in a significant decline in customer demand, and illiquidity in the overall credit markets, we concluded that sufficient indicators of impairment existed and, accordingly, performed an interim goodwill impairment analysis during the first quarter and again in the second quarter of fiscal year 2009.
     During the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, we determined that the goodwill related to the Consumer reporting unit was impaired and recorded a preliminary non-cash goodwill impairment charge of approximately $317.7 million. The income tax expense associated with the preliminary goodwill impairment charge was $4.4 million. This included a tax benefit of $30.6 million for the write-off of tax deductible goodwill and tax expense of $35.0 million resulting from the recognition of a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we no longer believe are more likely than not to be realized.
     During the second quarter of fiscal year 2009, and prior to finalizing the preliminary non-cash goodwill impairment charge recorded at November 30, 2008, related to the Consumer reporting unit, we concluded that additional impairment indicators were present. As a result of that analysis, we determined that the goodwill related to the Consumer reporting unit was fully impaired and recorded an additional non-cash goodwill impairment charge of the remaining approximately $82.7 million. Further, we also determined that the goodwill related to the EMS reporting unit was fully impaired and recorded a preliminary non-cash goodwill impairment charge of the remaining approximately $622.4 million. The income tax expense associated with the goodwill impairment was $111.8 million for the fiscal quarter ended February 28, 2009. This included a tax benefit of $9.0 million for the write-off of tax deductible goodwill and income tax expense of $120.8 million resulting from the recognition of a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we no longer believe are more likely than not to be realized.
     During the third quarter of fiscal year 2009, we finalized the valuation of the tangible and intangible assets and the allocation of fair value to the assets and liabilities of the EMS reporting unit with no additional impairment charges recorded. After recognition of the above non-cash goodwill impairment charge, no goodwill remained with the Consumer and EMS reporting units, respectively.
     The non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $1.0 billion for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 did not impact our cash balance or debt covenant compliance.
     The impairment evaluation for indefinite-lived intangible assets, which for us is a trade name, is conducted during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset may be impaired. As a result of the impairment indicators described above, during the first quarter and again in the second quarter of fiscal year 2009, we evaluated our trade name for impairment by comparing the discounted estimates of future periods.revenue projections to its carrying value and determined that there was no impairment. Additionally, we noted that there were no impairment indicators present during the third and fourth quarters of fiscal year 2009. Significant judgments inherent in this analysis included assumptions regarding appropriate revenue growth rates, discount rates and royalty rates.
     We completed the annual impairment test for goodwill, which consisted of approximately $25.1 million related to the AMS reporting unit, and indefinite-lived intangible assets during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 20082009 and determined that no impairment existed as of the date of the impairment test.
     We review long-lived assets, including intangible assets subject to amortization, which for us are our contractual agreements, customer relationships and intellectual property, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of long-lived assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset group to the future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by those assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment charge recognized is the amount by which the carrying amounts of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. As a result of the impairment indicators described above, during the first quarter and again in the second

39


quarter of fiscal year 2009, we tested our long-lived assets for impairment and determined that there was no impairment. Additionally, no impairment indicators were present during the third or fourth quarters of fiscal year 2009.
Restructuring and Impairment Charges

We have recognized restructuring and impairment charges related to reductions in workforce, re-sizing and closure of certain facilities, and the transition of production from certain facilities into other new and existing facilities. These charges were recorded pursuant to formal plans developed and approved by management.management and our Board of Directors. The recognition of restructuring and impairment charges requires that we make certain judgments and estimates regarding the nature, timing and amount of costs associated with these plans. The estimates of future liabilities may change, requiring additional restructuring and impairment charges or the reduction of liabilities already recorded. At the end of each reporting period, we evaluate the remaining accrued balances to ensure that no excess accruals are retained and the utilization of the provisions are for their intended purpose in accordance with the restructuring programs. For further discussion of our restructuring programs, refer to Note 10 – “Restructuring and Impairment Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations – Restructuring and Impairment Charges.”

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

We have pension and postretirement benefit costs and liabilities whichin certain foreign locations that are developed from actuarial valuations. Actuarial valuations require management to make certain judgments and estimates of discount rates, compensation rate increases and return on plan assets. We evaluate these assumptions on a regular basis taking into consideration current market conditions and historical market data. The discount rate is used to state expected future cash flows at a present value on the measurement date. This rate represents the market rate for high-quality fixed income investments. A lower discount rate increases the present value of benefit obligations and increases pension expense. When considering the expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets, we take into account current and expected asset allocations, as well as historical and expected returns on plan assets. Other assumptions include demographic factors such as retirement, mortality and turnover. For further discussion of our pension and postretirement benefits, refer to Note 9 – “Pension and Other Postretirement“Postretirement Benefits” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Income Taxes

We estimate our income tax provision in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate, a process that includes estimating exposures related to examinations by taxing authorities. We must also make judgments regarding the ability to realize the deferred tax assets. The carrying value of our net deferred tax assets is based on our belief that it is more likely than not that we will generate sufficient future taxable income in certain jurisdictions to realize these deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance has been established for deferred tax assets that we do not believe meet the “more likely than not” criteria established by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109,Accounting for Income Taxes(“SFAS 109”). Our judgments regarding future taxable income may change due to changes in market conditions, changes in tax laws or other factors. If our assumptions and consequently our estimates change in the future, the valuation allowances we have established may be increased or decreased, resulting in a respective increase or decrease in eitherincome tax expense. As discussed above, during fiscal year 2009, we realized a tax benefit of $39.6 million for the write-off of tax deductible goodwill and income tax expense or goodwill.

of $155.8 million resulting from the recognition of a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we no longer believe are more likely than not to be realized.

In June of 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Interpretation No. 48,Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS 109. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. For further discussion related to our income taxes, refer to Note 4 – “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Stock-Based Compensation

In accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R),Share-Based Payments (“(“SFAS 123R”) and the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (“SAB 107”), we began recognizing stock-based compensation expense in our consolidated statement of earningsoperations on September 1, 2005. The fair value of options granted prior to September 1, 2005 were valued using the Black-Scholes model while the stock appreciation rights granted after this date were valued using a lattice valuation model. Option pricing models require the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected life of the option or stock appreciation right, risk-free rate, expected dividend yield and the price volatility of the underlying stock. Judgment is also required in estimating the number of stock awards that are expected to vest as a result of satisfaction of time-based vesting schedules or the achievement of certain performance conditions. If actual results or future changes in estimates differ significantly from our current estimates, stock-based compensation could increase or decrease. For further discussion of our stock-based compensation, refer to Note 12 – “Stockholders’ Equity” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. SeeStatements and “Risk Factors – We are involved in reviewsThe matters relating to the Special Committee’s review of our historical stock option grant practices.”granting practices and the restatement of our

40


Consolidated Financial Statements have resulted in litigation and regulatory inquiries and may result in future litigation, which could have a material adverse effect on us.”
Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 15 – “New Accounting Pronouncements” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion onof recent accounting pronouncements.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain consolidated statementstatements of earningsoperations data expressed as a percentage of net revenue:
             
  Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
  2009 2008 2007
Net revenue  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%
Cost of revenue  93.8   93.2   93.4 
             
Gross profit  6.2   6.8   6.6 
Selling, general and administrative  4.3   3.8   4.0 
Research and development  0.2   0.3   0.3 
Amortization of intangibles  0.3   0.3   0.2 
Restructuring and impairment charges  0.4   0.4   0.6 
Goodwill impairment charges  8.8   0.0   0.0 
             
Operating (loss) income  (7.8)  2.0   1.5 
Other expense  0.2   0.1   0.1 
Interest income  (0.1)  (0.1)  (0.1)
Interest expense  0.7   0.8   0.7 
             
(Loss) income before income taxes and minority interest  (8.6)  1.2   0.8 
Income tax expense  1.4   0.2   0.2 
Minority interest, net of tax  0.0   0.0   0.0 
             
Net (loss) income  (10.0%)  1.0%  0.6%
             
Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2009 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2008
Net Revenue.Our net revenue decreased 8.6% to $11.7 billion for fiscal year 2009, down from $12.8 billion in fiscal year 2008. Specific decreases include a 45% decrease in the sale of display products; a 27% decrease in the sale of networking products; a 25% decrease in the sale of automotive products; an 18% decrease in the sale of computing and storage products; a 9% decrease in the sale of telecommunication products; a 5% decrease in the sale of peripheral products; a 5% decrease in the sale of instrumentation and medical products; and a 35% decrease in the sale of other products. These decreases were largely driven by reduced production levels as a result of softened customer demand due to the weakened macro-economic environment. Specific increases include an 8% increase in aftermarket services and a 50% increase in the sale of mobility products predominately related to the production of new products with an existing customer within the sector.
     Generally, we assess revenue on a global customer basis regardless of whether the growth is associated with organic growth or as a result of an acquisition. Accordingly, we do not differentiate or report separately revenue increases generated by acquisitions as opposed to existing business. In addition, the added cost structures associated with our acquisitions have historically been relatively insignificant when compared to our overall cost structure.
     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, revenue by industry sector expressed as a percentage of net revenue. The distribution of revenue across our industry sectors has fluctuated, and will continue to fluctuate, as a result of numerous factors, including but not limited to the following: fluctuations in customer demand as a result of the weakened macro-economic environment; our continuing efforts to de-emphasize the economic performance of certain sectors, most specifically in the automotive and display sectors; seasonality in our business; and business growth from new and existing customers, including production of new products in the mobility sector.

41

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
     2008      2007      2006   

Net revenue

  100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

Cost of revenue

  93.2  93.4  92.5 
          

Gross profit

  6.8  6.6  7.5 

Selling, general and administrative

  3.8  4.0  3.7 

Research and development

  0.3  0.3  0.4 

Amortization of intangibles

  0.3  0.2  0.2 

Restructuring and impairment charges

  0.4  0.6  0.8 
          

Operating income

  2.0  1.5  2.4 

Other expense

  0.1  0.1  0.1 

Interest income

  (0.1) (0.1) (0.2)

Interest expense

  0.8  0.7  0.3 
          

Income before income taxes and minority interest

  1.2  0.8  2.2 

Income tax expense

  0.2  0.2  0.6 

Minority interest, net of tax

  0.0  0.0  —   
          

Net income

  1.0% 0.6% 1.6%
          

             
  Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
  2009 2008 2007
EMS
            
Automotive  3%  4%  5%
Computing and storage  11%  13%  11%
Instrumentation and medical  19%  18%  19%
Networking  17%  21%  20%
Telecommunications  6%  6%  5%
Other  2%  2%  2%
             
Total EMS
  58%  64%  62%
             
             
Consumer
            
Display  4%  7%  8%
Mobility  20%  12%  16%
Peripherals  12%  12%  10%
             
Total Consumer
  36%  31%  34%
             
             
AMS
  6%  5%  4%
             
Total
  100%  100%  100%
             
     Foreign source revenue represented 83.8% of our net revenue for fiscal year 2009 and 79.6% of net revenue for fiscal year 2008. We currently expect our foreign source revenue to slightly increase as a percentage of net revenue over the course of fiscal year 2010 due to expansion in Asia and Eastern Europe.
Gross Profit.Gross profit decreased to $718.8 million (6.2% of net revenue) for fiscal year 2009 from $867.8 million (6.8% of net revenue) for fiscal year 2008. The decrease in gross profit as a percentage of net revenue from the prior fiscal year was primarily due to our revenues decreasing at a higher rate than certain of our fixed costs as we continue to seek to reduce our cost structure in order to align with lower demand levels and our excess capacity given current macro-economic conditions.
Selling, General and Administrative.Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $495.9 million (4.3% of net revenue) for fiscal year 2009 from $491.3 million (3.8% of net revenue) for fiscal year 2008. On an absolute dollar basis, selling general and administrative expenses remained relatively constant. Certain of our selling, general and administrative costs are generally necessary to support our business and the need for such support does not immediately change as a result of our revenues increasing or decreasing. On a percentage basis, the increase in selling, general and administrative expenses, therefore, was primarily due to our revenues decreasing at a higher rate than certain of our selling, general and administrative costs as compared to the twelve months ended August 31, 2008.
Research and Development.Research and development (“R&D”) expenses for fiscal year 2009 decreased to $27.3 million (0.2% of net revenue) from $33.0 million (0.3% of net revenue) for fiscal year 2008. The decrease is attributed primarily to the de-emphasis of original design manufacture in certain consumer sectors.
Amortization of Intangibles.We recorded $31.0 million of amortization of intangibles in fiscal year 2009 as compared to $37.3 million in fiscal year 2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to certain intangible assets that became fully amortized since August 31, 2008. For additional information regarding purchased intangibles, see “Acquisitions and Expansion” below, Note 1(f) – “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, Note 6 – “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” and Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Restructuring and Impairment Charges.
a. 2009 Restructuring Plan
     In conjunction with the 2009 Restructuring Plan, we currently expect to recognize approximately $64.0 million in total restructuring and impairment costs, excluding valuation allowances of $13.1 million on certain deferred tax assets, primarily over the course of fiscal years 2009 and 2010. Of this expected total, we charged $53.7 million in fiscal year 2009 to the Consolidated Statement of Operations. These charges related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan include $47.1 million related to employee severance and termination benefit costs, $0.1 million related to lease commitments, $6.4 million related to fixed asset impairments, and $0.1 million related to other restructuring costs.

42


     These $53.7 million restructuring and impairment charges related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan incurred through August 31, 2009 include cash costs totaling $47.3 million, of which $19.2 million was paid in fiscal year 2009. The cash costs of $47.3 million consist of employee severance and termination benefit costs of approximately $47.1 million, $0.1 million related to lease commitments, and approximately $0.1 million related to other restructuring costs. Non-cash costs of approximately $6.4 million primarily represent fixed asset impairment charges related to our restructuring activities.
     At August 31, 2009, accrued liabilities of approximately $27.8 million related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan are expected to be paid over the next twelve months. The remaining liability of $3.0 million is expected to be paid primarily through fiscal year 2011.
     Upon its completion, the 2009 Restructuring Plan is expected to yield annualized cost savings of approximately $55.0 million. The majority of these annual cost savings are expected to be reflected as a reduction in cost of revenue, with a small portion being reflected as a reduction of selling, general and administrative expense. These expected annualized cost savings reflect a reduction in employee expense of approximately $40.8 million, a reduction in depreciation expense of approximately $5.9 million, a reduction in lease commitment costs of approximately $0.1 million, a reduction of other manufacturing costs of approximately $4.8 million and a reduction of selling, general and administrative expenses of approximately $3.4 million. Of the $55.0 million of expected annualized cost savings, we have realized a cumulative annual cost savings of approximately $14.0 million by the end of the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009.
     As part of the 2009 Restructuring Plan, we have determined that it was more likely than not that certain deferred tax assets would not be realized as a result of the contemplated restructuring activities. Therefore, we recorded a valuation allowance of $13.1 million on deferred tax assets as a result of the 2009 Restructuring Plan. The valuation allowances are excluded from the restructuring and impairment charge of $53.7 million for fiscal year 2009 as they were recorded through the provision for income taxes on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
b. 2006 Restructuring Plan
     Upon the approval by our Board of Directors, we initiated a restructuring plan in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006 (the “2006 Restructuring Plan”). We have substantially completed restructuring activities under this plan and expect to incur the remaining costs over the remainder of fiscal year 2010 with certain contract termination costs to be incurred through fiscal year 2011.
     We recorded a reversal of restructuring and impairment costs of $1.8 million during fiscal year 2009 and a charge of restructuring and impairment costs of $54.8 million in fiscal year 2008. The reversal of restructuring and impairment costs for fiscal year 2009 include $2.7 million related to less employee severance and termination benefit costs than originally anticipated, offset by additional lease commitment charges of $0.9 million.
     At August 31, 2009, liabilities of approximately $4.2 million related to the 2006 Restructuring Plan are expected to be paid out over the next twelve months. The remaining liability of $4.0 million relates primarily to the charge for certain lease commitments and employee severance and termination benefits payments and is expected to be paid primarily during the remainder of fiscal year 2010 through fiscal year 2011.
     As of August 31, 2009, as a result of the restructuring activities related to the 2006 Restructuring Plan, we expect to avoid annual costs of approximately $151.5 million that would otherwise have been incurred if the restructuring activities had not been completed. The expected avoided annual costs consist of a reduction in employee related expenses of approximately $137.7 million, a reduction in depreciation expense associated with impaired fixed assets of approximately $8.5 million, and a reduction in rent expense associated with leased buildings that have been vacated of approximately $5.3 million. The majority of these annual cost savings will be reflected as a reduction in cost of revenue, with a small portion being reflected as a reduction in selling, general and administrative expense. These annual costs savings are expected to be offset by decreased revenues associated with certain products that are approaching the end-of-life stage; decreased revenues as a result of shifting production to plants located in lower cost regions where competitive environmental pressures require that we pass those cost savings onto our customers; and incremental employee related costs expected to be incurred by those plants to which the production will be shifted. After considering these cost savings offsets, we began to realize the full net annualized cost savings of approximately $39.0 million during the third quarter of fiscal year 2009. For further discussion of the restructuring programs, see Note 10 – “Restructuring and Impairment Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Goodwill Impairment Charge.We recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge in the amount of $1.0 billion for fiscal year 2009 to reduce the carrying amount of our goodwill to its estimated fair value based upon the results of two interim impairment tests conducted during the first and second quarters of fiscal year 2009. We performed these impairment tests based upon a combination of factors, including a significant and sustained decline in our market capitalization below our carrying value, the deteriorating macro-economic environment, which resulted in a significant decline in customer demand and illiquidity in the overall credit markets. The total goodwill impairment charge included $400.4 million in the Consumer reporting segment and $622.4 million in the EMS reporting segment. After recognition of these charges, no goodwill remained with the Consumer and EMS reporting units, respectively. A further significant and sustained decline in our stock price and market capitalization, a significant decline in our

43


expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate or slower growth rates, however, could result in the need to perform an impairment analysis under SFAS 142 in future periods. For further discussion of goodwill impairment charges recorded, see Note 6 – “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” to the Consolidated Financial Statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – Long-Lived Assets.”
Other Expense.We recorded other expense totaling $20.1 million and $11.9 million for the fiscal years ending August 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The increase in other expense was primarily due to recognizing a loss of $10.5 million on the extinguishment of $294.9 million of our 5.875% Senior Notes and recording a loss on the impairment of a note receivable for $4.2 million. This increase was primarily offset by a decrease in the loss on the sale of accounts receivable under our North American securitization program of $6.6 million which was primarily due to a decrease in the amount of receivables sold under the program during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, as well as a decrease in the interest rates during the period. The net cash proceeds available at any one time under the North American asset-backed securitization program was decreased from $280.0 million to $250.0 million during fiscal year 2009. For further discussion of our accounts receivable securitization program, see Note 2 – “Accounts Receivable Securitizations” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Interest Income.Interest income decreased to $7.4 million in fiscal year 2009 from $12.0 million in fiscal year 2008. The decrease was primarily due to lower overall interest rates during the year.
Interest Expense.Interest expense decreased to $82.2 million in fiscal year 2009 from $94.3 million in fiscal year 2008. The decrease was primarily a result of lower variable interest rates and lower utilization of the foreign asset-backed securitization program during the twelve months ended August 31, 2009 as compared to the same period in fiscal year 2008.
Income Taxes.Income tax expense reflects an effective tax rate of (16.0)% for fiscal year 2009, as compared to an effective tax rate of 16.0% for fiscal year 2008. The effective tax rate differs from the previous period due to the impairment of non-deductible goodwill and the corresponding valuation allowances against certain deferred tax assets that are no longer more likely than not to be realized. The tax rate is predominantly a function of the mix of tax rates in the various jurisdictions in which we do business. Most of our international operations have historically been taxed at a lower rate than in the U.S., primarily due to tax incentives granted to our sites in Brazil, China, Hungary, India, Malaysia and Poland that expire at various dates through 2020. Such tax incentives are subject to conditions with which we expect to continue to comply. See “Risk Factors – We are subject to the risk of increased taxes” and Note 4 – “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.
Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2008 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2007

Net Revenue.Our net revenue increased 4.0% to $12.8 billion for fiscal year 2008, up from $12.3 billion in fiscal year 2007. The increase in our net revenue base year-over-year primarily represents stronger market share with our existing programs, organic growth from new and existing customers as vertical companies continue to convert to an outsourcing model, and additional sales related to certain recent business acquisitions. These increases were partially offset by decreased levels of production with a major customer in the mobility sector and reduced demand in certain other sectors due to a softening market. See Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion on our recent business acquisitions. Specific increases include a 40% increase in the sale of telecommunication products; a 20% increase in the sale of peripheral products; a 16% increase in the sale of other products; a 13% increase in aftermarket services; a 12% increase in the sale of networking products; and a 12% increase in the sale of computing and storage products. Specific decreases include a 23% decrease in the sale of mobility products; a 6% decrease in the sale of automotive products; a 5% decrease in the sale of display products; and a 1% decrease in the sale of instrumentation and medical products.

44

A portion of our net revenue increase is attributable to businesses we acquire. Generally, we assess revenue on a global customer basis regardless of whether the growth is associated with organic growth or as a result of an acquisition. Accordingly, we do not differentiate or report separately revenue increases generated by acquisitions as opposed to existing business. In addition, the added cost structures associated with our acquisitions have historically been relatively insignificant when compared to our overall cost structure.


The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, revenue by industry sector expressed as a percentage of net revenue. The distribution of revenue across our industry sectors has fluctuated, and will continue to fluctuate, as a result of numerous factors, including but not limited to the following: increased business from new and existing customers; fluctuations in customer demand; seasonality, especially in the automotive and consumer industry sectors; and increased growth in the automotive, consumer, and instrumentation and medical products industry sectors as more vertical companies are electing to outsource their production in these areas.

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2008  2007  2006 

EMS

    

Automotive

  4% 5% 5%

Computing and storage

  13% 11% 11%

Instrumentation and medical

  18% 19% 20%

Networking

  21% 20% 13%

Telecommunications

  6% 5% 6%

Other

  2% 2% 1%
          

Total EMS

  64% 62% 56%
          

Consumer

    

Display

  7% 8% 8%

Mobility

  12% 16% 21%

Peripherals

  12% 10% 11%
          

Total Consumer

  31% 34% 40%
          

AMS

  5% 4% 4%
          

Total

  100% 100% 100%
          

         
  2008 2007
EMS
        
Automotive  4%  5%
Computing and storage  13%  11%
Instrumentation and medical  18%  19%
Networking  21%  20%
Telecommunications  6%  5%
Other  2%  2%
         
Total EMS
  64%  62%
         
         
Consumer
        
Display  7%  8%
Mobility  12%  16%
Peripherals  12%  10%
         
Total Consumer
  31%  34%
         
         
AMS
  5%  4%
         
Total
  100%  100%
         
Foreign source revenue represented 79.6% of our net revenue for fiscal year 2008 and 78.8% of net revenue for fiscal year 2007. We currently expect our foreign source revenue to slightly increase as a percentage of net revenue over the course of fiscal year 2009 due to expansion in Asia and Eastern Europe.

Gross Profit.Gross profit increased to $867.8 million (6.8% of net revenue) for fiscal year 2008 from $812.0 million (6.6% of net revenue) for fiscal year 2007. The percentage increase from the prior fiscal year was partially due to factors that decreased gross profit in fiscal year 2007, but have since been resolved. The factors that contributed to decreased gross profit in fiscal year 2007 included inefficiencies in our consumer model which adversely impacted margins, shifting to a more integrated model with one customer and shifting to a more vertical solution that integrated our Green Point services for another significant customer. In addition, we have exited production of certain targeted products in the consumer sector.

Selling, General and Administrative.Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to $491.3 million (3.8% of net revenue) from $492.0 million (4.0% of net revenue) for fiscal year 2007. The slight absolute dollar decrease was due to several factors including a $14.5 million decrease in legal and accounting expenses incurred during fiscal year 2007 related to the independent stock option review that was performed; a $14.0 million reversal of previously recognized stock-based compensation expense as a result of a change in estimate related to performance based restricted stock awards that are no longer expected to vest; and a decrease of $4.9 million in stock-based compensation expense incurred during fiscal year 2007 related to certain 2006 personal tax liabilities incurred by certain option holders who have exercised Section 409A affected options as defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. These decreases were offset by an increase of $7.4 million as a result of Green Point being consolidated for a full year in fiscal year 2008; an increase of $13.1 million related to the NSN acquisition; and an increase of $13.1 million stock-based compensation expense associated with our annual grant of stock-based awards to employees.

R&D.R&D expenses for fiscal year 2008 decreased to $33.0 million (0.3% of net revenue) from $36.4 million (0.3% of net revenue) for fiscal year 2007. The decrease is attributed primarily to an increased level of customer-funded design projects, along with the repositioning of certain design resources to lower-cost regions.

Amortization of Intangibles.We recorded $37.3 million of amortization of intangibles in fiscal year 2008 as compared to $29.3 million in fiscal year 2007. The increase was primarily attributable to amortization of intangible assets resulting from our acquisitions consummated in fiscal year 2007, offset by certain fully amortized intangible assets. For additional information regarding purchased intangibles, see “Acquisitions and Expansion” below, Note 1(f) – “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, Note 6 – “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” and Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Restructuring and Impairment Charges.As mentioned in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Summary of Results,” during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006, we initiated the 2006 Restructuring Plan.

45


We have substantially completed restructuring activities and expect to incur the remaining costs over the course of fiscal year 2009 with certain contract termination costs to be incurred through fiscal year 2011.

For fiscal year 2008, the 2006 Restructuring Plan resulted in restructuring and impairment charges of $54.8 million consisting of employee severance and benefit costs of approximately $46.7 million, costs related to lease commitments of approximately $7.3 million, fixed asset impairments of approximately $0.3 million and other restructuring costs of approximately $0.5 million.

For fiscal year 2007, the 2006 Restructuring Plan resulted in restructuring and impairment charges of $72.4 million, consisting of employee severance and benefit costs of approximately $31.3 million, costs related to lease commitments of approximately $2.7 million, fixed asset impairments of approximately $45.6 million and other restructuring costs of approximately $1.1 million, offset by $8.3 million of proceeds received in connection with facility closure costs.

Through August 31, 2008, the 2006 Restructuring Plan has resulted in restructuring and impairment charges of $209.1 million. These charges include cash costs totaling $160.2 million, of which $1.5 million was paid in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2006, $64.8 million was paid in fiscal year 2007 and $57.2 million was paid in fiscal year 2008. The cash costs consist of employee severance and benefits costs of approximately $146.4 million, costs related to lease commitments of approximately $20.0 million and other restructuring costs of $2.1 million. These cash costs were offset by $8.3 million of cash proceeds received in connection with a facility closure. Non-cash costs of approximately $48.9 million primarily represent fixed asset impairment charges related to our restructuring activities.

At August 31, 2008, liabilities of approximately $35.2 million related to these restructurings activities are expected to be paid out in fiscal year 2009. The remaining liability of $5.3 million is related to certain lease commitments and employee severance and termination benefit payments and is expected to be paid out primarily during fiscal years 2009 through 2011.

As of August 31, 2008, as a result of the restructuring activities completed through August 31, 2008 related to the 2006 Restructuring Plan, we expect to avoid annual costs of approximately $151.5 million that would otherwise have been incurred if the restructuring activities had not been completed. The expected avoided annual costs consist of a reduction in employee related expenses of approximately $137.7 million, a reduction in depreciation expense associated with impaired fixed assets of approximately $8.5 million, and a reduction in rent expense associated with leased buildings that have been vacated of approximately $5.3 million. The majority of these annual cost savings will be reflected as a reduction in cost of revenue, with a small portion being reflected as a reduction in selling, general and administrative expense. These annual costs savings are expected to be offset by decreased revenues associated with certain products that are approaching the end-of-life stage; decreased revenues as a result of shifting production to plants located in lower cost regions where competitive environmental pressures require that we pass those cost savings onto our customers; and incremental employee related costs expected to be incurred by those plants to which the production will be shifted. After considering these cost savings offsets, we currently expect to realize net annualized cost savings of approximately $30.0 to $40.0 million by the second half of fiscal year 2009. For further discussion of the current restructuring program, see “Overview – Summary of Results” above, and Note 10 – “Restructuring and Impairment Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Other Expense.We recorded other expense on the sale of accounts receivable under our North American securitization program totaling $11.9 million and $15.9 million for the fiscal years ending August 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The decrease in other expense was primarily due to a decrease in the amount of receivables sold under the program during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008. For further discussion of our accounts receivable securitization program, see Note 2 – “Accounts Receivable Securitizations” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Interest Income.Interest income decreased to $12.0 million in fiscal year 2008 from $14.5 million in fiscal year 2007. The decrease was primarily due to lower interest yields on operating cash, cash deposits and cash equivalents.

Interest Expense.Interest expense increased to $94.3 million in fiscal year 2008 from $86.1 million in fiscal year 2007. The increase was primarily a result of higher overall average debt levels due to acquisition related debt being outstanding for a full fiscal year.

Income Taxes.Income tax expense reflects an effective tax rate of 16.0% for fiscal year 2008, as compared to an effective tax rate of 22.6% for fiscal year 2007. The decrease is primarily a result of increased income in jurisdictions with lower tax rates. The tax rate is predominantly a function of the mix of tax rates in the various jurisdictions in which we do business. Our international operations have historically been taxed at a lower rate than in the U.S., primarily due to tax incentives, including tax holidays, granted to our sites in Brazil, China, Hungary, India, Malaysia and Poland that expire at various dates through 2017. Such tax holidays are subject to conditions with which we expect to continue to comply. See “Risk Factors – We are subject to the risk of increased taxes” and Note 4 – “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2007 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2006

Net Revenue.Our net revenue increased 19.7% to $12.3 billion for fiscal year 2007, up from $10.3 billion in fiscal year 2006. The increase was due to increased sales levels across most industry sectors, as well as additional sales related to certain recent business acquisitions. See Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion on our recent business acquisitions. Specific increases include a 142% increase in the sale of other products; an 89% increase in the sale of networking products; a 42% increase in the sale of aftermarket services; a 20% increase in the sale of display products; a 20% increase in the sale of computing and storage products; a 15% increase in the sale of instrumentation and medical products; a 12% increase in the sale of peripheral products; and a 6% increase in the sale of automotive products. Specific decreases include a 12% decrease in the sale of telecommunication products and a 10% decrease in the sale of mobility products. The increased sales levels were due to the addition of new customers and organic growth in these industry sectors, as well as additional sales related to certain recent business acquisitions as discussed above.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, revenue by industry sector expressed as a percentage of net revenue. The distribution of revenue across our industry sectors has fluctuated, and will continue to fluctuate, as a result of numerous factors, including but not limited to the following: increased business from new and existing customers; fluctuations in customer demand; seasonality, especially in the automotive and consumer industry sectors; and increased growth in the automotive, consumer, and instrumentation and medical products industry sectors as more vertical companies are electing to outsource their production in these areas.

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2007  2006 

EMS

   

Automotive

  5% 5%

Computing and storage

  11% 11%

Instrumentation and medical

  19% 20%

Networking

  20% 13%

Telecommunications

  5% 6%

Other

  2% 1%
       

Total EMS

  62% 56%
       

Consumer

   

Display

  8% 8%

Mobility

  16% 21%

Peripherals

  10% 11%
       

Total Consumer

  34% 40%
       

AMS

  4% 4%
       

Total

  100% 100%
       

Foreign source revenue represented 78.8% of our net revenue for fiscal year 2007 and 82.3% of net revenue for fiscal year 2006.

Gross Profit.Gross profit decreased to 6.6% of net revenue in fiscal year 2007 from 7.5% in fiscal year 2006. The percentage decrease from the prior fiscal year was partially due to having a higher portion of materials-based revenue, driven in part by growth in our networking sector. In addition, due to the inefficiencies in our current consumer model which has adversely impacted margins, we are shifting to a more integrated model with one customer and shifting to a more vertical solution that will integrate our Green Point services for another significant customer. In addition, we have exited production of targeted products in the consumer sector.

In absolute dollars, gross profit for fiscal year 2007 increased $47.1 million versus fiscal year 2006 due to the increased revenue base.

Selling, General and Administrative.Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $492.0 million (4.0% of net revenue) from $382.2 million (3.7% of net revenue) in fiscal year 2006. The absolute dollar increase was largely due to increased costs primarily in Eastern Europe and Asia to support our operational growth and expansion within those areas; the acquisition of Green Point in April 2007; incremental stock-based compensation expense associated with our annual grant of stock-based awards to employees; legal and accounting expenses incurred during fiscal year 2007 related to the independent stock option review that was performed; and incremental costs in fiscal year 2007 due to the acquisition of Celetronix in March 2006.

R&D.R&D expenses in fiscal year 2007 increased to $36.4 million (0.3% of net revenue) from $35.0 million (0.4% of net revenue) in fiscal year 2006. The increase is attributed to growth in our product development activities related to new platform designs, including cell phone modules, wireless and broadband access products, consumer entertainment products, and enterprise storage products. We also continued efforts in new product technologies and the related production design processes; and the development of new advanced manufacturing technologies.

Amortization of Intangibles.We recorded $29.3 million of amortization of intangibles in fiscal year 2007 as compared to $24.3 million in fiscal year 2006. The increase was primarily attributable to amortization of intangible assets resulting from our acquisitions consummated in fiscal year 2007, offset by certain fully amortized intangible assets. For additional information regarding purchased intangibles, see “Acquisitions and Expansion” below, Note 1(f) – “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, Note 6 – “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” and Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Restructuring and Impairment Charges.As mentioned in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Summary of Results,” during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006, we initiated the 2006 Restructuring Plan.

During fiscal year 2007, the 2006 Restructuring Plan resulted in restructuring and impairment charges of $72.4 million, consisting of employee severance and benefit costs of approximately $31.3 million, costs related to lease commitments of approximately $2.7 million, fixed asset impairments of approximately $45.6 million and other restructuring costs of approximately $1.1 million, offset by $8.3 million of proceeds received in connection with facility closure costs.

The 2006 Restructuring Plan resulted in restructuring and impairment charges of $81.9 million for fiscal year 2006 consisting of employee severance and benefit costs of approximately $67.4 million, costs related to lease commitments of approximately $10.1 million, fixed asset impairments of approximately $3.6 million and other restructuring costs of approximately $0.8 million, primarily related to the repayment of government provided subsidies that resulted from the reduction in force in certain locations.

These restructuring and impairment charges related to the 2006 Restructuring Plan incurred through August 31, 2007 of $154.3 million include cash costs totaling $105.9 million, of which $1.5 million was paid in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2006 and $64.8 million was paid in fiscal year 2007. The cash costs consist of employee severance and benefits costs of approximately $99.8 million, costs related to lease commitments of approximately $12.9 million and other restructuring costs of $1.5 million. These cash costs were offset by approximately $8.3 million of cash proceeds received in connection with a facility closure. Non-cash costs of approximately $48.4 million primarily represent fixed asset impairment charges related to our restructuring activities.

Additionally, during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006, we made the final cash payment related to our historical restructuring program. A liability balance of approximately $308.0 thousand remained after remittance of the final payment. This remaining liability was recorded as a reduction of the fiscal year 2006 restructuring charge.

Other Expense. We recorded other expense on the sale of accounts receivable under our North American securitization program totaling $15.9 million and $11.9 million for the fiscal years ending August 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The increase in other expense was primarily due to an increase in the amount of receivables sold under the program during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2007. For further discussion of our accounts receivable securitization program, see Note 2 – “Accounts Receivable Securitizations” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Interest Income.Interest income decreased to $14.5 million in fiscal year 2007 from $18.7 million in fiscal year 2006. The decrease was primarily due to lower levels of operating cash, cash deposits and cash equivalents due to the repayment of outstanding borrowings under our debt agreements.

Interest Expense.Interest expense increased to $86.1 million in fiscal year 2007 from $23.5 million in fiscal year 2006. The increase was primarily a result of increased borrowings under the revolving credit portion of our Credit Facility, as well as borrowings under our Bridge Facility that was entered into on December 21, 2006, primarily to fund the tender offer and merger with Green Point.

Income Taxes.Income tax expense reflects an effective tax rate of 22.6% for fiscal year 2007, as compared to an effective tax rate of 26.9% for fiscal year 2006. The decrease is primarily a result of the absence of tax expense associated with recording valuation allowances in fiscal year 2006 of $37.1 million on net deferred tax assets as a result of our restructuring plan. For further discussion of the restructuring plan, see Note 10 – “Restructuring and Impairment Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The tax rate is predominantly a function of the mix of tax rates in the various jurisdictions in which we do business. Our international operations have historically been taxed at a lower rate than in the U.S., primarily due to tax incentives, including tax holidays, granted to our sites in Brazil, China, Hungary, India, Malaysia and Poland that expire at various dates through 2017. Such tax holidays are subject to conditions with which we expect to continue to comply. See Note 4 – “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth certain unaudited quarterly financial information for the 20082009 and 20072008 fiscal years. In the opinion of management, this information has been presented on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere, and all necessary adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) have been included in the amounts stated below to present fairly the unaudited quarterly results when read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

46


  Fiscal Year 2008  Fiscal Year 2007 
  Aug. 31,
2008
  May 31,
2008
  Feb. 29,
2008
  Nov. 30,
2007
  Aug. 31,
2007
  May 31,
2007
  Feb. 28,
2007
  Nov. 30,
2006
 
  (in thousands, except per share data) 

Net revenue

 $3,264,874  $3,088,269  $3,058,613  $3,367,947  $3,129,831  $3,001,896  $2,934,862  $3,224,003 

Cost of revenue

  3,034,874   2,878,087   2,870,708   3,128,233   2,900,285   2,782,907   2,763,352   3,032,018 
                                

Gross profit

  230,000   210,182   187,905   239,714   229,546   218,989   171,510   191,985 

Selling, general and administrative

  123,707   126,557   124,910   116,150   121,503   140,733   119,975   109,756 

Research and development

  8,603   8,006   9,863   6,512   9,409   10,498   7,766   8,708 

Amortization of intangibles

  9,653   9,058   9,722   8,855   8,685   8,804   6,092   5,766 

Restructuring and impairment charges

  262   3,470   41,789   9,287   39,417   25,325   997   6,657(2)
                                

Operating income

  87,775   63,091   1,621   98,910   50,532   33,629   36,680   61,098 

Other expense

  2,087   2,010   3,320   4,485   4,395   3,809   4,049   3,635(2)

Interest income

  (2,759)  (3,051)  (3,152)  (3,052)  (4,219)  (4,042)  (3,769)  (2,501)

Interest expense

  23,807   21,213   23,711   25,585   24,967   28,523   21,072   11,507 
                                

Income before income taxes and minority interest

  64,640   42,919   (22,258)  71,892   25,389   5,339   15,328   48,457 

Income tax (benefit) expense

  7,729   4,657   3,102   9,631   13,297   (505)  1,529   7,080 

Minority interest, net of tax

  (580)  (183)  (1,315)  260   367   (390)  (101)  —   
                                

Net income

 $57,491  $38,445  $(24,045) $62,001  $11,725  $6,234  $13,900  $41,377 
                                

Earnings per share:

        

Basic

 $0.28  $0.19  $(0.12) $0.30  $0.06  $0.03  $0.07  $0.20 
                                

Diluted

 $0.28  $0.19  $(0.12)(1) $0.30  $0.06  $0.03  $0.07  $0.20 
                                

Common shares used in the calculations of earnings per share:

        

Basic

  205,889   205,463   205,082   204,649   204,196   203,728   203,377   203,077 
                                

Diluted

  206,804   206,077   205,082   206,605   206,106   205,772   205,925   206,361 
                                

                                 
  Fiscal Year 2009  Fiscal Year 2008 
  Aug. 31,  May 31,  Feb. 28,  Nov. 30,  Aug. 31,  May 31,  Feb. 29,  Nov. 30, 
  2009  2009  2009  2008  2008  2008  2008  2007 
  (in thousands, except per share data) 
Net revenue $2,799,528  $2,615,101  $2,887,400  $3,382,509  $3,264,874  $3,088,269  $3,058,613  $3,367,947 
Cost of revenue  2,608,561   2,466,512   2,731,854   3,158,796   3,034,874   2,878,087   2,870,708   3,128,233 
                         
Gross profit  190,967   148,589   155,546   223,713   230,000   210,182   187,905   239,714 
Selling, general and administrative  127,807   125,419   111,053   131,662   123,707   126,557   124,910   116,150 
Research and development  8,714   7,198   5,754   5,655   8,603   8,006   9,863   6,512 
Amortization of intangibles  7,719   7,612   7,673   8,035   9,653   9,058   9,722   8,855 
Restructuring and impairment charges  3,582   16,167   31,524   621   262   3,470   41,789   9,287 
Goodwill impairment charges        705,121   317,700             
                         
Operating (loss) income  43,145   (7,807)  (705,579)  (239,960)  87,775   63,091   1,621   98,910 
Other expense  15,942   948   857   2,364   2,087   2,010   3,320   4,485 
Interest income  (2,112)  (1,087)  (1,920)  (2,307)  (2,759)  (3,051)  (3,152)  (3,052)
Interest expense  19,393   19,043   20,077   23,734   23,807   21,213   23,711   25,585 
                         
(Loss) income before income taxes and minority interest  9,922   (26,711)  (724,593)  (263,751)  64,640   42,919   (22,258)  71,892 
Income tax (benefit) expense  3,989   2,528   142,018   12,363   7,729   4,657   3,102   9,631 
Minority interest, net of tax  426   (477)  (511)  (257)  (580)  (183)  (1,315)  260 
                         
Net (loss) income $5,507  $(28,762) $(866,100) $(275,857) $57,491  $38,445  $(24,045) $62,001 
                         
(Loss) earnings per share:                                
Basic $0.03  $(0.14) $(4.19) $(1.34) $0.28  $0.19  $(0.12) $0.30 
                         
Diluted $0.03  $(0.14)(1) $(4.19)(1) $(1.34)(1) $0.28  $0.19  $(0.12)(1) $0.30 
                         
                                 
Common shares used in the calculations of (loss)/earnings per share:                                
Basic  207,696   207,190   206,711   206,411   205,889   205,463   205,082   204,649 
                         
Diluted  208,846   207,190   206,711   206,411   206,804   206,077   205,082   206,605 
                         
(1)For the three months ended May 31, 2009, February 28, 2009, November 30, 2008 and February 29, 2008 all outstanding stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock awards are not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the Company was in a loss position.

47

(2)We received an $8.4 million reimbursement pursuant to an agreement with a company from which we previously purchased certain facilities in order to reimburse us for certain costs related to the closure of a manufacturing facility in Europe. As they relate to activities for which the revenues and expenses have historically been included in our operating income, we have reclassified these $8.4 million of proceeds from other income to restructuring and impairment charges on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.


The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain financial information stated as a percentage of net revenue:

   Fiscal Year 2008  Fiscal Year 2007 
   Aug. 31,
2008
  May 31,
2008
  Feb. 29,
2008
  Nov. 30,
2007
  Aug. 31,
2007
  May 31,
2007
  Feb. 28,
2007
  Nov. 30,
2006
 

Net revenue

  100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

Cost of revenue

  93.0  93.2  93.9  92.9  92.7  92.7  94.2  94.0 
                         

Gross profit

  7.0  6.8  6.1  7.1  7.3  7.3  5.8  6.0 

Selling, general and administrative

  3.8  4.1  4.0  3.4  3.9  4.7  4.1  3.4 

Research and development

  0.3  0.3  0.3  0.2  0.3  0.3  0.3  0.3 

Amortization of intangibles

  0.3  0.3  0.3  0.3  0.3  0.3  0.2  0.2 

Restructuring and impairment charges

  0.0  0.1  1.4  0.3  1.2  0.8  0.0  0.2 
                         

Operating income

  2.6  2.0  0.1  2.9  1.6  1.2  1.2  1.9 

Other expense

  0.1  0.1  0.1  0.1  0.1  0.1  0.1  0.1 

Interest income

  (0.1) (0.1) (0.1) (0.1) (0.1) (0.1) (0.1) (0.1)

Interest expense

  0.7  0.7  0.8  0.8  0.8  1.0  0.7  0.4 
                         

Income before income taxes and minority interest

  1.9  1.3  (0.7) 2.1  0.8  0.2  0.5  1.5 

Income tax (benefit) expense

  0.1  0.1  0.1  0.3  0.4  0.0  0.1  0.2 

Minority interest, net of tax

  0.0�� 0.0  0.0  —    0.0  0.0  0.0  —   
                         

Net income

  1.8% 1.2% (0.8)% 1.8% 0.4% 0.2% 0.4% 1.3%
                         

                                 
  Fiscal Year 2009 Fiscal Year 2008
  Aug. 31, May 31, Feb. 28, Nov. 30, Aug. 31, May 31, Feb. 29, Nov. 30,
  2009 2009 2009 2008 2008 2008 2008 2007
Net revenue  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%
Cost of revenue  93.2   94.3   94.6   93.4   93.0   93.2   93.9   92.9 
                                 
Gross profit  6.8   5.7   5.4   6.6   7.0   6.8   6.1   7.1 
Selling, general and administrative  4.6   4.8   3.8   3.9   3.8   4.1   4.0   3.4 
Research and development  0.3   0.3   0.2   0.2   0.3   0.3   0.3   0.2 
Amortization of intangibles  0.3   0.3   0.3   0.2   0.3   0.3   0.3   0.3 
Restructuring and impairment charges  0.1   0.6   1.1   0.0   0.0   0.1   1.4   0.3 
Goodwill impairment charges  0.0   0.0   24.4   9.4   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0 
                                 
Operating income  1.5   (0.3)  (24.4)  (7.1)  2.6   2.0   0.1   2.9 
Other expense  0.6   0.0   0.0   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1 
Interest income  (0.1)  0.0   (0.0)  (0.1)  (0.1)  (0.1)  (0.1)  (0.1)
Interest expense  0.7   0.7   0.7   0.7   0.7   0.7   0.8   0.8 
                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest  0.3   (1.0)  (25.1)  (7.8)  1.9   1.3   (0.7)  2.1 
Income tax (benefit) expense  0.1   0.1   4.9   0.4   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.3 
Minority interest, net of tax  0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    
                                 
Net income (loss)  0.2%  (1.1)%  (30.0)%  (8.2)%  1.8%  1.2%  (0.8)%  1.8%
                                 
Acquisitions and Expansion

We have made a number of acquisitions that were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Our consolidated financial statements include the operating results of each business from the date of acquisition. See “Risk Factors We may not achieve expected profitability from our acquisitions.” For further discussion of our recent and planned acquisitions, see Note 7 “Business Acquisitions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We completed construction of our new manufacturing facilities in Uzhgorod, Ukraine in the first quarter of fiscal year 2008 and in Huangpu, China in the second quarter of fiscal year 2008. We also completed construction of an additional facility in Chennai, India during the second quarter of fiscal year 2008 and commenced operations in this facility during the third quarter of fiscal year 2008. We completed construction of an expansion to our existing facilities in Kwidzyn, Poland during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008 and Ranjangaon, India during the third quarter of fiscal year 2008. We began expansion to an existing facility in Penang, Malaysia in the third quarter of fiscal year 2008 and have substantially completed construction during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008.

As discussed in Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, we entered into a merger agreement on November 22, 2006 with Green Point, pursuant to which Green Point agreed to merge with and into an existing Jabil entity in Taiwan. The legal merger was effective on April 24, 2007. The legal merger was primarily achieved through a tender offer that we made to acquire 100% of the outstanding shares of Green Point for 109.0 New Taiwan dollars per share. The tender offer was launched on November 23, 2006 and remained open for a period of 50 days. During the tender offer period, we acquired approximately 260.9 million shares, representing 97.6% of the outstanding shares of Green Point. On January 16, 2007, we paid cash in the amount of approximately $870.7 million (in U.S. dollars) to acquire the tendered shares. Subsequent to the

completion of the tender offer and prior to the completion of the acquisition, we acquired approximately 2.1 million Green Point shares in block trades for a price of 109.0 New Taiwan dollars per share (or an approximate total of $7.0 million in U.S. dollars). On April 24, 2007, pursuant to the November 22, 2006 merger agreement, we acquired the approximately 4.1 million remaining outstanding Green Point shares that were not tendered during the tender offer period, for 109.0 New Taiwan dollars per share (or an approximate total of $13.3 million in U.S. dollars). In total, we paid a total cash amount of approximately $891.0 million in U.S. dollars to complete the merger with Green Point. To fund the acquisition, we entered into a $1.0 billion, 364-day senior unsecured bridge loan facility with a syndicate of banks on December 21, 2006. See Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions” included in our Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion. The financial results of Green Point were included in our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on January 16, 2007. We recorded a minority interest in our Consolidated Financial Statements from January 16, 2007 through April 24, 2007 related to the remaining 2.4% of Green Point outstanding shares that were acquired on April 24, 2007.

On October 17, 2007, one of our Italian subsidiaries entered into an agreement to acquire certain manufacturing operations of Nokia Siemens Networks S.p.A. (“NSN”). The acquired manufacturing operations relate to two of NSN’s existing facilities in Cassina de Pecchi and Marcianise, Italy. The agreement, which was effective November 1, 2007, includes the purchase of certain assets, including machinery, equipment and inventory, and the assumption of certain employee related liabilities. The parties also entered into a manufacturing agreement, pursuant to which we will continue to build products that are currently manufactured at these facilities. We acquired these manufacturing operations to enhance our global standing as a leading provider of telecommunications infrastructure hardware. See Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions” included in our Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Seasonality

Production levels for our Consumer division and the automotive industry sector of our EMS division are subject to seasonal influences. We may realize greater net revenue during our first fiscal quarter due to high demand for consumer products during the holiday selling season.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At August 31, 2008,2009, we had cash and cash equivalent balances totaling $773.0$876.3 million, total notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations of $1.4$1.2 billion and $937.5 million$1.0 billion available for borrowing under our revolving credit facilities and amounts available under our accounts receivable securitization programs.

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal year ended August 31 selected consolidated cash flow information (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2008  2007  2006 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $411,865  $183,889  $448,176 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (384,720)  (1,054,422)  (417,470)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   93,137   715,140   (67,906)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

   (10,984)  45,455   14,692 
             

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

  $109,298  $(109,938) $(22,508)
             

             
  Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
  2009  2008  2007 
Net cash provided by operating activities $557,309  $420,002  $183,889 
Net cash used in investing activities  (286,175)  (384,720)  (1,054,422)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities  (195,913)  85,000   715,140 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash  28,128   (10,984)  45,455 
          
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents $103,349  $109,298  $(109,938)
          
Net cash provided by operating activities for the fiscal year 2008ended August 31, 2009 was $411.9approximately $557.3 million. This consistedresulted primarily of $133.9from a $1.0 billion non-cash goodwill impairment charge, $292.0 million of net income, $276.3 million ofin non-cash depreciation and amortization $54.8expense, a $51.9 million restructuring and impairment charge, a decrease of non-cash restructuring charges, $36.4$169.7 million in trade accounts receivable, a $283.8

48


million decrease in inventories, a change in deferred income taxes of non-cash stock-based compensation expense, increases$102.4 million principally related to valuation allowances recorded against certain deferred tax assets and certain other items of net cash provided by operating activities offset by a $1.2 billion net loss and a decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $119.9 million, and increases in income taxes payable of $52.0$292.7 million. The increasedecrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses was due primarily todriven by the timing of purchases and cash payments and the reduction in the fourth

quarter ofsales levels during fiscal year 2008.2009. The increasedecrease in income taxes payableaccounts receivable was predominately attributable to a reduction in sales levels and focused efforts to improve cash collections that was partially offset by reduced utilization of our securitization program. The decrease in inventories was primarily due to additional unrecognized tax benefits being recorded and the timing of certain income tax payments. These sources of cash were partially offset by $67.4 million in deferred income taxes, a $27.6 million increase infocused efforts during fiscal year 2009 to reduce inventory a $60.8 million increase in accounts receivable, and a $92.7 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets. The increase in inventory was due primarilylevels to the pre-positioning of inventory in anticipation of forecasted first quarterbetter align with current customer demand. The increase in accounts receivable was due primarily to a reduction in the sale of receivables under our North American securitization program in the amount of $47.3 million. The increase in prepaid expenses and other assets primarily relates to the recording of a note receivable due from a customer.

Net cash used in investing activities for the fiscal year 2008ended August 31, 2009 was $384.7$286.2 million. This consisted of net cash of $58.2 million primarily paid for the acquisition of certain manufacturing operations of NSN and our capital expenditures of $337.5$292.2 million for manufacturing and computer equipmentinvestments in capacity to support ourthe ongoing production of new programs within the mobility sector and information and technology infrastructure and $4.2 million for cash payments related to recent business across all segments and for expansion activities in Asia and Eastern Europe.acquisitions. These expenditures were partially offset by $11.0$10.2 million of proceeds from the sale of certain excess property plant and equipment.

Net cash provided byused in financing activities for the fiscal year 2008ended August 31, 2009 was $93.1$195.9 million. This resulted from our receipt of approximately $4.5$4.3 billion of proceeds from borrowings under existing debt agreements, which primarily included an aggregate of $3.1$3.6 billion of borrowings under the revolving portion of the Credit Facility, $394.2 million of net proceeds from the 8.250% Senior Notes, and $364.3$239.3 million of borrowings under our short-term Indian working capital facilities. In addition we obtained proceedsfacilities and $300.0 million of $16.5 million uponborrowings under the issuance of common stock under option plans and employee stock purchase plans.the 7.750% Senior Notes in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009. This was offset by approximatelyrepayments in an aggregate amount of $4.4 billion of payments toward debt agreements during fiscal year 2008,2009, which primarily included repayments of an aggregate of $3.1$3.6 billion toward repayment of borrowings under the revolving portion of the Credit Facility, $400.0 million toward repayment of borrowings under the Bridge Facility, and $350.5$274.4 million toward repayment of borrowings under our short-term Indian working capital facilities. In addition wefacilities and $294.9 million toward the repayment of most of our 5.875% Senior Notes. We paid $58.6$59.6 million of dividends to stockholders during fiscal year 2008. See Note 8 – “Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Long-Term Lease Obligations”2009. We incurred $9.3 million in financing fees related to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

extinguishment of our 5.875% Senior Notes and incurred $7.1 million in bond issuance costs related to the 7.750% Senior Notes that were issued in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009.

We may need to finance day-to-day working capital needs, as well as future growth and any corresponding working capital needs, with additional borrowings under our revolving credit facilities described below, as well as additional public and private offerings of our debt and equity. Currently, we have approximately $855.0 million of securities registereda shelf registration statement with the SEC under our shelf registration statement. The Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) Offering Reform has significantly modified the registration and offering process under the Act. Promptly after filing this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as a result of our existing “shelf” registration statement expiring December 1, 2008, we anticipate terminating our existing “shelf” registration statement and filing a new “shelf’ registration statement under these simplified registration procedures. The new “shelf” registration statement will registerregistering the potential sale of an indeterminate amount of debt and equity securities in the future, from time-to-time,time to time, to augment our liquidity and capital resources.

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2004, we entered into our North Americanan asset-backed securitization program with a bank, which originally provided for net cash proceeds at any one time of an amount up to $100.0 million on the sale of eligible trade accounts receivable of certain domestic operations. Subsequent to fiscal year 2004, several amendments have increased the net cash proceeds available at any one time under the securitization program up to an amount of $280.0$250.0 million and extended the program until March 19, 2009.17, 2010. Under this agreement, we continuously sell a designated pool of trade accounts receivable to a wholly-owned subsidiary, which in turn sells an ownership interest in the receivables to a conduit, administered by an unaffiliated financial institution. This wholly-owned subsidiary is a separate bankruptcy-remote entity and its assets would be available first to satisfy the claims of the conduit. As the receivables sold are collected, we are able to sell additional receivables up to the maximum permitted amount under the program. The securitization program requires compliance with several financial covenants including an interest coverage ratio and debt to EBITDA ratio, as defined in the securitization agreements, as amended.agreements. For each pool of eligible receivables sold to the conduit, we retain a percentage interest in the face value of the receivables, which is calculated based on

the terms of the agreement. Net receivables sold under this program are excluded from trade accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance SheetSheets and are reflected as cash provided by operating activities on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. We continue to service, administer and collect the receivables sold under this program. We pay a fee on the unused portion of the facility fees of 0.35%ranging between 0.875% and 0.925% per annum of 102%based on the average daily unused aggregate capital during the period. Further, we pay a usage fee on the utilized portion of the average purchase limit and program fees of upfacility equal to 0.275% of1.75% per annum on the average daily outstanding amounts.aggregate capital during the immediately preceding calendar month. The investorssecuritization conduit and the securitizationinvestors in the conduit have no recourse to our assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. As ofAt August 31, 2008,2009, we had sold $344.2$331.2 million of eligible trade accounts receivable, which represents the face amount of total outstanding receivables at that date. In exchange, we received cash proceeds of $242.0$108.9 million and retained an interest in the receivables of approximately $102.2$222.3 million. In connection with the securitization program, we recognized pretax losses on the sale of receivables of approximately $5.3 million, $11.9 million, and $15.9 million and $11.9 million during fiscal the fiscal years ended August 31, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006,2007, respectively, which are recorded as other expense on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2008, we entered into our foreign asset-backed securitization program with a bank conduit. In connection with the securitization program certain foreign subsidiaries sell, on an ongoing basis, an undivided interest in designated pools of trade accounts receivable to a special purpose entity, which in turn borrows up to $200.0 million from the bank conduit to purchase those receivables and in which it grants security interests as collateral for the borrowings. The securitization program is accounted for as a borrowing under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140,Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities (a replacement of FASB Statement No. 125),(“SFAS 140”). The loan balance is calculated based on the terms of the securitization program agreements. The securitization program requires compliance with several covenants including a limitation on certain corporate actions such as mergers, consolidations and sale of substantially all assets. At August 31, 2008, we had $170.9 million of debt outstanding under the program. In addition, we incurred interest expense at a variable rate of approximately 3.9% plus a fixed spread during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008 on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

Our North American and foreign asset-backed securitization programs expire on March 19, 2009 and April 6, 2009, respectively. While we have historically been able to renew such asset-backed securitization programs on similar terms, market conditions at the time our current programs expire may prevent us from doing so. In such an event we would be required to seek other forms of borrowing on more acceptable terms, or increase our borrowing under the revolving credit portion of our Credit Facility, which would decrease our flexibility to make acquisitions and capital expenditures, and also decrease the amount otherwise available for general corporate purposes.

Operations.

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2005, we entered into an agreement with an unrelated third-party for the factoring of specific trade accounts receivable of a foreign subsidiary. Under the terms of the factoring agreement, we transfer ownership of eligible trade accounts receivable without recourse to the third-party purchaser in exchange for cash. Proceeds on the transfer reflect the face value of the account less a discount. The discount is recorded as a loss on the Consolidated Statement of EarningsOperations in the period of the sale. TheIn April 2009, the factoring agreement expired in April 2008 and was extended for a six month period. The receivables sold pursuant to this factoring agreement are excluded from trade accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance SheetSheets and are reflected as cash provided by operating activities on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. We continue to service, administer and collect the receivables sold under this program. The third-party purchaser has no recourse to our assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. At

49


August 31, 2008,2009, we had sold $29.4$18.1 million of trade accounts receivable, which represents the face amount of total outstanding receivables at that date. In exchange, we received cash proceeds of $29.4$18.0 million. The resulting loss on the sale of trade accounts receivable sold under this factoring agreement was $0.2$0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.1$0.2 million for the fiscal years ended August 312009, 2008 and 2007, and 2006, respectively.

Notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations outstanding at August 31, 20082009 and 20072008 are summarized below (in thousands).

   August 31,
2008
  August 31,
2007

5.875% Senior Notes due 2010 (a)

  $298,198  $297,215

8.250% Senior Notes due 2018 (b)

   396,377   —  

Short-term factoring debt (c)

   617   8,440

Borrowings under credit facilities (d)

   55,579   42,421

Borrowings under loans (e)

   423,064   446,663

Borrowings under unsecured bridge credit agreement (f)

   —     400,000

Financing obligation related to sale-leaseback transaction (g)

   —     5,285

Green Point debt obligations (h)

   24,583   62,140

Securitization program obligations (i)

   170,975   —  

Miscellaneous borrowings

   17   29
        

Total notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations

  $1,369,410  $1,262,193

Less current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations

   269,937   501,716
        

Notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations, less current installments

  $1,099,473  $760,477
        

:
         
  August 31,  August 31, 
  2009  2008 
5.875% Senior Notes due 2010 (a) $5,064  $298,198 
7.750% Senior Notes due 2016 (b)  300,063    
8.250% Senior Notes due 2018 (c)  396,758   396,377 
Short-term factoring debt (d)  1,468   617 
Borrowings under credit facilities (e)  21,313   55,579 
Borrowings under loans (f)  384,485   447,647 
Securitization program obligations (g)  125,291   170,975 
Miscellaneous borrowings  6   17 
       
Total notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations $1,234,448  $1,369,410 
Less current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations  197,575   269,937 
       
Notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations, less current installments $1,036,873  $1,099,473 
       
(a)During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2003, we issued a total of $300.0 million, seven-year, publicly-registered 5.875% Senior Notes (the “5.875% Senior Notes”) at 99.803% of par, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $297.2 million. The 5.875% Senior Notes were offered pursuant to our “shelf” registration statement. The 5.875% Senior Notes mature on July 15, 2010 and pay interest semiannually on January 15 and July 15. We are subject to covenants such as: limitation upon our consolidation, merger or sale; limitation upon our liens; limitation upon our sales and leasebacks; limitation upon our subsidiaries’ funded debt; limitation on guarantees given by our subsidiaries for our indebtedness; our corporate existence; reports; and compliance and notice requirements. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009, we repurchased $294.9 million in aggregate principal amount of the 5.875% Senior Notes, pursuant to a public cash tender offer, in which we also paid an early tender premium, accrued interest and associated fees and expenses. The extinguishment of those 5.875% Senior Notes that were validly tendered resulted in a charge of $10.5 million which was recorded to other expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the twelve months ended August 31, 2009.

In July 2003, we entered into an interest rate swap transaction to effectively convert the fixed interest rate of our 5.875% Senior Notes to a variable rate. The swap, which was to expire in 2010, was accounted for as a fair value hedge under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133,Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities (“SFAS 133”). The notional amount of the swap was $300.0 million, which is related to the 5.875% Senior Notes. Under the terms of the swap, we paid an interest rate equal to the six-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) set in arrears, plus a fixed spread of 1.945%. In exchange, we received a fixed rate of 5.875%. The swap transaction qualified for the shortcut method of recognition under SFAS 133, therefore no portion of the swap was treated as ineffective. The interest rate swap was terminated on June 3, 2005. The fair value of the interest rate swap of $4.5 million was recorded in long-term liabilities, with the corresponding offset recorded as a decrease to the carrying value of the 5.875% Senior Notes, on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at the termination date. In addition, we had recorded $0.4 million of interest receivable from the issuing bank as of the termination date. Upon termination, we made a net $4.1 million cash payment to the issuing bank to derecognize the interest rate swap and the accrued interest. The $4.5 million decrease to the carrying value of the 5.875% Senior Notes on the Consolidated Balance Sheet will be amortized to operations through interest expense over the remaining term of the debt.

(b)

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009, we completed our offering of $312.0 million in aggregate principal amount of publicly-registered 7.750% senior unsecured notes (the “7.750% Senior Notes”). The net proceeds from the offering were $300.0 million. The 7.750% Senior Notes will mature on July 15, 2016. Interest on the 7.750% Senior Notes is payable on January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning on January 15, 2010. The 7.750% Senior Notes are our senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations. We are subject to such covenants as limitations on our and/or our subsidiaries’ ability to: create certain liens; enter into sale and leaseback transactions; create, incur, issue, assume or guarantee funded debt (which only applies to our “restricted subsidiaries”); guarantee any of our indebtedness (which only applies to our subsidiaries); and consolidate or merge with, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all our assets to, another person. We are also subject to a covenant regarding our repurchase of the 7.750% Senior Notes upon a “change of control repurchase event.”
(c)During the second and third quarters of fiscal year 2008, we completed our offerings of $250.0 million and $150.0 million, respectively, in aggregate principal amount of 8.250% senior unsecured unregistered notes due March 15, 2018, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $245.7 million and $148.5 million, respectively. On JuneJuly 18, 2008, we commencedcompleted an offer to exchange whereby all of the outstanding unregistered 8.250% Notes were exchanged for registered 8.250% Notes (collectively the “8.250% Senior Notes”) that are substantially identical to the unregistered notes except that the 8.25% Senior Notes are registered under the Securities Act and do not have any transfer restrictions, registration rights or rights to additional special interest. Upon completion

 

of the exchange offer on July 18, 2008, all outstanding unregistered notes were exchanged.

The 8.250% Senior Notes were issued pursuantwill mature on March 15, 2018. Interest on the 8.250% Senior Notes is payable on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on September 15, 2008. The interest rate payable on the 8.250% Senior Notes is subject to an Indenture datedadjustment from time to time if the credit ratings assigned to the 8.250% Senior Notes increase or decrease, as of January 16, 2008, byprovided in the 8.250% Senior Notes. The 8.250% Senior Notes are our senior unsecured obligations and between the Companyrank equally with all other existing and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee (the “Indenture”), as supplemented by the Officers’ Certificates dated January 16, 2008future senior unsecured debt obligations.

50


We are subject to certain covenants limiting our ability and/or our subsidiaries’ ability to: create certain liens; enter into sale and May 19, 2008, that were delivered by certainleaseback transactions; create, incur, issue, assume or guarantee any funded debt (which only applies to our “restricted subsidiaries”); guarantee any of our officers pursuantindebtedness (which only applies to Sections 1.2, 3.1our subsidiaries); and 3.3consolidate or merge with, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of our assets to, another person. We are also subject to a covenant regarding our repurchase of the Indenture.

8.250% Senior Notes upon a “change of control repurchase event.”

The 8.250% Senior Notes will mature on March 15, 2018. Interest on the 8.250% Senior Notes is payable on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on September 15, 2008. The interest rate payable is subject to adjustment from time to time if the credit ratings assigned to the 8.250% Senior Notes increase or decrease, as provided in the 8.250% Senior Notes. The 8.250% Senior Notes are our senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations.

The Indenture contains certain covenants, including, but not limited to, covenants limiting our ability and/or our subsidiaries’ ability to: create certain liens; enter into sale and leaseback transactions; create, incur, issue, assume or guarantee any funded debt (applicable only to our “restricted subsidiaries”); guarantee any of our indebtedness (applicable only to our subsidiaries); and consolidate or merge with, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of our assets to another person. The Indenture also contains a covenant regarding our repurchase of the 8.250% Senior Notes upon a “change of control repurchase event.”

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, we entered into forward interest rate swap transactions to hedge the fixed interest rate payments for an anticipated debt issuance. The swaps are accounted for as a cash flow hedge under SFAS 133. The notional amount of the swaps was $400.0 million. Concurrently with the pricing of the first $250.0 million of the 8.250% Senior Notes, we settled $250.0 million of the swaps by our payment of $27.5 million. We also settled the remaining $150.0 million of swaps during the second quarter of fiscal year 2008 by our payment of $15.6 million. As a result, we settled the amount recognized as a current liability on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We also recorded $0.7 million in interest expense (as ineffectiveness) in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings during the three months ended February 29, 2008, with the remainder recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes, in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. On May 19, 2008, we issued the remaining $150.0 million of 8.250% Senior Notes and recorded no additional interest expense (as ineffectiveness) in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. The effective portion of the swaps remaining on our Consolidated Balance Sheet will be amortized to interest expense on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings over the life of the 8.250% Senior Notes.

(c)During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, we entered into forward interest rate swap transactions to hedge the fixed interest rate payments for an agreementanticipated debt issuance. The swaps were accounted for as a cash flow hedge under SFAS 133. The notional amount of the swaps was $400.0 million. Concurrently with the pricing of the first $250.0 million of the 8.250% Senior Notes, we settled $250.0 million of the swaps by our payment of $27.5 million. We also settled the remaining $150.0 million of swaps during the second quarter of fiscal year 2008 by our payment of $15.6 million. As a result, we settled the amount recognized as a current liability on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We also recorded $0.7 million in interest expense (as ineffectiveness) in the Consolidated Statement of Operations during the three months ended February 29, 2008, with the remainder recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes, in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. On May 19, 2008, we issued the remaining $150.0 million of 8.250% Senior Notes and recorded no additional interest expense (as ineffectiveness) in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The effective portion of the swaps remaining on our Consolidated Balance Sheets will be amortized to interest expense on the Consolidated Statement of Operations over the life of the 8.250% Senior Notes.
(d)During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007 and the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009, we entered into separate agreements with an unrelated third party (the “Purchaser”) for the factoring of specific trade accounts receivable of a foreign subsidiary. The factoring of trade accounts receivable under this agreementthese agreements does not meet the criteria for recognition as a sale in accordance with SFAS 140. Under the terms of the agreement,these agreements, we transfer ownership of eligible trade accounts receivable to the Purchaserthird party purchaser in exchange for cash, however, as the transaction doesthese transactions do not qualify as a sale, the relating trade accounts receivable are included in our Consolidated Balance SheetSheets until the cash is received by the Purchaserpurchaser from our customer for the trade accounts receivable. Accordingly, we have aWe had an outstanding liability of $1.5 million and $0.6 million recorded on our Consolidated Balance SheetSheets at August 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively related to cash that we have received from the Purchaser for specific trade accounts receivable, but for which our customer has not remitted payment yet.these agreements.

51


(d)(e)Various of our foreign subsidiaries have entered into several credit facilities to finance their future growth and any corresponding working capital needs. These credit facilities are denominated in various foreign currencies, including Indian rupees, and Japanese yen, as well as U.S. dollars. At August 31, 2008, these credit facilities incur2009, only one such facility was outstanding in the amount of $21.3 million, which incurs interest at botha variable rate of 3.91%.
(f)During the third quarter of fiscal year 2005, we negotiated a five-year, 400.0 million Indian rupee construction loan for an Indian subsidiary with an Indian branch of a global bank. Under the terms of the loan, we pay interest on outstanding borrowings based on a fixed rate of 7.45%. The construction loan expires on April 15, 2010 and variableall outstanding borrowings are then due and payable. The 400.0 million Indian rupee principal outstanding is equivalent to approximately $8.2 million based on currency exchange rates ranging from 3.3%at August 31, 2009.
During the third quarter of fiscal year 2005, we negotiated a five-year, 25.0 million Euro construction loan for a Hungarian subsidiary with a Hungarian branch of a global bank. Under the terms of the loan facility, we pay interest on outstanding borrowings based on the Euro Interbank Offered Rate plus a spread of 0.925%. Quarterly principal repayments began in September 2006 to 6.4% and range inrepay the amount of proceeds drawn under the construction loan. The construction loan expires on April 13, 2010. At August 31, 2009, borrowings of 4.3 million Euros (approximately $6.2 million based on currency exchange rates at August 31, 2009) were outstanding amounts from $2.0 million to $25.6 million.under the construction loan.

(e)
During the second quarter of fiscal year 2007, we entered into a three yearthree-year loan agreement to borrow $20.3 million from a software vendor in connection with various software licenses that we purchased from them. The software licenses were capitalized and are being amortized over a three-year period. The loan agreement is non-interest bearing and payments are due quarterly through October 2009. At August 31, 2008, $8.52009, $1.7 million is outstanding under this loan agreement.

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2005, we negotiated a five-year, 400.0 million Indian rupee construction loan for an Indian subsidiary with an Indian branch of a global bank. Under the terms of the loan, we pay interest on outstanding borrowings based on a fixed rate of 7.45%. The construction loan expires on April 15, 2010 and all outstanding borrowings are then due and payable. The 400.0 million Indian rupee principal outstanding is equivalent to approximately $9.1 million based on currency exchange rates at August 31, 2008.

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2005, we negotiated a five-year, 25.0 million Euro construction loan for a Hungarian subsidiary with a Hungarian branch of a global bank. Under the terms of the loan facility, we pay interest on outstanding borrowings based on the Euro Interbank Offered Rate plus a spread of 0.925%. Quarterly principal repayments began in September 2006 to repay the amount of proceeds drawn under the construction loan. The construction loan expires on April 13, 2010. At August 31, 2008, borrowings of 10.1 million Euros (approximately $14.8 million based on currency exchange rates at August 31, 2008) were outstanding under the construction loan.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, we entered into the five year Credit Facility. This agreement provides for a revolving credit portion in the initial amount of $800.0 million, subject to potential increases up to $1.0 billion, and provides for a term portion in the amount of $400.0 million. Some or all of the lenders under the Credit Facility and their affiliates have various other relationships with us and our subsidiaries involving the provision of financial services, including cash management, loans, letter of credit and bank guarantee facilities, investment banking and trust services. We, along with some of our subsidiaries, have entered into foreign exchange contracts and other derivative arrangements with certain of the lenders and their affiliates. In addition, many, if not most, of the agents and lenders under the Credit Facility held positions as agent and/or lender under our old revolving credit facility and the Bridge Facility. The revolving credit portion of the Credit Facility terminates on July 19, 2012, and the term loan portion of the Credit Facility requires payments of principal in annual installments of $20.0 million each, with a final payment of the remaining principal due on July 19, 2012. Interest and fees on Credit Facility advances are based on our unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s. Interest is charged at a rate equal to either 0% to 0.75% above the base rate or 0.375% to 1.75% above the Eurocurrency rate, where the base rate represents the greater of Citibank, N.A.’s prime rate or 0.50% above the federal funds rate, and the Eurocurrency rate represents the applicable London Interbank Offered Rate, each as more fully defined in this credit agreement. Fees include a facility fee based on the revolving credit commitments of the lenders, a letter of credit fee based on the amount of outstanding letters of credit, and a utilization fee to be added to the revolving credit interest rate and any letter of credit fee during any period when the aggregate amount of outstanding advances and letters of credit exceeds 50% of the total revolving credit commitments of the lenders. Based on our current senior unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s, the current rate of interest (including the applicable facility and utilization fee) on a full draw under the revolving credit would be 0.275% above the base rate or 0.875% above the Eurocurrency rate, and the current rate of interest on the term portion would be the base rate or 0.875% above the Eurocurrency rate. We, along with our subsidiaries, are subject to the following financial covenants: (1) a maximum ratio of (a) Debt (as defined in the credit agreement) to (b) Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement) and (2) a minimum ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA to (b) interest payable on, and amortization of debt discount in respect of, Debt and loss on sales of trade accounts receivables pursuant to our securitization program. In addition, we are subject to other covenants, such as: limitation upon liens; limitation upon mergers, etc; limitation upon accounting changes; limitation upon subsidiary debt; limitation upon sales, etc of assets; limitation upon changes in nature of business; payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries; compliance with laws, etc; payment of taxes, etc; maintenance of insurance; preservation of corporate existence, etc; visitation rights; keeping of books; maintenance of properties, etc; transactions with affiliates; and reporting requirements. During fiscal year 2008, we borrowed $3.1 billion against the revolving credit portion of the Credit Facility. These borrowings were repaid in full during the fiscal year. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007 a draw in the amount of $400.0 million was made under the term portion of the Credit Facility. At August 31, 2008, $380.0 million remains outstanding under the term portion of the Credit Facility.

In addition to the loans described above, at August 31, 2008 we have additional loans outstanding to fund working capital needs. These additional loans total approximately $10.6 million and are denominated in various foreign currencies including Indian rupees and Euros. Approximately $1.5 million of this total is due and payable within 12 months and is classified as short term on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The remaining $9.1 million is classified as long term on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and will be due and payable in April 2011.

(f)During the second quarter of fiscal year 2007, we entered into a $1.0 billion Bridge Facility. Of the Bridge Facility, $900.0 million was designated for use by us as a one-time borrowing (which may be paid down in increments) to finance the tender offer for and merger with Green Point and to pay related costs and expenses. The remaining $100.0 million of the Bridge Facility, which is now terminated, was a revolving facility to be used for our general corporate purposes. Interest and fees on the Bridge Facility advances were based on our unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s. Prior to the amendment of the Bridge Facility as described below, interest was charged at either a rate equal to 0% to 0.75% above the base rate or a rate equal to 0.55% to 1.75% above the Eurocurrency rate, where the base rate represented the greater of Citibank, N.A.’s prime rate or 0.50% plus the federal funds rate, and the Eurocurrency rate represented the applicable LIBOR, each as more fully defined in the Bridge Facility. Prior to the amendment of the Bridge Facility as described below, the applicable margin for the base rate and the Eurocurrency rate could be increased by 0.25% or 0.50% per annum, depending on the length of time that the Bridge Facility remained outstanding. Fees included unused commitment fees based on the amount of each lender’s commitment minus the principal amount of any outstanding advances made by the lender. Prior to the amendment of the Bridge Facility as described below, based on our unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s, the rate of interest on a full Eurocurrency rate draw (including the step-up) would have been 0.50% above the base rate or 1.25% above the Eurocurrency rate, as defined above. The Bridge Facility required compliance with several financial and other covenants, and we were never in default of any of these covenants. On December 20, 2007, we amended (the “Amendment”) our Bridge Facility. As a result of the Amendment, (1) the termination date of the Bridge Facility was extended from December 20, 2007 to June 17, 2008, (2) the Bridge Facility was converted to a $200.0 million revolving credit facility that was available only if the Company had fully drawn on the revolving credit portion of the Credit Facility and (3) as described below, certain other portions of the Bridge Facility were also amended (the Bridge Facility, as so amended, shall be referred to herein as the “Amended Bridge Facility”).

The Amendment specified that the proceeds of the revolving credit advances under the Amended Bridge Facility were to be used for our general corporate purposes and for those of our subsidiaries. Pursuant to the Amendment, interest and fees on advances under the Amended Bridge Facility continued to be based on our unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s. The interest rate was increased, such that interest was charged at either a rate equal to 0.3% to 1.5% above the base rate or a rate equal to 1.3% to 2.5% above the Eurocurrency rate, where the base rate represented the greater of Citibank, N.A.’s prime rate or 0.5% plus the federal funds rate, and the Eurocurrency rate represented the applicable LIBOR, each as more fully defined in the Amended Bridge Facility. The applicable interest rate, whether based on the base rate or the Eurocurrency rate, was to have been increased by 0.25% on and after March 20, 2008. Fees included extension fees payable on March 20, 2008 and unused commitment fees based on the amount of the lenders’ commitments minus the principal amounts of any outstanding advances made by the lenders. Based on the Company’s unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s at the date of termination of the Amended Bridge Facility, the then current rate of interest (excluding the unused commitment fees and other fees) on a base rate draw would have been 0.5% above the base rate or on a Eurocurrency rate draw 1.5% above the Eurocurrency rate, as defined above.

On February 13, 2008, the Amended Bridge Facility was terminated.

(g)

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2006, we entered into a sale-leaseback transaction involving our facility in Ayr, Scotland. During the sale-leaseback period, we continued to occupy the facility through a three-year leasing arrangement with the third-party purchaser, which required quarterly lease payments of

 

62.5 thousand pounds sterling (approximately $123.6 thousand based on currency exchange rates at May 31, 2008). We received cash proceeds of approximately 2.8 million pounds sterling (approximately $4.8 million based on currency exchange rates on the date of the transaction) and retained a right to receive additional consideration upon resale of the facility at a later date. Due primarily to our continuing involvement in the property, we were precluded from recording the transaction as a sale under U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, as required by relevant accounting standards, the cash proceeds were recorded as a financing obligation. A portion of the quarterly lease payments was recorded as interest expense, based on an effective yield of 5.875%, and the remainder was recorded as a reduction of the financing obligation. During the third quarter of fiscal year 2008, we cancelled the lease contract with the third-party purchaser which resulted in the reversal of the financing obligation, offset by the reversal of related plant, property and equipment. At August 31, 2008, the balance of the financing obligation has been fully reversed.

(h)Through the acquisition of Green Pointa Taiwanese subsidiary in fiscal year 2007, we assumed certain liabilities, including short and long term debt obligations totaling approximately $102.2 million at the date of acquisition. At August 31, 20082009, approximately $1.0$5.8 million of debt is outstanding under these short term facilities with an interest rate of 2.9%. The long term debt obligations includeshort-term mortgage and credit facilities, with various banks in Taiwan and China.current interest rates ranging from 2.1% to 2.4%. At August 31, 20082009, approximately $19.1$0.4 million of fixed assets, including buildings and land, were pledged as collateral on the mortgage facility outstanding. The long term facilities are denominated in U.S. dollars and New Taiwan dollars, and incur interest at both fixed rates and rates that fluctuate based upon changes in various base interest rates. At August 31, 2008,2009, approximately $23.6$0.1 million of long term debt is outstanding under the long term facilities, with current interest rates ranging from 2.6% to 4.0%. Approximately $5.0 million of this total is due and payable within 12 months and is classified as short term on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The remaining $18.6 million will mature at various dates through July 2012 and is classified as long term on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.Sheets. The long-term debt amount represents a credit facility outstanding and denominated in New Taiwan dollars which will mature in fiscal year 2011 and incurs interest at a rate that fluctuates based upon changes in various base rate interest rates.

(i)
During the thirdfourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, we entered into the five-year Credit Facility. This agreement provides for a revolving credit portion in the initial amount of $800.0 million, subject to potential increases up to $1.0 billion, and provides for a term portion in the amount of $400.0 million. Some or all of the lenders under the Credit Facility and their affiliates have various other relationships with us and our subsidiaries involving the provision of financial services, including cash management, loans, letter of credit and bank guarantee facilities, investment banking and trust services. We, along with some of our subsidiaries, have entered into foreign exchange contracts and other derivative arrangements with certain of the lenders and their affiliates. In addition, many, if not most, of the agents and lenders under the Credit Facility held positions as agent and/or lender under our old revolving credit facility and the Bridge Facility. The revolving credit portion of the Credit Facility terminates on July 19, 2012, and the term loan portion of the Credit Facility requires payments of principal in annual installments of $20.0 million each, with a final payment of the remaining principal due on July 19, 2012. Interest and fees on Credit Facility advances are based on our unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s. Interest is charged at a rate equal to either 0% to 0.75% above the base rate or 0.375% to 1.75% above the Eurocurrency rate, where the base rate represents the greater of Citibank, N.A.’s prime rate or 0.50% above the federal funds rate, and the Eurocurrency rate represents the applicable London Interbank Offered Rate, each as more fully defined in this credit agreement. Fees include a facility fee based on the revolving credit commitments of the lenders, a letter of credit fee based on the amount of outstanding letters of credit, and a utilization fee to be added to the revolving credit interest rate and any letter of credit fee during any period when the aggregate amount of outstanding advances and letters of credit exceeds 50% of the total revolving credit commitments of the lenders. Based on our current senior unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s, the current rate of interest (including the applicable facility and utilization fee) on a full draw under the revolving credit would be 0.275% above the base rate or 0.875% above the Eurocurrency rate, and the current rate of interest on the term portion would be the base rate or 0.875% above the Eurocurrency rate. We, along with our subsidiaries, are subject to the following financial covenants: (1) a maximum ratio of (a) Debt (as defined in the credit agreement) to (b) Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement) and (2) a minimum ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA to (b) interest payable on, and amortization of debt discount in respect of, debt and loss on sales of trade accounts receivables pursuant to our securitization program. In addition, we are subject to other covenants, such as: limitation upon liens; limitation upon mergers, etc; limitation upon accounting changes; limitation upon subsidiary debt; limitation upon sales, etc of assets; limitation upon changes in nature of business; payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries; compliance with laws, etc; payment of taxes, etc; maintenance of insurance; preservation of corporate existence, etc; visitation rights; keeping of books; maintenance of properties, etc; transactions with affiliates; and reporting requirements (collectively referred to herein as “Restrictive Financial Covenants”). During fiscal year 2009, we borrowed $3.6 billion against the revolving credit portion of the Credit Facility. These borrowings were repaid in full during the fiscal year. A draw in the amount of $400.0 million has been made under the term portion of the Credit Facility and $360.0 million remains outstanding at August 31, 2009
In addition to the loans described above, at August 31, 2009, we have additional loans outstanding to fund working capital needs. These additional loans total approximately $2.5 million and are denominated in Euros. The loans are due and payable within 12 months and are classified as short term on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

52


(g) On April 7, 2008, we entered into ana foreign asset-backed securitization program with a bank conduit. In connection with the foreign securitization program certain of our foreign subsidiaries sell, on an ongoing basis, an undivided interest in designated pools of trade accounts receivable to a special purpose entity, which in turn borrows up to $200.0 million from the bank conduit to purchase those receivables and in which it grants security interests as collateral for the borrowings. The securitization program is accounted for as a borrowing under SFAS 140. The loan balance is calculated based on the terms of the securitization program agreements. The foreign securitization program requires compliance with several covenants including a limitation on certain corporate actions such as mergers, consolidations and sale of substantially all assets. We pay interest at designated commercial paper rates plus a spread. The foreign securitization program expires on April 6, 2009.March 18, 2010. At August 31, 2008,2009, we had $170.9$125.3 million of debt outstanding under the program. In addition, we incurred interest expense at a variable rate of approximately 3.9% plus a fixed spread during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008$3.9 million and $2.8 million in our Consolidated Statement of Earnings.Operations during the twelve months ended August 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

At August 31, 2008,2009, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of cash, available borrowings under our credit facilities and our accounts receivableasset-backed securitization programs.

     At August 31, 2009 and 2008, we were in compliance with all Restrictive Financial Covenants under the Credit Facility and our securitization programs.
Our working capital requirements and capital expenditures could continue to increase in order to support future expansions of our operations through construction of greenfield operations or acquisitions. It is possible that future expansions may be significant and may require the payment of cash. Future liquidity needs will also depend on fluctuations in levels of inventory and shipments, changes in customer order volumes and timing of expenditures for new equipment.

We currently anticipate that during the next twelve months, our capital expenditures will be in the range of $250.0$175.0 million to $300.0$225.0 million, principally for maintenance levels of machinery and equipment; expansion of existing manufacturing sitesequipment, machinery and the completion ofequipment for new manufacturing sites in Eastern Europe, Asia and the U.S.; the expansion of our corporate headquartersbusiness and for information technology infrastructure upgrades. We believe that our level of resources, which include cash on hand, available borrowings under our revolving credit facilities, additional

proceeds available under our accounts receivable securitization program and funds provided by operations, will be adequate to fund these capital expenditures, the payment of any declared quarterly dividends, payments for current and future restructuring activities, and our working capital requirements for the next twelve months.

Our $250.0 million U.S. asset-backed securitization program and our $200.0 million foreign asset-backed securitization program expire, however, in March 2010 and we may be unable to renew one or both of them.

Should we desire to consummate significant additional acquisition opportunities or undertake significant additional expansion activities, our capital needs would increase and could possibly result in our need to increase available borrowings under our revolving credit facilities or access public or private debt and equity markets. There can be no assurance, however, that we would be successful in raising additional debt or equity on terms that we would consider acceptable.

Our contractual obligations for short and long-term debt arrangements, future interest on notes payable and long-term debt, future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements and estimated future benefit plan payments and capital commitments as of August 31, 20082009 are summarized below. We do not participate in, or secure financing for, any unconsolidated limited purpose entities. We generally do not enter into non-cancelable purchase orders for materials until we receive a corresponding purchase commitment from our customer. Non-cancelable purchase orders do not typically extend beyond the normal lead time of several weeks at most. Purchase orders beyond this time frame are typically cancelable.

   Payments due by period (in thousands)
   Total  Less than 1
year
  1-3 years  4-5 years  After 5
years

Contractual Obligations

          

Notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations

  $1,369,410  $269,937  $379,765  $323,331  $396,377

Future interest on notes payable and long-term debt

   413,426   68,082   113,929   79,615   151,800

Operating lease obligations

   205,086   50,709   62,069   39,206   53,102

Estimated future benefit plan payments

   67,196   5,264   10,832   12,146   38,954
                    

Total contractual cash obligations

  $2,055,118  $393,992  $566,595  $454,298  $640,233
                    

At August 31, 2008, we have $3.4 million recorded as a current liability for uncertain tax positions under FIN 48. We are not able to reasonably estimate the timing of long-term payments, or the amount by which our liability will increase or decrease over time; therefore, the long-term portion of our FIN 48 liability of $81.0 million has not been included in the contractual obligations table.

                     
  Payments due by period (in thousands) 
      Less than 1          After 5 
  Total  year  1-3 years  4-5 years  years 
Contractual Obligations
                    
Notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations $1,234,448  $197,575  $340,051  $  $696,822 
Future interest on notes payable and long-term debt  465,675   61,946   123,881   115,631   164,217 
Operating lease obligations  187,343   51,466   65,972   43,846   26,059 
Estimated future benefit payments to plan  57,066   4,679   9,556   10,197   32,634 
                
Total contractual cash obligations $1,944,532  $315,666  $539,460  $169,674  $919,732 
                
(a)During the first fiscal quarter of 2009, the Company committed $10.0 million to an independent private equity limited partnership which invests in companies that address resource limits in energy, water and materials (commonly referred to as the CleanTech sector). Of that amount, the Company has invested $2.0 million at August 31, 2009. The remaining commitment of $8.0 million is callable over the next five years by the general partner. As the timing of capital calls have no specified dates, this commitment has been excluded from the above table as we cannot currently determine when such commitment calls will occur.

53


(b)At August 31, 2009, we have $4.3 million recorded as a current liability for uncertain tax positions under FASB Interpretation No. 48,Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109(“FIN 48”). We are not able to reasonably estimate the timing of long-term payments, or the amount by which our liability will increase or decrease over time; therefore, the long-term portion of our FIN 48 liability of $78.3 million has not been included in the contractual obligations table.
Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Foreign Currency Exchange Risks

We transact business in various foreign countries and are, therefore, subject to risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. We enter into forward contracts to economically hedge transactional exposure associated with commitments arising from trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable and fixed purchase obligations denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the respective operating entity. All derivative instruments are recorded on the Consolidated Balance SheetSheets at their respective fair market values in accordance with SFAS 133. WeExcept for certain foreign currency contracts, with a notional amount outstanding at August 31, 2009 of $29.3 million and a fair value of $1.0 million, which are recorded in prepaid and other current assets at August 31, 2009, we have elected not to prepare and maintain the documentation required for the transactiontransactions to qualify as an accounting hedgehedges and, therefore, changes in fair value are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

Operations.

The aggregate notional amount of outstanding contracts at August 31, 20082009 that do not qualify as accounting hedges was $1.7 billion.$841.0 million. The fair value of these contracts amounted to a $31.1$9.9 million asset recorded in prepaid and other current assets and a $6.4$5.5 million liability recorded in accrued expenses on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.Sheets. The forward contracts will generally expire in less than four months, with five months being the maximum term of the contracts outstanding at August 31, 2008.2009. Upon expiration of the contracts, the change in fair value will be reflected in cost of revenue on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.Operations. The forward contracts are denominated in Brazilian real, British pounds, Chinese yuan renminbi, Euro dollars,Euros, Hungarian forints, Indian rupee,Rupee, Japanese yen, Malaysian ringgits, Mexican pesos, Polish zloty,Zloty, Singapore dollars, Taiwanese dollars and U.S. dollars.

Interest Rate Risk

A portion of our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates to our domestic investment portfolio. We do not use derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio. We place cash and cash equivalents with various major financial institutions. We protect our invested principal funds by limiting default risk, market risk and reinvestment risk. We mitigate default riskthese risks by generally investing in investment grade securities and by frequently positioning the portfolio to try to respond appropriately to a reduction in credit rating of any investment issuer, guarantor or depository to levels below the credit ratings dictated by our investment policy. The portfolio typically includes only marketable securities with active secondary or resale markets to ensure portfolio liquidity. At August 31, 2008, we had2009, there were no significant outstanding investments.

We pay interest on several of our outstanding borrowings at interest rates that fluctuate based upon changes in various base interest rates. There were $622.3$512.8 million in borrowings outstanding under these facilities at August 31, 2008.2009. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 8 “Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Long-Term Lease Obligations” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our outstanding debt obligations.
     In the second quarter of fiscal year 2009, we entered into an interest rate swap related to $100.0 million of our variable rate debt. The swap is accounted for as a cash flow hedge under SFAS 133. The interest rate swap transaction effectively locks in a fixed interest rate for variable rate interest payments that are expected to be made from January 28, 2009 through January 28, 2010. Under the terms of the swap, we will pay a fixed rate and will receive a variable rate based on the one month USD LIBOR rate plus a credit spread.

54


Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Certain information required by this item is included in Item 7 of Part II of this Report under the heading “Quarterly Results” and is incorporated into this item by reference. All other information required by this item is included in Item 15 of Part IV of this Report and is incorporated into this item by reference.

Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements withWith Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

There have been no changes in or disagreements with our accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.

Item 9A.Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We carried out an evaluation required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act (the “Evaluation”), under the supervision and with the participation of our President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act (“Disclosure Controls”) as of August 31, 2008.2009. Based on the Evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that the design and operation of our Disclosure Controls were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our senior management, including our CEO and CFO, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2008.2009. Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 20082009 is incorporated herein at Item 15.

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

For our fiscal quarter ended August 31, 2008,2009, we did not identify any modifications to our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Our internal control over financial reporting, including our internal control documentation and testing efforts, remain ongoing to ensure continued compliance with the Exchange Act. For our fiscal quarter ended August 31, 2008,2009, we identified certain internal controls that management believed should be modified to improve them. These improvements include further formalization of policies and procedures, improved segregation of duties, additional information technology system controls and additional monitoring controls. We are making improvements to our internal control over financial reporting as a result of our review efforts. We have reached our conclusions set forth in Items 9(a), (b) and (c) above, notwithstanding those improvements and modifications.

(d) Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls and other matters

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our Disclosure Controls and internal control over financial reporting will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls may be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control.

The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, a control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on the effectiveness of controls, we have nonetheless reached the conclusions set forth above on our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting.

On October 17, 2007, we entered into an agreement to acquire certain manufacturing operations of NSN. The scope of our evaluation of internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2008 did not include the internal control over financial reporting of the acquired operations of NSN. NSN is included in our consolidated financial statements beginning in November 2007, representing $217.0 million of total assets at August 31, 2008 and $353.0 million of net revenue for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008. As part of our integration of NSN, we continue to evaluate NSN’s internal controls over financial reporting and address controls that we note need improvement. From the date that we purchased the manufacturing operations of NSN to August 31, 2008, the processes and systems of NSN’s acquired operations were discrete and did not significantly impact our internal control over financial reporting.

(e) CEO and CFO Certifications

Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 are the Certifications of the CEO and the CFO, respectively. The Certifications are required in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Section 302 Certifications”). This Item of this report, which you

55


are currently reading is the information concerning the Evaluation referred to in the Section 302 Certifications and this information should be read in conjunction with the Section 302 Certifications for a more complete understanding of the topics presented.

Item 9B.Other Information
     None.

None.56


PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Directors, Audit Committee and Audit Committee Financial Expert

Information regarding our directors, audit committee and audit committee financial expert is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Proposal No. 1: Election of Directors” and “Corporate Governance and Board of Directors Matters” in our Proxy Statement for the 20082009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended August 31, 2008.

2009.

Executive Officers

Information regarding our executive officers is included in Item 1 of Part I of this Report under the heading “Executive Officers of the Registrant” and is incorporated into this item by reference.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Information regarding compliance with Section 16 (a) of the Exchange Act is hereby incorporated herein by reference from the section entitled “Other Information – Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement for the 20082009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended August 31, 2008.

2009.

Codes of Ethics

We have adopted a senior code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller and other persons performing similar functions. We have also adopted a general code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees. These codes are both posted on our website, which is located athttp://www.jabil.com. Stockholders may request a free copy of either of such items in print form from:

Jabil Circuit, Inc.


Attention: Investor Relations


10560 Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Street North


St. Petersburg, Florida 33716


Telephone: (727) 577-9749

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of the code of ethics by posting such information on our website, at the address specified above. Similarly, we expect to disclose to stockholders any waiver of the code of business conduct and ethics for executive officers or directors by posting such information on our website, at the address specified above. Information contained in our website, whether currently posted or posted in the future, is not part of this document or the documents incorporated by reference in this document.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

We have adopted Corporate Governance Guidelines, which are available on our website athttp://www.jabil.com. Stockholders may request a copy of the Corporate Governance Guidelines from the address and phone number set forth above under “ – Codes of Ethics.”

Committee Charters

The charters for our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee are available on our website athttp://www.jabil.com. Stockholders may request a copy of each of these charters from the address and phone number set forth under “– Codes of Ethics.”

Item 11.Executive Compensation

Item 11. Executive Compensation
Information regarding executive compensation is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Compensation” in our Proxy Statement for the 20082009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended August 31, 2008.

2009.
Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Other Information – Share Ownership by Principal Stockholders and Management” in our Proxy Statement for the 20082009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended August 31, 2008.2009.

57


The following table sets forth certain information relating to our equity compensation plans as of August 31, 2008.

2009.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:

  Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
  Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
  Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans

1992 Stock Option Plan

  3,300,126  $22.31  NA

2002 Stock Option Plan

  12,927,869  $24.68  6,639,982

2002 CSOP Plan

  93,950  $18.22  391,167

2002 FSOP Plan

  144,370  $23.76  231,490

2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

  NA   NA  583,612

Restricted Stock Awards

  5,989,884   NA  NA
        

Total

  22,456,199    7,846,251
        

             
          Number of securities 
  Number of securities to  Weighted-average  remaining available 
  be issued upon exercise  exercise price of  for future issuance 
  of outstanding options,  outstanding options,  under equity 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders: warrants and rights  warrants and rights  compensation plans 
1992 Stock Option Plan  2,934,886  $22.46  NA
2002 Stock Option Plan  11,877,592  $22.47   4,476,315 
2002 CSOP Plan  86,426  $17.98   398,691 
2002 FSOP Plan  122,770  $23.88   253,090 
2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan NA NA  2,335,298 
Restricted Stock Awards  10,201,552  NA NA
           
Total  25,223,226       7,463,394 
           
See Note 12 – “Stockholders’ Equity” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Certain Transactions” in our Proxy Statement for the 20082009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended August 31, 2008.

2009.
Item 14.Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Information regarding principal accounting fees and services is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Ratification of Appointment of Independent AuditorsRegistered Public Accounting Firm – Principal Accounting Fees and Services” and “–“— Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Auditors”Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our Proxy Statement for the 20082009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended August 31, 2008.2009.

58


PART IV

Item 15.Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a)The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

 1.Financial Statements.Our consolidated financial statements, and related notes thereto, with the independent registered public accounting firm reportreports thereon are included in Part IV of this report on the pages indicated by the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule as presented on page 7060 of this report.

 2.Financial Statement Schedule.Our financial statement schedule is included in Part IV of this report on the page indicated by the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule as presented on page 7060 of this report. This financial statement schedule should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, and related notes thereto.

Schedules not listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule have been omitted because they are not applicable, not required, or the information required to be set forth therein is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

Schedules not listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule have been omitted because they are not applicable, not required, or the information required to be set forth therein is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
 3.Exhibits.See Item 15(b) below.

(b)Exhibits. The exhibits listed on the Exhibits Index are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Report.

(c)Financial Statement Schedules.See Item 15(a) above.

59


JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULE

 7161

 7262

 7363

Consolidated Financial Statements:

 

 7464

 7565

 7666

 7767

 7868

 7969

Financial Statement Schedule:

 

 124106

60


MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management of Jabil Circuit, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules13a-15(f)Rule13a-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision of and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, the Company’s management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2008.2009. Management based this assessment on the framework as established in “Internal Control Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting.

On October 17, 2007, we entered into an agreement to acquire certain manufacturing operations of Nokia Siemens Networks S.p.A. (“NSN”). The scope of our evaluation of internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2008 did not include the internal control over financial reporting of the acquired operations of NSN. NSN is included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements beginning in November 2007, representing $217.0 million of total assets at August 31, 2008 and $353.0 million of net revenue for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008. As part of our integration of NSN, we continue to evaluate NSN’s internal controls over financial reporting and address controls that we note need improvement. From the date that we purchased the manufacturing operations of NSN to August 31, 2008, the processes and systems of NSN’s acquired operations were discrete and did not significantly impact our internal control over financial reporting.

Based on this assessment, management has concluded that, as of August 31, 2008,2009, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.

KPMG LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting which follows this report.
October 22, 2009

61

October 29, 2008


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders


Jabil Circuit, Inc.:

We have audited Jabil Circuit, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2008,2009 based on criteria established inInternal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Jabil Circuit, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also includes performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Jabil Circuit, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2008,2009, based on criteria established inInternal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

Jabil Circuit, Inc. acquired certain manufacturing operations of Nokia Siemens Networks S.p.A. (“NSN”) during the year ended August 31, 2008, and management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of Jabil Circuit, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2008, NSN’s internal control over financial reporting associated with total assets of approximately $217.0 million and total revenues of approximately $353.0 million included in the consolidated financial statements of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries as of and for the year ended August 31, 2008. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of Jabil Circuit, Inc. also excluded an evaluation of internal control over financial reporting of NSN.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries as of August 31, 20082009 and 2007,2008, and the related consolidated statements of earnings,operations, comprehensive (loss) income, stockholders’ equity comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 20082009, and the related schedule, and our report dated October 27, 200822, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

statements and the related schedule.

/s/ KPMG LLP

October 27, 2008

22, 2009
Tampa, Florida


Certified Public Accountants

62


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders


Jabil Circuit, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries as of August 31, 20082009 and 2007,2008, and the related consolidated statements of earnings,operations, comprehensive (loss) income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 2008.2009. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the financial statement schedule as listed in the accompanying index. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries as of August 31, 20082009 and 2007,2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 2008,2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, effective September 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48,Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. As discussed in Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the recognition and disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting StandardsStandard No. 158,Employers’Employers Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, as of August 31, 2007.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Jabil Circuit, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2008,2009, based on criteria established inInternal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated October 27, 2008,22, 2009, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

October 27, 2008

22, 2009
Tampa, Florida


Certified Public Accountants

63


JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS


(in thousands, except for share data)

   August 31, 
   2008  2007 
ASSETS   

Current assets:

   

Cash and cash equivalents (note 1)

  $772,923  $663,625 

Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $10,116 in 2008 and $10,559 in 2007 (note 1 and 2)

   1,475,530   1,352,383 

Inventories (note 3)

   1,528,862   1,374,400 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   293,070   231,797 

Income taxes receivable

   24,535   22,132 

Deferred income taxes (note 4)

   44,217   21,956 
         

Total current assets

   4,139,137   3,666,293 

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $1,079,719 at August 31, 2008 and $914,368 at August 31, 2007 (note 5)

   1,392,479   1,261,481 

Goodwill (notes 6 and 7)

   1,119,110   1,124,484 

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $87,242 at August 31, 2008 and $93,688 at August 31, 2007 (notes 6 and 7)

   172,835   146,592 

Deferred income taxes (note 4)

   155,508   89,562 

Other assets

   53,068   6,820 
         

Total assets

  $7,032,137  $6,295,232 
         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   

Current liabilities:

   

Current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations (note 8)

  $269,937  $501,716 

Accounts payable

   2,218,969   2,001,508 

Accrued compensation and employee benefits

   230,608   144,486 

Other accrued expenses (notes 9 and 10)

   299,231   282,992 

Income taxes payable

   25,897   58,127 

Deferred income taxes (note 4)

   2,998   2,018 
         

Total current liabilities

   3,047,640   2,990,847 

Notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations less current installments (note 8)

   1,099,473   760,477 

Other liabilities (note 9 and 10)

   71,442   78,538 

Income tax liability (note 4)

   81,044   —   

Deferred income taxes (note 4)

   9,409   13,677 
         

Total liabilities

   4,309,008   3,843,539 
         

Minority interest

   7,404   8,682 

Commitments and contingencies (note 11)

   

Stockholders’ equity (note 12):

   

Preferred stock, $.001 par value, authorized 10,000,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding

   —     —   

Common stock, $.001 par value, authorized 500,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 206,380,171 shares in 2008, and 204,574,679 shares in 2007

   215   212 

Additional paid-in capital

   1,406,378   1,340,687 

Retained earnings

   1,210,417   1,131,403 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

   301,401   170,960 

Treasury stock at cost, 8,574,737 in 2008 and 8,418,700 shares in 2007

   (202,686)  (200,251)
         

Total stockholders’ equity

   2,715,725   2,443,011 
         

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $7,032,137  $6,295,232 
         

         
  August 31, 
  2009  2008 
ASSETS
        
Current assets:        
Cash and cash equivalents $876,272  $772,923 
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $15,510 in 2009 and $10,116 in 2008 (note 2)  1,260,962   1,475,530 
Inventories (note 3)  1,226,656   1,528,862 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets (note 14)  247,795   293,070 
Income taxes receivable  37,448   24,535 
Deferred income taxes (note 4)  27,693   44,217 
       
Total current assets  3,676,826   4,139,137 
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $1,131,765 at August 31, 2009 and $1,079,719 at August 31, 2008 (note 5)  1,377,729   1,392,479 
Goodwill (notes 6 and 7)  25,120   1,119,110 
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $98,772 at August 31, 2009 and $87,242 at August 31, 2008 (notes 6 and 7)  131,168   172,835 
Deferred income taxes (note 4)  49,673   155,508 
Other assets  57,342   53,068 
       
Total assets $5,317,858  $7,032,137 
       
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
        
Current liabilities:        
Current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations (note 8) $197,575  $269,937 
Accounts payable  1,938,009   2,218,969 
Accrued compensation and employee benefits  208,562   230,608 
Other accrued expenses (notes 9, 10, 11 and 14)  329,289   299,231 
Income taxes payable  11,831   25,897 
Deferred income taxes (note 4)  660   2,998 
       
Total current liabilities  2,685,926   3,047,640 
Notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations less current installments (note 8)  1,036,873   1,099,473 
Other liabilities (notes 9 and 10)  70,124   71,442 
Income tax liability (note 4)  78,348   81,044 
Deferred income taxes (note 4)  4,178   9,409 
       
Total liabilities  3,875,449   4,309,008 
       
Minority interest  7,247   7,404 
       
Commitments and contingencies (note 11)        
Stockholders’ equity (note 12):        
Preferred stock, $.001 par value, authorized 10,000,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding      
Common stock, $.001 par value, authorized 500,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 208,022,841 shares in 2009, and 206,380,171 shares in 2008  217   215 
Additional paid-in capital  1,455,214   1,406,378 
(Accumulated deficit) Retained earnings  (13,700)  1,210,417 
Accumulated other comprehensive income  196,972   301,401 
Treasury stock at cost, 8,683,917 in 2009 and 8,574,737 shares in 2008  (203,541)  (202,686)
       
Total stockholders’ equity  1,435,162   2,715,725 
       
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $5,317,858  $7,032,137 
       
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

64


JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except for per share data)

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2008  2007  2006 

Net revenue (note 13)

  $12,779,703  $12,290,592  $10,265,447 

Cost of revenue

   11,911,902   11,478,562   9,500,547 
             

Gross profit

   867,801   812,030   764,900 

Operating expenses:

    

Selling, general and administrative

   491,324   491,967   382,210 

Research and development

   32,984   36,381   34,975 

Amortization of intangibles (note 6)

   37,288   29,347   24,323 

Restructuring and impairment charges (note 10)

   54,808   72,396   81,585 
             

Operating income

   251,397   181,939   241,807 

Other expense

   11,902   15,888   11,918 

Interest income

   (12,014)  (14,531)  (18,734)

Interest expense

   94,316   86,069   23,507 
             

Income before income taxes and minority interest

   157,193   94,513   225,116 

Income tax expense (note 4)

   25,119   21,401   60,598 

Minority interest, net of income tax benefit of $(95) and $0, respectively

   (1,818)  (124)  —   
             

Net income

  $133,892  $73,236  $164,518 
             

Earnings per share:

    

Basic

  $0.65  $0.36  $0.79 
             

Diluted

  $0.65  $0.35  $0.77 
             

Common shares used in the calculations of earnings per share:

    

Basic

   205,275   203,779   207,413 
             

Diluted

   206,158   206,972   212,540 
             

             
  Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
  2009  2008  2007 
Net revenue (note 13) $11,684,538  $12,779,703  $12,290,592 
Cost of revenue  10,965,723   11,911,902   11,478,562 
          
Gross profit  718,815   867,801   812,030 
Operating expenses:            
Selling, general and administrative  495,941   491,324   491,967 
Research and development  27,321   32,984   36,381 
Amortization of intangibles (note 6)  31,039   37,288   29,347 
Restructuring and impairment charges (note 10)  51,894   54,808   72,396 
Goodwill impairment charges (note 6)  1,022,821       
          
Operating (loss) income  (910,201)  251,397   181,939 
Other expense  20,111   11,902   15,888 
Interest income  (7,426)  (12,014)  (14,531)
Interest expense  82,247   94,316   86,069 
          
(Loss) income before income taxes and minority interest  (1,005,133)  157,193   94,513 
Income tax expense (note 4)  160,898   25,119   21,401 
Minority interest, net of income tax benefit of $(5), $(95) and $0, respectively  (819)  (1,818)  (124)
          
Net (loss) income $(1,165,212) $133,892  $73,236 
          
(Loss) earnings per share (note 1):            
Basic $(5.63) $0.65  $0.36 
          
Diluted $(5.63) $0.65  $0.35 
          
Common shares used in the calculations of (loss) earnings per share:            
Basic  207,002   205,275   203,779 
          
Diluted  207,002   206,158   206,972 
          
Cash dividends declared per common share $0.28  $0.28  $0.28 
          
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

65


JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME


(in thousands)

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2008  2007  2006 

Net income

  $133,892  $73,236  $164,518 

Other comprehensive income:

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   140,986   70,350   41,940 

Change in fair market value of derivative instruments, net of tax

   (17,017)  (7,190)  —   

Change in minimum pension liability, net of tax (note 9)

   —     (2,098)  (8,939)

Net actuarial gains, net of tax (note 9)

   5,275   —     —   

Net prior service cost, net of tax (note 9)

   (39)  —     —   

Amortization of loss on hedge arrangements, net of tax

   1,236   —     —   
             

Comprehensive income

  $264,333  $134,298  $197,519 
             

             
  Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
  2009  2008  2007 
Net (loss) income $(1,165,212) $133,892  $73,236 
Other comprehensive (loss) income:            
Foreign currency translation adjustment  (104,771)  140,986   70,350 
Change in fair market value of derivative instruments, net of tax  143   (17,017)  (7,190)
Change in minimum pension liability, net of tax        (2,098)
Net actuarial (loss) gains, net of tax  (3,738)  5,275    
Net prior service cost, net of tax  (13)  (39)   
Amortization of loss on hedge arrangements, net of tax  3,950   1,236    
          
Comprehensive (loss) income $(1,269,641) $264,333  $134,298 
          
As a result of adopting the recognition principles of SFAS 158 on August 31, 2007, the Company recorded a $3.2 million adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income, net of a $1.3 million tax benefit. In accordance with SFAS 158, this adjustment has been excluded from the above presentation of comprehensive income for fiscal year 2007.

See Note 9 – “Postretirement Benefits” for further discussion on the adoption of SFAS 158.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

66


JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY


(in thousands, except for share data)

  Common Stock Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Unearned
Compensation
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Treasury
Stock
  Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
  Shares
Outstanding
  Par
Value
      

Balance at August 31, 2005

 204,492,131  $204 $1,093,741  $980,667  $(8,774) $80,103  $—    $2,145,941 
                              

Shares issued upon exercise of stock options (note 12)

 6,355,777   6  120,080   —     —     —     —     120,086 

Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan (note 12)

 485,648   1  11,556   —     —     —     —     11,557 

Issuance of restricted stock awards

 16,500   —    —     —     —     —     —     —   

Treasury shares purchased (note 12)

 (8,418,700)  —    —     —     —     —     (200,251)  (200,251)

Reversal of unearned compensation upon adoption of SFAS 123R (note 12)

 —     —    (8,774)  —     8,774   —     —     —   

Adjustment for non-employee stock awards to be reclassified as a liability (note 1)

 —     —    (879)  —     —     —     —     (879)

Recognition of stock-based compensation (notes 1 and 12)

 —     —    43,848   —     —     —     —     43,848 

Tax benefit of options exercised

 —     —    5,810   —     —     —     —     5,810 

Declared dividends (note 12)

 —     —    —     (29,150)  —     —     —     (29,150)

Comprehensive income

 —     —    —     164,518   —     33,001   —     197,519 
                              

Balance at August 31, 2006

 202,931,356  $211 $1,265,382  $1,116,035  $—    $113,104  $(200,251) $2,294,481 
                              

Shares issued upon exercise of stock options (note 12)

 860,328   1  12,751   —     —     —     —     12,752 

Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan (note 12)

 623,770   —    12,360   —     —     —     —     12,360 

Exchange of share-based compensation awards in connection with business combination.

 —     —    182   —     —     —     —     182 

Issuance of restricted stock awards (note 12)

 159,225   —    —     —     —     —     —     —   

Recognition of stock-based compensation (notes 1 and 12)

 —     —    43,287   —     —     —     —     43,287 

Tax benefit of options exercised

 —     —    6,725   —     —     —     —     6,725 

Declared dividends (note 12)

 —     —    —     (57,868)  —     —     —     (57,868)

Comprehensive income

 —     —    —     73,236   —     61,062   —     134,298 

Adjustment to initially adopt SFAS 158, net of tax (note 9)

 —     —    —     —     —     (3,206)  —     (3,206)
                              

Balance at August 31, 2007

 204,574,679  $212 $1,340,687  $1,131,403  $—    $170,960  $(200,251) $2,443,011 
                              

Shares issued upon exercise of stock options (note 12)

 652,300   2  5,928   —     —     —     —     5,930 

Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan (note 12)

 824,498   1  10,546   —     —     —     —     10,547 

Exchange of share-based compensation awards in connection with business combination.

 —     —    (140)  —     —     —     —     (140)

Issuance of restricted stock awards (note 12)

 484,731   —    —     —     —     —     —     —   

Purchases of treasury stock under employee stock plans (note 12)

 (156,037)  —    —     —     —     —     (2,435)  (2,435)

Recognition of stock-based compensation (notes 1 and 12)

 —     —    36,833   —     —     —     —     36,833 

Tax benefit of options exercised

 —     —    12,524   —     —     —     —     12,524 

Declared dividends (note 12)

 —     —    —     (58,813)  —     —     —     (58,813)

Comprehensive income

 —     —    —     133,892   —     130,441   —     264,333 

Adjustment to initially adopt FIN 48 (note 4)

 —     —    —     3,935   —     —     —     3,935 
                              

Balance at August 31, 2008

 206,380,171  $215 $1,406,378  $1,210,417  $—    $301,401  $(202,686) $2,715,725 
                              

                             
  Common Stock          Accumulated        
          Additional  (Accumulated  Other      Total 
  Shares  Par  Paid-in  Deficit)/Retained  Comprehensive  Treasury  Stockholders’ 
  Outstanding  Value  Capital  Earnings  Income  Stock  Equity 
Balance at August 31, 2006  202,931,356  $211  $1,265,382  $1,116,035  $113,104  $(200,251) $2,294,481 
Shares issued upon exercise of stock options  860,328   1   12,751            12,752 
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan (note 12)  623,770      12,360            12,360 
Exchange of share-based compensation awards in connection with business combination        182            182 
Issuance and vesting of restricted stock awards  159,225                   
Recognition of stock-based compensation (note 12)        43,287            43,287 
Tax benefit of options exercised        6,725            6,725 
Declared dividends           (57,868)        (57,868)
Comprehensive income           73,236   61,062      134,298 
Adjustment to initially adopt SFAS 158, net of tax              (3,206)     (3,206)
                      
Balance at August 31, 2007  204,574,679  $212  $1,340,687  $1,131,403  $170,960  $(200,251) $2,443,011 
                      
Shares issued upon exercise of stock options  652,300   2   5,928            5,930 
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan (note 12)  824,498   1   10,546            10,547 
Exchange of share-based compensation awards in connection with business combination        (140)           (140)
Issuance and vesting of restricted stock awards  484,731                   
Purchases of treasury stock under employee stock plans  (156,037)              (2,435)  (2,435)
Recognition of stock-based compensation (note 12)        36,833            36,833 
Tax benefit of options exercised        12,524            12,524 
Declared dividends (note 12)           (58,813)        (58,813)
Comprehensive income           133,892   130,441      264,333 
Adjustment to initially adopt FIN 48           3,935         3,935 
                      
Balance at August 31, 2008  206,380,171  $215  $1,406,378  $1,210,417  $301,401  $(202,686) $2,715,725 
                      
Shares issued upon exercise of stock options (note 12)  1,160      66            66 
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan (note 12)  1,248,314   1   7,353            7,354 
Exchange of share-based compensation awards in connection with business combination        28            28 
Issuance and vesting of restricted stock awards (note 12)  502,376   1               1 
Purchases of treasury stock under employee stock plans  (109,180)              (855)  (855)
Recognition of stock-based compensation (note 12)        42,249            42,249 
Tax benefit of options exercised        (860)           (860)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle (note 9)           (836)         (836)
Declared dividends (note 12)           (58,069)        (58,069)
Comprehensive (loss)           (1,165,212)  (104,429)     (1,269,641)
                      
Balance at August 31, 2009  208,022,841  $217  $1,455,214  $(13,700) $196,972  $(203,541) $1,435,162 
                      
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

67


JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


(in thousands)

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2008  2007  2006 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

  $133,892  $73,236  $164,518 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

   276,311   239,702   198,676 

Recognition of deferred grant proceeds

   (13)  (13)  (507)

Amortization of discount on note receivable

   —     —     (1,402)

Minority interest, net of tax

   (1,818)  43   —   

Recognition of stock-based compensation

   36,404   43,287   43,848 

Deferred income taxes

   (67,448)  (32,146)  9,212 

Non-cash restructuring charges

   54,810   72,396   80,707 

Provision for doubtful accounts

   (443)  7,956   3,203 

Excess tax benefit from options exercised

   (12,524)  (6,725)  (5,810)

Loss (gain) on sale of property

   1,883   1,461   (3,641)

Change in operating assets and liabilities, exclusive of net assets acquired:

    

Trade accounts receivable

   (60,788)  126,017   (299,369)

Inventories

   (27,602)  201,546   (577,934)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   (45,541)  (82,418)  (38,865)

Other assets

   (47,206)  7,486   (969)

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   119,906   (482,824)  868,240 

Income taxes payable

   52,042   14,885   8,269 
             

Net cash provided by operating activities

   411,865   183,889   448,176 
             

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Cash paid for business and intangible asset acquisitions, net of cash acquired

   (58,243)  (771,898)  (166,686)

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

   (337,502)  (302,190)  (279,861)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

   11,025   19,666   29,077 
             

Net cash used in investing activities

   (384,720)  (1,054,422)  (417,470)
             

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Borrowings under debt agreements

   4,550,460   4,448,585   487,010 

Payments toward debt agreements and capital lease obligations

   (4,427,688)  (3,707,678)  (477,263)

Dividends paid to stockholders

   (58,634)  (57,604)  (14,855)

Payments to acquire treasury stock

   —     —     (200,251)

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock under option and employee purchase plans

   16,475   25,112   131,643 

Excess tax benefit of options exercised

   12,524   6,725   5,810 
             

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   93,137   715,140   (67,906)
             

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

   (10,984)  45,455   14,692 
             

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   109,298   (109,938)  (22,508)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   663,625   773,563   796,071 
             

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $772,923  $663,625  $773,563 
             

Supplemental disclosure information:

    

Interest paid

  $84,687  $96,892  $33,461 
             

Income taxes paid, net of refunds received

  $42,801  $31,458  $37,660 
             

             
  Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
  2009  2008  2007 
Cash flows from operating activities:            
Net (loss) income $(1,165,212) $133,892  $73,236 
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:            
Depreciation and amortization  291,997   276,311   239,702 
Recognition of deferred grant proceeds  (82)  (13)  (13)
Amortization on loss of hedge arrangement  3,950   2,034    
Amortization of bond issuance costs and discount  1,473   894   460 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt  10,522       
Minority interest, net of tax  (819)  (1,818)  43 
Recognition of stock-based compensation  44,026   36,404   43,287 
Deferred income taxes  102,375   (68,245)  (32,146)
Non-cash restructuring charges  51,894   54,810   72,396 
Non-cash goodwill impairment charges  1,022,821       
Provision (recovery) of allowance for doubtful accounts and notes receivables  12,685   (443)  7,956 
Excess tax benefit (shortage) from options exercised  921   (12,524)  (6,725)
(Gain)/loss on sale of property  (45)  1,883   1,461 
Change in operating assets and liabilities, exclusive of net assets acquired:            
Trade accounts receivable  169,741   (60,788)  126,017 
Inventories  283,816   (27,602)  201,546 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  40,950   (45,541)  (82,793)
Other assets  (7,604)  (42,185)  7,486 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses  (292,671)  120,891   (482,909)
Income taxes payable  (13,429)  52,042   14,885 
          
Net cash provided by operating activities  557,309   420,002   183,889 
          
Cash flows from investing activities:            
Cash paid for business and intangible asset acquisitions, net of cash acquired  (4,176)  (58,243)  (771,898)
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment  (292,238)  (337,502)  (302,190)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment  10,239   11,025   19,666 
          
Net cash used in investing activities  (286,175)  (384,720)  (1,054,422)
          
Cash flows from financing activities:            
Borrowings under debt agreements  4,301,474   4,550,460   4,448,585 
Payments toward debt agreements and capital lease obligations  (4,427,081)  (4,427,688)  (3,707,678)
Dividends paid to stockholders  (59,583)  (58,634)  (57,604)
Financing related costs  (9,300)      
Bond issuance costs  (7,067)  (5,702)   
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock under option and employee purchase plans  7,420   16,475   25,112 
Treasury stock minimum tax withholding  (855)  (2,435)   
Excess tax benefit (shortage) of options exercised  (921)  12,524   6,725 
          
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities  (195,913)  85,000   715,140 
          
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash  28,128   (10,984)  45,455 
          
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  103,349   109,298   (109,938)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period  772,923   663,625   773,563 
          
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period $876,272  $772,923  $663,625 
          
Supplemental disclosure information:            
Interest paid, net of capitalized interest $81,641  $84,687  $96,892 
          
Income taxes paid, net of refunds received $73,302  $42,801  $31,458 
          
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

68


JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Jabil Circuit, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, herein referred to as the “Company”) is an independent provider of electronic manufacturing services and solutions. The Company provides comprehensive electronics design, production, product management and aftermarket services to companies in the aerospace, automotive, computing, consumer, defense, industrial, instrumentation, medical, networking, peripherals, solar, storage and telecommunications industries. The Company’s services combine a highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing approach with advanced electronic design and design for manufacturability technologies. The Company is headquartered in St. Petersburg, Florida and has manufacturing operations in the Americas, Europe and Asia.

Significant accounting policies followed by the Company are as follows:

a. Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts and operations of the Company, and its wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting primarily of normal recurring accruals) necessary to present fairly the information have been included. Certain amounts in the prior periods’ financial statements have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.

b. Use of Accounting Estimates

Management is required to make estimates and assumptions during the preparation of the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.(“U.S. GAAP”). These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements. They also affect the reported amounts of net (loss) income. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates and assumptions.

c. Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents for consolidated financial statement purposes. Cash equivalents consist of investments in money market funds, municipal bonds and commercial paper with original maturities of 90 days or less. At August 31, 20082009 and 20072008 there were no$96.6 million and $0 million of cash equivalents.equivalents outstanding, respectively. Management considers the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents to be a reasonable approximation of market value given the short-term nature of these financial instruments.

d. Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (the first in, first out (FIFO) method for manufacturing operations and the average method for aftermarket services operations) or market.

e. Property, Plant and Equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment is capitalized at cost and depreciated using the straight-line depreciation method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Estimated useful lives for major classes of depreciable assets are as follows:

Asset Class

 

Estimated Useful Life

Buildings

Buildings.
 35 years

Leasehold improvements

 Shorter of lease term or useful life of the improvement

Machinery and equipment

 5 to 10 years

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

 5 years

Computer hardware and software

 3 to 7 years

Transportation equipment

 3 years

Certain equipment held under capital leases is classified as property, plant and equipment and the related obligation is recorded as liabilitieslong-term lease obligations on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Amortization of assets held under capital leases is included in depreciation expense in the Consolidated StatementStatements of Earnings.Operations. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets sold or retired are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the Consolidated StatementStatements of EarningsOperations as a component of operating (loss) income.

69


f. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141,Business Combinations(“ (“SFAS 141”), and SFAS 142,Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets(“SFAS 142”) the Company accounts for goodwill in a purchase business combination as the excess of the cost over the fair value of net assets acquired. Business combinations can also result in other intangible assets being recognized. Amortization of intangible assets, if applicable, occurs over the estimated useful life. In accordance with SFAS 142, the Company tests goodwill for impairment at least annually or more frequently under certain circumstances, using a two-step method. The Company conducts this review during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year absent any triggering events. Furthermore, SFAS 142 also requires that an identifiable intangible asset that is determined to have an indefinite useful economic life not be amortized, but separately tested for impairment at least annually, using a one-step fair value based approach or when certain indicators of impairment are present.

g. Impairment of Long-lived Assets

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144,Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets(“SFAS 144”), long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, and purchased intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the asset is measured by comparison of its carrying amount to undiscounted future net cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the carrying amount of an asset is not recoverable, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset over its respective fair value which is generally determined as the present value of estimated future cash flows or as the appraised value.

h. Revenue Recognition

The Company’s net revenue is principally derived from the product sales of electronic equipment built to customer specifications. The Company also derives revenue to a lesser extent from aftermarket services, design services and excess inventory sales. Revenue from product sales and excess inventory sales is generally recognized, net of estimated product return costs, when goods are shipped; title and risk of ownership have passed; the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and recoverability is reasonably assured. Service related revenue is recognized upon completion of the services. Design service related revenue is generally recognized

upon completion and acceptance by the respective customer. The Company assumes no significant obligations after product shipment. Taxes that are collected from the Company’s customers and remitted to governmental authorities are presented in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of EarningsOperations on a net basis.

i. Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist of trade receivables, note receivables and miscellaneous receivables. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customer to make required payments. Bad debts are charged to this reserveallowance after all attempts to collect the balance are exhausted. Allowances of $10.1$15.5 million and $10.6$10.1 million were recorded at August 31, 20082009 and 2007,2008, respectively. As the financial condition and circumstances of the Company’s customers change, adjustments to the allowance for doubtful accounts are made as necessary.

j. Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rate is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date of the rate change. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amounts that is more likely than not to be realized. The Company has considered future taxable income and ongoing feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for the valuation allowance.

In June of 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS 109. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. FIN 48 was adopted by the Company as of September 1, 2007. As a result of the adoption of FIN 48, the Company recognized an increase to retained earnings of $3.9 million, an increase to goodwill of $3.4 million and a net decrease to accrued liabilities of $0.5 million as ofat September 1, 2007.

70


k. (Loss) Earnings Per Share

The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted (loss) earnings per share (in thousands, except per share data).

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
   2008  2007  2006

Numerator:

      

Net income

  $133,892  $73,236  $164,518
            

Denominator:

      

Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic

   205,275   203,779   207,413

Dilutive common shares issuable upon exercise of stock options, exercise of stock appreciation rights and employee stock plan purchases

   619   2,170   4,925

Dilutive unvested common shares associated with restricted stock awards

   264   1,023   202
            

Weighted-average shares outstanding – diluted

   206,158   206,972   212,540
            

Earnings per common share:

      

Basic

  $0.65  $0.36  $0.79
            

Diluted

  $0.65  $0.35  $0.77
            

             
  Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
  2009  2008  2007 
Numerator:            
Net (loss) income $(1,165,212) $133,892  $73,236 
          
Denominator:            
Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic  207,002   205,275   203,779 
Dilutive common shares issuable upon exercise of stock options, exercise of stock appreciation rights and employee stock plan purchases     619   2,170 
Dilutive unvested common shares associated with restricted stock awards     264   1,023 
          
Weighted-average shares outstanding – diluted  207,002   206,158   206,972 
          
(Loss) earnings per common share:            
Basic $(5.63) $0.65  $0.36 
          
Diluted $(5.63) $0.65  $0.35 
          
     In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128,Earnings Per Share(“SFAS 128”), no potential common shares relating to stock-based compensation awards have been included in the computation of diluted earnings per share as a result of the Company’s net losses for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009. The Company excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share 13,862,160 common share equivalents, which consist of stock options and restricted stock awards, and 8,005,799 stock appreciation rights outstanding for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009.
For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008 2007 and 2006,2007, options to purchase 7,215,482 3,602,098, and 698,4273,602,098 shares of common stock, respectively, were outstanding during the respective periods but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the options’ exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common shares, and therefore, their effect would be anti-dilutive as calculated under the treasury method promulgated by the Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 128,Earnings Per Share(“SFAS 128”).128. In accordance with the contingently issuable shares provision of SFAS 128, 2,874,372 1,699,131, and 788,3261,699,131 shares of performance-based, unvested common stock awards (“restricted stock”) granted were not included in the calculation of earnings per share for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008 2007 and 2006,2007, respectively, because all the necessary conditions for vesting have not been satisfied. In addition, for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008 and 2007, 7,990,732 and 2006, 7,990,732, 5,762,028 and 2,598,784 stock appreciation rights were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because the shares considered repurchased with assumed proceeds were greater than the shares issuable or the exercise price was greater than the average market price; therefore, their effect would be anti-dilutive.

l. Foreign Currency Transactions

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 52,Foreign Currency Translation, for the Company’s foreign subsidiaries that use a currency other than the U.S. dollar as their functional currency, the assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, and revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate for the period. The effects of these translation adjustments are reported in other comprehensive income. Gains and losses arising from transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the entity involved and remeasurement adjustments for foreign operations where the U.S. dollar is the functional currency are included in operating income.

m. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107,Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, requires disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments. On September 1, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157,Fair Value Measurements(“SFAS 157”) which applies to financial assets and liabilities that are being measured and reported on a fair-value basis and expands disclosures about fair-value measurements. The adoption of SFAS 157 for financial assets and liabilities did not have a material impact on the Company’s existing fair-value measurement practices but requires disclosure of a fair-value hierarchy of inputs used to value an asset or a liability. The three levels of the fair-value hierarchy include: Level 1 – quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities; Level 2 – inputs other than quoted market prices included in level 1 above that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and Level 3 – unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.
     None of the Company’s financial assets or liabilities currently covered by the disclosure provisions of SFAS 157 are measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, income taxes receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and income taxes payable approximate fair value because of the short-termshort-

71


term nature of these financial instruments. The carrying amount of debt outstanding pursuantRefer to bank agreements, excludingNote 8 – “Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Long-Term Lease Obligations”, Note 9 – “Postretirement Benefits” and Note 14 – “Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities” for disclosure surrounding the 5.875% senior notes (the “5.875% Senior Notes”), approximates fair value as interest rates on these instruments approximates current market rates. The estimated fair value of the 5.875% Senior Notes based upon current market rates was approximately $295.5 millionCompany’s debt obligations, pension plan assets and $297.0 million at August 31, 2008 and 2007,derivative financial instruments, respectively. The estimated fair value of the 8.250% Senior Notes based upon current market rates was approximately $391.0 million at August 31, 2008.

n. Profit Sharing, 401(k) Plan and Defined Contribution Plans

The Company contributes to a profit sharing plan for all employees who have completed a 12-month period of service in which the employee has worked at least 1,000 hours. The Company provides retirement benefits to its domestic employees who have completed a 90-day period of service through a 401(k) plan that provides a Company matching contribution. Company contributions are at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company also has defined contribution benefit plans for certain of its international employees primarily dictated by the custom of the regions in which it operates. In relation to these plans, the Company contributed approximately $20.5 million, $25.6 million, $24.3 million, and $31.8$24.3 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and 2006, respectively.

o. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company applies the provisions ofaccounts for stock-based payments in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R,Share-Based Payment (“(“SFAS 123R”), for its share-based compensation plans. Under. In accordance with SFAS 123R, all share-basedthe Company recognizes compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense, in operations over the requisite service period.

The Company applies a lattice valuation modelreduced for all stock options and stock appreciation rights (collectively known as “Options”), excluding shares granted under the Company’s employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”), granted subsequent to August 31, 2005. The lattice valuation model is a more flexible analysis to value employee Options because of its ability to incorporate inputs that change over time, such as volatility and interest rates, and to allow for actual exercise behavior of Option holders. The Company uses the Black-Scholes model for valuing the shares granted under the ESPP and Options granted prior to September 1, 2005. Compensation for restricted stock awards is measured at fair value on the date of grant based on the number of shares expected to vest and the quoted market price of the Company’s common stock. Compensation cost for all awards is recognized in operations, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

period of the award, which is generally the vesting period for outstanding stock awards. The Company recorded $30.6$44.0 million, $32.5$36.4 million, and $32.4$43.3 million of gross stock-based compensation expense, which is included in “selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of EarningsOperations for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, and 2006, respectively, net of relatedrespectively. The Company recorded tax effects related to the stock-based compensation expense of $0.9 million, $5.8 million, and $10.8 million which is included in “income tax expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and $11.52007, respectively. Included in the compensation expense recognized by the Company is $4.8 million, $4.0 million and $4.1 million related to the Company’s employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”) in fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company capitalizes stock-based compensation costs related to awards granted to employees whose compensation costs are directly attributable to the cost of inventory. At August 31, 2009 and 2008, $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation waswere classified as inventory costs on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2007, the Company recorded an additional $4.9 million of compensation expense in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, as a result of agreeing to pay certain 2006 personal tax liabilities incurred by certain option holders who have exercised Section 409A Affected Options as defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.

The fair-value method is applied to non-employee awards in accordance with SFAS 123R. The measurement date for equity awards granted to non-employees is the earlier of the performance commitment date or the date the services required under the arrangement have been completed. The Company generally considers the measurement date for such non-employee awards to be the date that the award has vested. The Company re-measures the awards at each interim reporting period between the grant date and the measurement date. Non-employee awards are classified as liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet and are therefore remeasured at each interim reporting period until the options are exercised, cancelled or expire unexercised. At August 31, 2008 and 2007, $0.2 million and $0.5 million, respectively, related to non-employee stock option awards was classified as a liability on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet and a gain of $0.3 million and $0.3 million was recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings for the twelve months ended August 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, resulting from remeasurement of the awards.

Sheets.

Cash received from exercises under all share-based payment arrangements, including the Company’s ESPP, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and 2006 was $7.4 million, $16.5 million, $25.1 million, and $131.6$25.1 million, respectively. The proceeds for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 and 2008 were offset by $0.9 million and $2.4 million, respectively, of restricted shares withheld by the Company to satisfy the minimum amount of its income tax withholding requirements. The market value of the restricted shares withheld was determined on the date that the restricted shares vested and resulted in the withholding of 109,180 shares and 156,037 shares during the twelve months ending August 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, of the Company’s common stock. The amount hasamounts have been classified as treasury stock on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.Sheets. The Company currently expects to satisfy share-based awards with registered shares available to be issued.

As a result of the Company meeting specific performance goals, as defined in certain stock option agreements, the vesting of 600,000 Options was accelerated in the first quarter of fiscal year 2006. The vesting acceleration resulted in the recognition of approximately $7.7 million in compensation expense during fiscal year 2006 that would have otherwise been recognized in fiscal years 2007 through 2010.

As described in Note 11 – “Commitments and Contingencies”, in connection with certain historical stock option grantsContingencies,” the Company is involved in a putative shareholder class action and a Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) informal inquiry, and has received a subpoena from the U.S. Attorney’s office for the

Southern District of New York.York in connection with certain historical stock option grants. The Company has cooperated and intends to continue to cooperate with the SEC and the U.S. Attorney’s office. The Company cannot, however, predict the outcome of the litigation or those investigations.

that investigation.

See Note 12 – “Stockholders’ Equity” for further discussion of stock-based compensation expense.

p. Comprehensive (Loss) Income

The Company has adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130,Reporting Comprehensive Income,(“SFAS 130”). SFAS 130 establishes standards for reporting comprehensive income. The Statement defines comprehensive income as the changes in equity of an enterprise except those resulting from stockholder transactions.

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income consists of the following (in thousands):
         
  August 31, 
  2009  2008 
Foreign currency translation adjustment $238,706  $343,477 
Actuarial loss, net of tax  (22,647)  (18,909)
Prior service cost, net of tax  (209)  (196)
Cash flow hedge mark to market adjustment, net of tax  (24,064)  (24,207)
Amortization of loss on hedge arrangements, net of tax  5,186   1,236 
       
  $196,972  $301,401 
       

72


   August 31, 
   2008  2007 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  $341,479  $202,491 

Actuarial loss, net of tax

   (16,897)  (24,184)

Prior service cost, net of tax

   (209)  (157)

Cash flow hedge mark to market adjustment, net of tax

   (24,208)  (7,190)

Amortization of loss on hedge arrangements, net of tax

   1,236   —   
         
  $301,401  $170,960 
         

The actuarial loss and prior service cost recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income at August 31, 2009 are net of a tax benefit of $2.6 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The actuarial loss and prior service cost recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income at August 31, 2008 are net of a tax benefit of $6.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The actuarial loss and prior service cost recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income at August 31, 2007 are net of a tax benefit of $9.3$4.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The cash flow hedge mark to market adjustment and related amortization of loss on hedge arrangements recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income during the fiscal yearyears ended August 31, 20082009 and 20072008 is net of a tax benefitbenefits of $14.7 million and $14.8 million, and $4.6 million, respectively.

q. Derivative Instruments

The Company applies Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133,Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities, (“(“SFAS 133”), as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 138,Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activity, an Amendment of SFAS 133and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 149,Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. In accordance with these standards, all derivative instruments are recorded on the balance sheetsheets at their respective fair values. Generally, if a derivative instrument is designated as a cash flow hedge, the change in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in other comprehensive income to the extent the derivative is effective, and recognized in the statement of operations when the hedged item affects earnings. If a derivative instrument is designated as a fair value hedge, the change in fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings in the current period. Changes in fair value of derivatives that are not designated as hedges are recorded in operations.

Refer to Note 14 – “Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities” for further discussion surrounding the Company’s derivative instruments.

r. Intellectual Property Guarantees

The Company’s turnkey solutions products may compete against the products of original design manufacturers and those of electronic product companies, many of whom may own the intellectual property rights underlying those products. As a result, the Company could become subject to claims of intellectual property infringement. Additionally, customers for the Company’s turnkey solutions services typically require that the Company indemnify them against the risk of intellectual property infringement. The Company has no liabilities recorded at August 31, 20082009 related to intellectual property infringement claims.

2. Accounts Receivable Securitizations

a. North American Asset-Backed Securitization Program

In February 2004, the Company entered into an asset-backed securitization program with a bank, which originally provided for net cash proceeds at any one time of an amount up to $100.0 million on the sale of eligible trade accounts receivable of certain domestic operations. Subsequent to fiscal year 2004, several amendments have increased the net cash proceeds available at any one time under the securitization program up to an amount of $280.0$250.0 million. The sale of receivables under this securitization program is accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140,Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities (a replacement of FASB Statement No. 125),(“SFAS 140”). Under the agreement, the Company continuously sells a designated pool of trade accounts receivable to a wholly-owned subsidiary, which in turn sells an ownership interest in the receivables to a conduit, administered by an unaffiliated financial institution. This wholly-owned subsidiary is a separate bankruptcy-remote entity and its assets would be available first to satisfy the creditor claims of the conduit. As the receivables sold are collected, the Company is able to sell additional receivables up to the maximum permitted amount under the program. The securitization program requires compliance with several financial covenants including an interest coverage ratio and debt to EBITDA ratio, as defined in the securitization agreement, as amended. The securitization agreement, as amended on March 20, 2008,18, 2009, expires on March 19, 2009.

17, 2010.

For each pool of eligible receivables sold to the conduit, the Company retains a percentage interest in the face value of the receivables, which is calculated based on the terms of the agreement. Net receivables sold under this program are excluded from trade accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance SheetSheets and are reflected as cash provided by operating activities on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The Company continues to service, administeris assessed a fee on the unused portion of the facility ranging between 0.875% and collect the receivables sold under this program. The Company pays facility fees of 0.35%0.925% per annum of 102%based on the average daily unused aggregate capital during the period. Further, a usage fee on the utilized portion of the average purchase limit and program fees of upfacility is equal to 0.275% of1.75% per annum on the average daily outstanding amounts.aggregate capital during the immediately preceding calendar month. The investors and the securitization conduit have no recourse to the Company’s assets for failure of debtors to pay when due.
     The Company continues servicing the receivables sold. No servicing asset is recorded at the time of sale because the Company does not receive any servicing fees from third parties or other income related to servicing the receivables. The Company does not record any servicing liability at the time of sale as the receivable collection period is relatively short and the costs of servicing the receivables sold over the servicing period are not significant. Servicing costs are recognized as incurred over the servicing period.

73


At August 31, 2008,2009, the Company had sold $344.2$331.2 million of eligible trade accounts receivable, which represents the face amount of total outstanding receivables at that date. In exchange, the Company received cash proceeds of $242.0$108.9 million and retained an interest in the receivables of approximately $102.2$222.3 million. In connection with the securitization program, the Company recognized pretax losses on the sale of receivables of approximately $5.3 million, $11.9 million, $15.9 million and $11.9$15.9 million during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 2007 and 2006,2007, respectively, which are recorded as an other expense on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

Operations.

b. Foreign Asset-Backed Securitization Program

On April 7, 2008, the Company entered into an asset-backed securitization program with a bank conduit. In connection with the securitization program certain of its foreign subsidiaries sell, on an ongoing basis, an undivided interest in designated pools of trade accounts receivable to a special purpose entity, which in turn borrows up to $200.0 million from the bank conduit to purchase those receivables and in which it grants security interests as collateral for the borrowings. The securitization program is accounted for as a borrowing under SFAS 140. The loan balance is calculated based on the terms of the securitization program agreements. The securitization program requires compliance with several covenants including a limitation on certain corporate actions such as mergers, consolidations and sale of substantially all assets. The Company pays interest at designated commercial paper rates plus a spread. The securitization program expireswas amended on April 6, 2009.

March 19, 2009 to extend the expiration date to March 18, 2010.

At August 31, 2008,2009, the Company had $170.9$125.3 million of debt outstanding under the program. In addition, the Company incurred interest expense at a variable rate of approximately 3.9% plus a fixed spread$3.9 million and $2.8 million recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations during the fiscal yeartwelve months ended August 31, 2009 and 2008, in its Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

respectively.

c. Accounts Receivable Factoring Agreements

In October 2004, the Company entered into an agreement with an unrelated third-party for the factoring of specific trade accounts receivable of a foreign subsidiary. The factoring of trade accounts receivable under this agreement is accounted for as a sale in accordance with SFAS 140. Under the terms of the factoring agreement, the Company transfers ownership of eligible trade accounts receivable without recourse to the third-party purchaser in exchange for cash. Proceeds on the transfer reflect the face value of the account less a discount. The discount is recorded as a loss on the Consolidated Statement of EarningsOperations in the period of the sale. TheIn April 2009, the factoring agreement expired in April 2008 and was extended for a six month period.

The receivables sold pursuant to this factoring agreement are excluded from trade accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance SheetSheets and are reflected as cash provided by operating activities on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The Company continues to service, administer and collect the receivables sold under this program. The third-party purchaser has no recourse to the Company’s assets for failure of debtors to pay when due.

At August 31, 2008,2009, the Company had sold $29.4$18.1 million of trade accounts receivable, which represents the face amount of total outstanding receivables at that date. In exchange, the Company received cash proceeds of $29.4$18.0 million. The resulting loss on the sale of trade accounts receivable sold under this factoring agreement was $0.2$0.1 million, $0.2 million, $0.1and $0.2 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
     In July 2007 and 2006.

In July 2007,August 2009, the Company entered into a second agreementseparate agreements with anotheran unrelated third party (the “Purchaser”) for the factoring of specific trade accounts receivable of another foreign subsidiary. The factoring of trade accounts receivable under this agreementthese agreements does not meet the criteria for recognition as a sale in accordance with SFAS 140. Under the terms of the agreement,these agreements, the Company transfers ownership of eligible trade accounts receivable to the Purchaser in exchange for cash, however, as the transaction does not qualify as a sale, the relating trade accounts receivable are included in the Company’s Consolidated Balance SheetSheets until the cash is received by the Purchaser from the Company’s customer for the trade accounts receivable. Accordingly, aThe Company had an outstanding liability of approximately $1.5 million and $0.6 million, was recordedrespectively on the Company’sits Consolidated Balance SheetSheets at August 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively related to cash that the Company received from the Purchaser for specific trade accounts receivable, but for which the Company’s customer has not remitted payment yet.

these agreements.

3. Inventories

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):
         
  August 31, 
  2009  2008 
Raw materials $878,739  $1,070,163 
Work in process  208,266   277,699 
Finished goods  139,651   181,000 
       
  $1,226,656  $1,528,862 
       

74

   August 31,
   2008  2007

Raw materials

  $1,070,163  $912,577

Work in process

   277,699   275,993

Finished goods

   181,000   185,830
        
  $1,528,862  $1,374,400
        

4. Income Taxes

Income tax expense amounted to $160.9 million, $25.1 million, $21.4 million and $60.6$21.4 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 2007 and 2006,2007, respectively (an effective rate of (16.0)%, 16.0%, 22.6% and 26.9%22.6%, respectively). The actual expense (benefit) differs from the “expected” tax (benefit) expense (benefit) (computed by applying the U.S. federal corporate tax rate of 35% to earnings(loss) income before income taxes and minority interest) as follows (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2008  2007  2006 

Computed “expected” tax expense

  $55,018  $33,080  $78,791 

State taxes, net of federal benefit

   863   (101)  (662)

Federal effect of state net operating losses and tax credits

   88   (219)  4,359 

Impact of foreign tax rates

   (58,756)  (40,869)  (86,172)

Permanent impact of non-deductible cost

   18,205   10,482   11,645 

Income tax credits

   (6,466)  (4,980)  (11,112)

Changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities

   1,521   (1,286)  (239)

Valuation allowance

   3,673   1,144   41,072 

Equity compensation

   6,168   5,786   3,570 

Impact of intercompany charges

   8,281   16,986   12,297 

Non-taxable income

   (7,797)  (277)  (478)

Other, net

   4,321   1,655   7,527 
             

Provision for income taxes

  $25,119  $21,401  $60,598 
             

Effective tax rate

   16.0%  22.6%  26.9%
             

             
  Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
  2009  2008  2007 
Computed “expected” tax (benefit) expense $(351,797) $55,018  $33,080 
State taxes, net of federal benefit  (7,134)  863   (101)
Federal effect of state net operating losses and tax credits  454   88   (219)
Impact of foreign tax rates  71,856   (58,756)  (40,869)
Permanent impact of non-deductible cost  12,214   18,205   10,482 
Income tax credits  202   (6,466)  (4,980)
Changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities  24,123   1,521   (1,286)
Valuation allowance  307,938   3,673   1,144 
Equity compensation  7,501   6,168   5,786 
Impact of intercompany charges  11,706   8,281   16,986 
Non-taxable income  (800)  (7,797)  (277)
Permanent impact of non-deductible goodwill  94,562       
Other, net  (9,927)  4,321   1,655 
          
Provision for income taxes $160,898  $25,119  $21,401 
          
Effective tax rate  (16.0)%  16.0%  22.6%
          
The domestic and foreign components of (loss) income before income taxes and minority interest were comprised of the following for the fiscal years ended August 31 (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2008  2007  2006 

U.S.  

  $(14,322) $(41,929) $(42,498)

Foreign

   171,515   136,442   267,614 
             
  $157,193  $94,513  $225,116 
             

             
  Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
  2009  2008  2007 
U.S. $(330,043) $(14,322) $(41,929)
Foreign  (675,090)  171,515   136,442 
          
  $(1,005,133) $157,193  $94,513 
          
The components of income taxes for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 2007 and 20062007 were as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

  Current  Deferred  Total 

2008:

  

U.S. – Federal

  $23,029  $(12,747) $10,282 
  

U.S. – State

   2,537   (917)  1,620 
  

Foreign

   66,625   (53,408)  13,217 
               
    $92,191  $(67,072) $25,119 
               

2007:

  

U.S. – Federal

  $10,552  $(9,980) $572 
  

U.S. – State

   2,988   (1,781)  1,207 
  

Foreign

   38,948   (19,326)  19,622 
               
    $52,488  $(31,087) $21,401 
               

2006:

  

U.S. – Federal

  $25,363  $(8,081) $17,282 
  

U.S. – State

   (3,222)  2,229   (993)
  

Foreign

   26,714   17,595   44,309 
               
    $48,855  $11,743  $60,598 
               

             
Fiscal Year Ended August 31, Current  Deferred  Total 
2009: U.S. – Federal $(1,439) $71,438  $69,999 
 U.S. – State  453   14,310   14,763 
 Foreign  59,509   16,627   76,136 
          
  $58,523  $102,375  $160,898 
          
2008: U.S. – Federal $23,029  $(12,747) $10,282 
 U.S. – State  2,537   (917)  1,620 
 Foreign  66,625   (53,408)  13,217 
          
  $92,191  $(67,072) $25,119 
          
2007: U.S. – Federal $10,552  $(9,980) $572 
 U.S. – State  2,988   (1,781)  1,207 
 Foreign  38,948   (19,326)  19,622 
          
  $52,488  $(31,087) $21,401 
          
The Company has been granted tax incentives including tax holidays, for its Brazilian, Chinese, Hungarian, Indian, Malaysian, and Polish subsidiaries. These tax incentives including tax holidays, expire through 20172020 and are subject to certain conditions with which the Company expects to comply. These subsidiaries generated income during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 2007 and 2006,2007, resulting in a tax benefit of

75


approximately $25.7 million ($0.12 per basic share), $48.7 million ($0.24 per basic share), and $43.4 million ($0.21 per basic share), and $43.3 million ($0.21 per basic share), respectively.

The Company intends to indefinitely reinvest income from all of its foreign subsidiaries. The aggregate undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries for which no deferred tax liability has been recorded is approximately $1.3 billion$540.2 million as of August 31, 2008.2009. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability on these undistributed earnings is not practicable.

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31,
 
   2008  2007 

Deferred tax assets:

   

Net operating loss carryforward

  $199,596  $134,237 

Trade accounts receivable, principally due to allowance for doubtful accounts

   3,086   1,265 

Grant receivable

   73   76 

Inventories, principally due to reserves and additional costs inventoried for tax purposes pursuant to the Tax Reform Act of 1986

   8,888   5,978 

Compensated absences, principally due to accrual for financial reporting purposes

   6,191   6,313 

Accrued expenses, principally due to accrual for financial reporting purposes

   31,680   28,801 

Accrued UK interest, deductible when paid

   —     553 

Property, plant and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation and amortization

   27,842   17,994 

Foreign currency gains and losses

   453   1,426 

Foreign tax credits

   18,820   8,759 

Equity compensation – U.S.  

   36,182   30,779 

Equity compensation – Foreign

   5,171   3,099 

Cash flow hedge

   14,810   4,635 

Other

   12,114   6,415 
         

Total gross deferred tax assets

   364,906   250,330 

Less valuation allowance

   (121,008)  (117,275)
         

Net deferred tax assets

  $243,898  $133,055 
         

Deferred tax liabilities:

   

Intangible assets

   51,270   26,328 

Other

   5,310   10,904 
         

Deferred tax liabilities

  $56,580  $37,232 
         

         
  Fiscal Year Ended 
  August 31, 
  2009  2008 
Deferred tax assets:
        
Net operating loss carry forward $223,489  $199,596 
Trade accounts receivable, principally due to allowance for doubtful accounts  8,652   3,086 
Grant receivable  69   73 
Inventories, principally due to reserves and additional costs inventoried for tax purposes pursuant to the Tax Reform Act of 1986  7,231   8,888 
Compensated absences, principally due to accrual for financial reporting purposes  5,807   6,191 
Accrued expenses, principally due to accrual for financial reporting purposes  56,981   31,680 
Property, plant and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation and amortization  37,538   27,842 
Foreign currency gains and losses     453 
Foreign tax credits  8,744   18,820 
Equity compensation – U.S.  34,568   36,182 
Equity compensation – Foreign  5,096   5,171 
Cash flow hedges  13,362   14,810 
Intangible assets  91,682    
Other  21,080   12,114 
       
Total gross deferred tax assets  514,299   364,906 
Less valuation allowance  (433,781)  (121,008)
       
Net deferred tax assets $80,518  $243,898 
       
         
Deferred tax liabilities:
        
Intangible assets     51,270 
Foreign currency gains and losses  257    
Other  7,733   5,310 
       
Deferred tax liabilities $7,990  $56,580 
       
Net current deferred tax assets were $41.2$27.0 million and $19.9$41.2 million at August 31, 20082009 and 2007,2008, respectively, and the net non-current deferred tax assets were $146.1$45.5 million and $75.9$146.1 million at August 31, 2009 and 2008, and 2007, respectively.

The net change in the total valuation allowance for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2009 and 2008 and 2007 was $3.7$312.8 million and $73.8$3.7 million, respectively. In addition, at August 31, 2008,2009, the Company has gross tax effected

net operating loss carryforwardscarry forwards for federal, state and foreign income tax purposes of approximately $82.6$91.6 million, $9.8$10.9 million, and $110.3$124.8 million, respectively, which are available to reduce future taxes, if any. These net operating loss carryforwardscarry forwards expire through the year 2027.2029. The Company has gross state tax credits and federal foreign tax credits of $1.5 million and $18.8$8.7 million, respectively, for state and federal carry forward, which are available to reduce future taxes, if any. The state tax credits expire through the year 2017. Of the federal foreign tax credits, $11.8$2.1 million expire through 2018,2019, and the years of expiration for the remaining $7.0$6.6 million cannot yet be determined.

Based on the Company’s historical operating (loss) income, projection of future taxable income, scheduled reversal of taxable temporary differences, and tax planning strategies, management believes that it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefit of its net deferred tax assets.

assets, net of valuation allowances recorded.

In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48 which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on September 1, 2007. As a result of

76


the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized an increase to retained earnings of $3.9 million, an increase to goodwill of $3.4 million and a net decrease to accrued liabilities of $0.5 million on its Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Sheets.

At September 1, 2007, the Company had $50.4 million in unrecognized tax benefits, the recognition of which would have an effect of $26.5 million on the effective tax rate under the current guidance. Through August 31, 2008, the Company recognized $24.8 million of additional unrecognized tax benefits, for a total ofhad $75.2 million in unrecognized tax benefits, the recognition of which would have an effect of $34.3 million on the effective tax rate under the current guidance.

Through August 31, 2009, the Company recognized $4.4 million of additional unrecognized tax benefits, for a total of $79.6 million in unrecognized tax benefits, the recognition of which would have an effect of $47.4 million on the effective tax rate under the current guidance.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of the consolidated liability for unrecognized income tax benefits during the fiscal year ended August 31, 20082009 is as follows (in thousands):

   Amount 

Balance at September 1, 2007

  $50,360 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

   5,269 

Additions for tax positions related to current year

   12,350 

Addition for tax positions related to acquired entities in prior years, offset to goodwill and deferred tax attributes

   14,774 

Cash settlements

   (5,116)

Reductions from lapses in statutes of limitations

   (233)

Reductions from settlements with taxing authorities

   (2,306)

Foreign exchange rate adjustment

   80 
     

Balance at August 31, 2008

  $75,178 
     

     
  Amount 
Balance at August 31, 2008 $75,178 
Additions for tax positions of prior years  11,201 
Reductions for tax positions of prior years  (10,729)
Additions for tax positions related to current year  11,936 
Addition for tax positions related to acquired entities in prior years, offset to goodwill and deferred tax attributes  368 
Cash settlements  (258)
Reductions from lapses in statutes of limitations  (1,609)
Reductions from settlements with taxing authorities  (6,421)
Foreign exchange rate adjustment  (90)
    
Balance at August 31, 2009 $79,576 
    
Upon adoption of SFAS 141R, the recognition of the unrecognized tax benefits, which would have an effect on the effective tax rate, is estimated to increase to $39.3$56.1 million at September 1, 2007August 31, 2008 and $56.1$66.0 million through August 31, 2008.

2009.

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at September 1, 2007August 31, 2008 and August 31, 2008,2009, is $16.6$7.4 million and $7.4$17.5 million, respectively, for which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts could significantly change during the next twelve months. These amounts at September 1, 2007August 31, 2008 and August 31, 2008,2009, primarily relate to possible adjustments for transfer pricing, tax holidays, and certain inclusions in taxable income, and include $9.0$1.8 million and $1.8$3.3 million, respectively, in possible cash payments, and $7.6$5.6 million and $5.6$14.2 million, respectively, related to the settlement of audits not involving cash payments and the expiration of applicable statutes of limitation.

The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various state and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for fiscal years before August 31, 2003.

The Company records the liability for the unrecognized tax benefits as a long term income tax liability on the Consolidated Balance SheetSheets unless cash settlement is expected in the next 12 months.

The Company’s continuing practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. As of September 1, 2007,At August 31, 2008, the Company’s accrued interest and penalties was approximately $4.6$8.0 million and $8.9,$11.2 million, respectively. Through August 31, 2008,2009, the CompanyCompany’s accrued an additional $3.4interest increased by $0.4 million for interest and $2.3 million for penalties.

penalties decreased by $2.0 million.

5. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):
         
  August 31, 
  2009  2008 
Land and improvements $103,202  $92,450 
Buildings  592,397   551,605 
Leasehold improvements  122,245   107,302 
Machinery and equipment  1,241,506   1,204,636 
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment  92,840   84,042 
Computer hardware and software  337,305   296,383 
Transportation equipment  8,457   7,724 

77


   August 31,
   2008  2007

Land and improvements

  $92,450  $93,914

Buildings

   551,605   487,640

Leasehold improvements

   107,302   67,904

Machinery and equipment

   1,204,636   1,109,007

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

   84,042   57,074

Computer hardware and software

   296,383   279,902

Transportation equipment

   7,724   7,388

Construction in progress

   128,056   73,020
        
   2,472,198   2,175,849

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

   1,079,719   914,368
        
  $1,392,479  $1,261,481
        

         
  August 31, 
  2009  2008 
Construction in progress  11,542   128,056 
       
   2,509,494   2,472,198 
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization  1,131,765   1,079,719 
       
  $1,377,729  $1,392,479 
       
Depreciation expense of approximately $261.0 million, $239.0 million, $210.4 million and $174.4$210.4 million was recorded for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and 2006, respectively.

During the fiscal years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 2007 and 2006,2007, the Company capitalized approximately $22.0 thousand, $4.8 million, $2.5 million and $1.6$2.5 million, respectively, in interest related to constructed facilities.

Maintenance and repair expense was approximately $70.8 million, $69.6 million, $53.7 million, and $54.5$53.7 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and 2006, respectively.

6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

As discussed in Note 1(f) above, the Company accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with SFAS 141 and SFAS 142.

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142,Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets(“SFAS 142,142”), the Company performed its annualperforms a goodwill impairment test duringanalysis using the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008two-step method on an annual basis and determinedwhenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that no impairment existed as of the date of the impairment test.carrying value may not be recoverable. The recoverability of goodwill wasis measured at the reporting unit level, which the Company has determined to be consistent with its operating segments as defined in Note 13 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data,” by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair market value of the reporting unit,unit. The Company consistently determines the fair market value of its reporting units based on an average weighting of both projected discounted future results and the use of comparative market multiples. The use of such market multiples (the market approach) allows the Company to compare itself to other companies based on valuation multiples to arrive at a fair value. The Company regularly evaluates itself and its divisions relative to its competitors and the Company believes the judgments used to arrive at these comparable companies are reasonable. The use of projected discounted future results (discounted cash flow approach) is based on assumptions that are consistent with the Company’s approachestimates of future growth and the strategic plan used to estimating fair valuemanage the underlying business, and also includes manya probability-weighted expectation as to the Company’s future cash flows. Factors requiring significant judgment include assumptions related to future growth rates, discount factors, and tax rates, amongamongst other considerations. Changes in economic and operating conditions impactingthat occur after the annual impairment analysis or an interim impairment analysis, and that impact these assumptions, couldmay result in a future goodwill impairment charge.
     Based upon a combination of factors, including a significant and sustained decline in future periods. To date,the Company’s market capitalization below the Company’s carrying value, the deteriorating macro-economic environment, which resulted in a significant decline in customer demand, and the illiquidity in the overall credit markets, the Company hasconcluded that sufficient indicators of impairment existed and accordingly performed an interim goodwill impairment analysis, during the first quarter and again in the second quarter of fiscal year 2009.
     During the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, the Company determined that the goodwill related to the Consumer reporting unit was impaired and recorded a preliminary non-cash goodwill impairment charge of approximately $317.7 million. The income tax expense associated with the preliminary goodwill impairment charge was $4.4 million. This included a tax benefit of $30.6 million for the write-off of tax deductible goodwill and tax expense of $35.0 million resulting from the recognition of a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that the Company no longer believes are more likely than not to be realized.
     During the second quarter of fiscal year 2009, and prior to finalizing the preliminary non-cash goodwill impairment charge recorded at November 30, 2008, related to the Consumer reporting unit, the Company concluded that additional impairment indicators were present. As a result of that analysis, the Company determined that the goodwill related to the Consumer reporting unit was fully impaired and recorded an additional non-cash goodwill impairment charge of approximately $82.7 million. Further, the Company also determined that the goodwill related to the EMS reporting unit was impaired and recorded a preliminary non-cash goodwill impairment charge of approximately $622.4 million. The income tax expense associated with the goodwill impairment was $111.8 million for the fiscal quarter ended February 28, 2009. This included a tax benefit of $9.0 million for the write-off of tax deductible goodwill and income tax expense of $120.8 million resulting from the recognition of a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that the Company no longer believes are more likely than not to be realized.
     During the third quarter of fiscal year 2009, the Company finalized the valuation of the tangible and intangible assets and the allocation of fair value to the assets and liabilities of the EMS reporting unit with no additional impairment charges recorded. After recognition of the above non-cash goodwill impairment charge, no goodwill remained with either the Consumer or EMS reporting units.

78


     The impairment evaluation for indefinite-lived intangible assets, which for the Company is a trade name, is conducted during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset may be impaired. As a result of the impairment indicators described above, during the first quarter and again in the second quarter of fiscal year 2009, the Company evaluated its trade name for impairment by comparing the discounted estimates of future revenue projections to its carrying value and determined that there was no impairment. There were no impairment indicators during the third and fourth quarters of fiscal year 2009. Significant judgments inherent in this analysis included assumptions regarding appropriate revenue growth rates, discount rates and royalty rates.
     The Company completed the annual impairment test for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009 and determined that no impairment existed as of the date of the impairment test.
     The Company reviews long-lived assets, including its intangible assets subject to amortization, which are contractual agreements, customer relationships and intellectual property, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of long-lived assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset group to the future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by those assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment charge recognized anyis the amount by which the carrying amounts of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. As a result of the impairment indicators described above, during the first quarter and again in the second quarter of fiscal year 2009, the Company tested its goodwill.

long-lived assets for impairment and determined that there was no impairment. There were no impairment indicators during the third or fourth quarters of fiscal year 2009.

The following table presents the changes in goodwill allocated to the Company’s reportable segments during the twelve monthsfiscal year ended August 31, 20082009 (in thousands):

Reportable Segment

  Balance at
August 31, 2007
  
Adjustments
  Foreign
Currency Impact
  Balance at
August 31, 2008

Consumer

  $454,140  $(50,443) $19,362  $423,059

EMS

   646,811   (985)  25,790   671,616

AMS

   23,533   (36)  938   24,435
                

Total

  $1,124,484  $(51,464) $46,090  $1,119,110
                

The adjustments to goodwill during fiscal year 2008 were primarily due to purchase accounting adjustments related to the reclassification of indefinite life trade names from goodwill to intangible assets and recent business acquisitions. For further discussion of the Company’s acquisitions, see Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions.”

All of the Company’s intangible assets, other than goodwill and trade names, are subject to amortization over their estimated useful lives.

                     
  Balance at      Foreign  Impairment  Balance at 
Reportable Segment August 31, 2008  Adjustments  Currency Impact  Charges  August 31, 2009 
Consumer $423,059  $414  $(23,066)  (400,407) $ 
EMS  671,616   (302)  (48,900)  (622,414)   
AMS  24,435   1,385   (700)     25,120 
                
Total $1,119,110  $1,497  $(72,666)  (1,022,821) $25,120 
                
     Intangible assets are comprisedconsist primarily of contractual agreements and customer relationships, and intellectual property, the majority of which are being amortized on a straight-line basis over periods of up to ten years.years, intellectual property which is being amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of up to five years and a trade name which has an indefinite life. No significant residual value is estimated for the amortizable intangible assets. The value of the Company’s intangible assets purchased through business acquisitions areis principally determined based on valuations of the net assets acquired. See Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions” for further discussion of recent acquisitions.

The following tables present the Company’s total purchased intangible assets at August 31, 20082009 and August 31, 20072008 (in thousands):

August 31, 2008

  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Amount

Contractual agreements & customer relationships

  $121,855  $(53,636) $68,219

Intellectual property

   89,576   (33,606)  55,970

Trade names

   48,646   —     48,646
            

Total

  $260,077  $(87,242) $172,835
            

August 31, 2007

  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Amount

Contractual agreements & customer relationships

  $155,352  $(80,962) $74,390

Intellectual property

   84,928   (12,726)  72,202
            

Total

  $240,280  $(93,688) $146,592
            

             
  Gross      Net 
  Carrying  Accumulated  Carrying 
August 31, 2009 Amount  Amortization  Amount 
Contractual agreements & customer relationships $99,583  $(46,313) $53,270 
Intellectual property  83,729   (52,459)  31,270 
Trade names  46,628      46,628 
          
Total $229,940  $(98,772) $131,168 
          
             
  Gross      Net 
  Carrying  Accumulated  Carrying 
August 31, 2008 Amount  Amortization  Amount 
Contractual agreements & customer relationships $121,855  $(53,636) $68,219 
Intellectual property  89,576   (33,606)  55,970 
Trade names  48,646      48,646 
          
Total $260,077  $(87,242) $172,835 
          
The weighted-average amortization period for aggregate net intangible assets at August 31, 20082009 is 6.9 years, which includes a weighted-average amortization period of 9.1 years for net contractual agreements and customer relationships and a weighted-average amortization period of 4.5 years for net intellectual property.

79


Intangible asset amortization for fiscal years 2009, 2008 2007 and 20062007 was approximately $31.0 million, $37.3 million, $29.3 million, and $24.3$29.3 million, respectively. The increasedecrease in the gross carrying amount of the Company’s purchased intangible assets at August 31, 20082009 was primarily the result of the reclassificationwrite-off of indefinite life trade names from goodwill to intangible assets and additional purchased intangible assets resulting from acquisitions consummated in fiscal year 2008, offset by certain fully amortized intangible assets. For additional information regarding purchased intangibles refer to Note 7 “Business Acquisitions”.

The estimated future amortization expense is as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ending August 31,

  Amount

2009

  $32,251

2010

   28,505

2011

   23,880

2012

   14,981

2013

   9,506

Thereafter

   15,066
    

Total

  $124,189
    

     
Fiscal Year Ending August 31, Amount 
2010 $25,718 
2011  21,869 
2012  13,965 
2013  8,951 
2014  7,668 
Thereafter  6,369 
    
Total $84,540 
    
7. Business Acquisitions

a. Business Acquisitions

The Company has made a number of acquisitions that were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the operating results of each acquired business are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company from the respective date of acquisition. In accordance with SFAS 142, goodwill related to the Company’s business acquisitions is not being amortized and is tested for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable from its estimated future cash flows.

On March 11, 2005, the Company purchased the operations of Varian Electronics Manufacturing (“VEM”), the electronics manufacturing business segment of Varian, Inc. VEM derives its revenues primarily from customers in the aerospace, communications, and instrumentation and medical industry sectors. The Company acquired the VEM operations in an effort to enhance customer and industry sector diversification by adding additional competencies in targeted industry sectors. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Total consideration paid was approximately $202.2 million. The purchase price resulted in purchased intangible assets of $44.1 million and goodwill of $79.2 million. The purchased intangible assets (other than goodwill) are being amortized over a period of ten years.

During the three months ended February 28, 2006, the Company made several immaterial business acquisitions, which were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Total consideration paid for these business acquisitions was approximately $12.2 million. The combined purchase price of the acquisitions resulted in purchased intangible assets of approximately $2.4 million and goodwill of approximately $1.5 million. The purchased intangible assets (other than goodwill) are being amortized over various periods ranging from three to ten years.

During the three months ended May 31, 2006, the Company made an immaterial business acquisition, which was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Total purchase consideration for this business acquisition was approximately $10.2 million, based on foreign currency rates at the date of acquisition. The purchase consideration resulted in purchased intangible assets of approximately $1.4 million, goodwill of approximately $0.8 million and purchased in-process research and development of $0.3 million. The purchased intangible assets, including intellectual property and a customer relationship, are being amortized over a period of three years and five years, respectively. The purchased in-process research and development was immediately charged to research and development expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006. An additional payment was made in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008 for approximately $2.5 million, based on exchange rates on the date of payment. This additional consideration represented the scheduled final payment for the business acquisition and resulted in an incremental $2.6 million of goodwill.

Pro forma results of operations, in respect to the acquisitions described above, have not been presented because the effect of these acquisitions was not material on either an individual or an aggregate basis.

b. Celetronix Acquisition

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2005, the Company entered into several related agreements with Celetronix. The agreements included, but were not limited to, a loan agreement and an agreement and plan of amalgamation (“Original Agreement”). Under the terms of the loan agreement, the Company agreed, subject to various conditions, to loan Celetronix a maximum amount of $25.0 million, of which $15.0 million was disbursed upon execution of the agreements. The remaining $10.0 million principal under the loan agreement was transferred to an escrow agent to be disbursed to Celetronix only upon satisfaction of various requirements as defined in the related escrow agreement. These requirements were satisfied during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2005 and the remaining $10.0 million principal was disbursed to Celetronix. The loan, which was evidenced by a promissory note, accrued interest at a stated rate of 2.5% per annum from the disbursement date. The principal was due and payable in a single payment on November 1, 2006 and interest was payable annually in arrears on November 1 of each year.

The related Original Agreement granted the Company an option to acquire all of the outstanding stock of Celetronix through amalgamation with a newly-formed subsidiary of the Company (“the purchase option”). The purchase option, which was granted upon execution of the loan agreement for no additional consideration, allowed the Company to demand the amalgamation at any time prior to a specific date. The Original Agreement also dictated the initial and contingent purchase consideration payable by the Company upon exercise of the purchase option. Based on the terms of the Original Agreement, the purchase option was to expire on November 1, 2005, subject to certain potential limited extensions. Prior to November 1, 2005, the Company began negotiations toward a potential amendment to the Original Agreement to reduce the minimum purchase price and modify certain other terms of the agreement. A first amendment to the Original Agreement extended the expiration date of the purchase option to November 15, 2005. A second amendment to the Original Agreement further extended the expiration date of the purchase option to December 2, 2005. Subsequent to November 30, 2005, the December 2, 2005 expiration date set forth in the Original Agreement occurred. The Company and Celetronix continued negotiations on the potential transaction and signed a third amendment to the Original Agreement that extended the purchase option expiration date to January 13, 2006.

On January 11, 2006, the Company and Celetronix entered into a new agreement and plan of amalgamation (“Revised Agreement”) to supersede the Original Agreement, as amended. The Revised Agreement was similar to the Original Agreement; however, it reflected a reduced purchase price, eliminated the potential contingent consideration payable, and modified certain other terms of the Original Agreement. Based on the terms of the Revised Agreement, the amalgamation could occur when certain conditions were satisfied.

On March 31, 2006 the Company consummated the acquisition of Celetronix pursuant to the Revised Agreement. The Company acquired the Celetronix operations, excluding the memory business, in an effort to expand its presence in India and enhance customer and industry sector diversification by adding additional competencies in the consumer and peripherals industry sectors. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The purchase consideration for the transaction included approximately $152.9 million in cash paid at closing and for professional fees; the $3.8 million purchase option and $23.8 million related to the note receivable owed from Celetronix that was recorded in the Company’s current assets at the acquisition date; approximately $30.2 million outstanding accounts receivable owed from Celetronix to the Company as of the acquisition date; the assumption of certain liabilities; and certain other items. The purchase consideration resulted in purchased intangible assets of $29.3 million and goodwill of $209.9 million. The purchased intangible assets, including intellectual property and a customer relationship, are being amortized over a period of three years and ten years, respectively.

Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the effect of this acquisition was not material on an individual basis or an aggregate basis when combined with the acquisitions consummated in fiscal year 2006 as discussed above.

c. Green Point Acquisition

On November 22, 2006, the Company entered into a merger agreement with Green Point, pursuant to which Green Point agreed to merge with and into an existing Jabil entity in Taiwan. Green Point specializes in the design and production of advanced plastics and metals for the mobile products market. The Company acquired these operations to enhance its position in the mobile products market and to offer end-to-end capability with long-term growth prospects. The legal merger was primarily achieved through a tender offer that the Company made to acquire 100% of the outstanding shares of Green Point for 109.0 New Taiwan dollars per share. The tender offer was launched on November 23, 2006 and remained open for a period of 50 days. During the tender offer period, the Company acquired approximately 260.9 million shares, representing 97.6% of the outstanding shares of Green Point. On January 16, 2007, the Company paid cash of approximately $870.7 million (in U.S. dollars) to acquire the tendered shares.

Subsequent to the completion of the tender offer and prior to the completion of the legal merger, the Company acquired approximately 2.1 million Green Point shares in block trades for a price of 109.0 New Taiwan dollars per share (or an approximate total of $7.0 million in U.S. dollars). On April 24, 2007, pursuant to the November 22, 2006 merger agreement, the Company acquired the approximately 4.1 million remaining outstanding Green Point shares that were not tendered during the tender offer period, for 109.0 New Taiwan dollars per share (or an approximate total of $13.3 million in U.S. dollars).

The financial results of Green Point were included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on January 16, 2007. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The Company recorded a minority interest in its Consolidated Financial Statements from January 16, 2007 through April 24, 2007 related to the remaining 2.4% of Green Point outstanding shares that it acquired on April 24, 2007. The minority interest of $7.4 million and $8.7 million at August 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, represents the minority interest holders’ share of the foreign entity.

The purchase consideration for the transaction included approximately $902.1 million in cash paid to complete the merger with Green Point and for professional fees; the assumption of certain liabilities; and certain other items. Based on the Company’s final evaluation, which was completed in the second quarter of fiscal year 2008, the Company recorded purchased amortizable intangible assets of $98.0 million, purchased intangibles with an indefinite life of $47.0 million, and goodwill of $460.3 million, based on exchange rates at the date of acquisition. The purchased amortizable intangible assets, including intellectual property and a customer relationship, are being amortized over periods of three to seven years.

Financial information related to the Green Point business is included in the Consumer operating segment. Refer to Note 13 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” for further details.

The unaudited pro forma results presented below include the effects of the acquisition as if it had been consummated at the beginning of fiscal years 2007 and 2006. Pro forma adjustments arise due to additional amortization on estimated identifiable intangible assets and additional interest on the unsecured bridge credit agreement that was entered into to acquire Green Point. The unaudited pro forma financial information below is not necessarily indicative of either future results of operations or results that might have been achieved had the acquisition been consummated at the beginning of the year prior to acquisition.

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
   2007  2006
   (unaudited)  (unaudited)
   (in thousands, except for per share information)

Net revenue

  $12,553,274  $10,723,092
        

Income before taxes

  $100,946  $191,177
        

Net income

  $76,411  $129,444
        

Earnings per common share:

    

Basic

  $0.37  $0.62
        

Diluted

  $0.37  $0.61
        

d. NSN Acquisition

On October 17, 2007, an Italian subsidiary of the Company entered into an agreement to acquire certain manufacturing operations of NSN. The acquired manufacturing operations relate to two of NSN’s existing facilities in Cassina de Pecchi and Marcianise, Italy. The agreement, which was effective November 1, 2007, includes the purchase of certain assets, including machinery, equipment and inventory, and the assumption of certain employee related liabilities. The parties also entered into a manufacturing agreement, pursuant to which the Company will continue to build products that are currently manufactured at these facilities. The Company acquired these manufacturing operations to enhance its global standing as a leading provider of telecommunications infrastructure hardware.

The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The purchase consideration included cash of approximately $57.9 million, based on foreign currency rates at the effective date of acquisition, and the assumption of certain employee related liabilities. Based on the Company’s final valuation, which was completed in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008, the Company recorded a purchased amortizable intangible asset of $8.7 million based on foreign currency rates at the effective date of acquisition. The customer contract intangible asset is being amortized over a period of five years, and the purchase consideration did not result in the Company recording goodwill.

8. Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Long-Term Lease Obligations

Notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations outstanding at August 31, 20082009 and 20072008 are summarized below (in thousands).

   August 31,
2008
  August 31,
2007

5.875% Senior Notes due 2010 (a)

  $298,198  $297,215

8.250% Senior Notes due 2018 (b)

   396,377   —  

Short-term factoring debt (c)

   617   8,440

Borrowings under credit facilities (d)

   55,579   42,421

Borrowings under loans (e)

   423,064   446,663

Borrowings under unsecured bridge credit agreement (f)

   —     400,000

Financing obligation related to sale-leaseback transaction (g)

   —     5,285

Green Point debt obligations (h)

   24,583   62,140

Securitization program obligations (i)

   170,975   —  

Miscellaneous borrowings

   17   29
        

Total notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations

  $1,369,410  $1,262,193

Less current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations

   269,937   501,716
        

Notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations, less current installments

  $1,099,473  $760,477
        

         
  August 31,  August 31, 
  2009  2008 
5.875% Senior Notes due 2010 (a) $5,064  $298,198 
7.750% Senior Notes due 2016 (b)  300,063     
8.250% Senior Notes due 2018 (c)  396,758   396,377 
Short-term factoring debt (d)  1,468   617 
Borrowings under credit facilities (e)  21,313   55,579 
Borrowings under loans (f)  384,485   447,647 
Securitization program obligations (g)  125,291   170,975 
Miscellaneous borrowings  6   17 
       
Total notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations $1,234,448  $1,369,410 
Less current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations  197,575   269,937 
       
Notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations, less current installments $1,036,873  $1,099,473 
       
(a)During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2003, the Company issued a total of $300.0 million, seven-year, publicly-registered 5.875% Senior Notes (the “5.875% Senior Notes”) at 99.803% of par, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $297.2 million. The 5.875% Senior Notes were offered pursuant to the Company’s “shelf” registration statement. The 5.875% Senior Notes mature on July 15, 2010 and pay interest semiannually on January 15 and July 15. The Company is subject to covenants such as: limitation upon its consolidation, merger or sale; limitation upon its liens; limitation upon its sales

80


and leasebacks; limitation upon its subsidiaries’ funded debt; limitation on guarantees given by its subsidiaries for its indebtedness; its corporate existence; reports; and compliance and notice requirements. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009, the Company repurchased $294.9 million in aggregate principal amount of the 5.875% Senior Notes, pursuant to a public cash tender offer, in which it also paid an early tender premium, accrued interest and associated fees and expenses. The extinguishment of those 5.875% Senior Notes that were validly tendered resulted in a charge of $10.5 million which was recorded to other expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the twelve months ended August 31, 2009.

In July 2003, the Company entered into an interest rate swap transaction to effectively convert the fixed interest rate of its 5.875% Senior Notes to a variable rate. The swap, which was to expire in 2010, was accounted for as a fair value hedge under SFAS 133. The notional amount of the swap was $300.0 million, which is related to the 5.875% Senior Notes. Under the terms of the swap, the Company paid an interest rate equal to the six-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) set in arrears, plus a fixed spread of 1.945%. In exchange, the Company received a fixed rate of 5.875%. The swap transaction qualified for the shortcut method of recognition under SFAS 133, therefore no portion of the swap was treated as ineffective. The interest rate swap was terminated on June 3, 2005. The fair value of the interest rate swap of $4.5 million was recorded in long-term liabilities, with the corresponding offset recorded as a decrease to the carrying value of the 5.875% Senior Notes, on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at the termination date. In addition, the Company had recorded $0.4 million of interest receivable from the issuing bank as of the termination date. Upon termination, the Company made a net $4.1 million cash payment to the issuing bank to derecognize the interest rate swap and the accrued interest. The $4.5 million decrease to the carrying value of the 5.875% Senior Notes on the Consolidated Balance Sheet will be amortized to operations through interest expense over the remaining term of the debt.

(b)

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009, the Company completed its offering of $312.0 million in aggregate principal amount of publicly-registered 7.750% senior unsecured notes (the “7.750% Senior Notes”). The net proceeds from the offering were $300.0 million. The 7.750% Senior Notes will mature on July 15, 2016. Interest on the 7.750% Senior Notes is payable on January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning on January 15, 2010. The 7.750% Senior Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations. The Company is subject to such covenants as limitations on the Company’s and/or its subsidiaries’ ability to: create certain liens; enter into sale and leaseback transactions; create, incur, issue, assume or guarantee funded debt (which only applies to certain of the Company’s “restricted subsidiaries”); guarantee any of the Company’s indebtedness (which only applies to the Company’s subsidiaries); and consolidate or merge with, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to, another person. The Company is also subject to a covenant regarding its repurchase of the 7.750% Senior Notes upon a “change of control repurchase event.”
(c)During the second and third quarters of fiscal year 2008, the Company completed its offerings of $250.0 million and $150.0 million, respectively, in aggregate principal amount of 8.250% senior unsecured unregistered notes due March 15, 2018, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $245.7 million and $148.5 million, respectively. On JuneJuly 18, 2008, we commencedthe Company completed an offer to exchange whereby all of the outstanding unregistered 8.250% Notes were exchanged for registered 8.250% Notes (collectively the “8.250% Senior Notes”) that are

substantially identical to the unregistered notes except that the 8.25%8.250% Senior Notes are registered under the Securities Act and do not have any transfer restrictions, registration rights or rights to additional special interest. Upon completion of the exchange offer on July 18, 2008, all outstanding unregistered notes were exchanged.

The 8.250% Senior Notes were issued pursuantwill mature on March 15, 2018. Interest on the 8.250% Senior Notes is payable on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on September 15, 2008. The interest rate payable on the 8.250% Senior Notes is subject to an Indenture datedadjustment from time to time if the credit ratings assigned to the 8.250% Senior Notes increase or decrease, as of January 16, 2008, byprovided in the 8.250% Senior Notes. The 8.250% Senior Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and betweenrank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations.
The Company is subject to certain covenants limiting the CompanyCompany’s ability and/or its subsidiaries’ ability to: create certain liens; enter into sale and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (formerly The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee (the “Indenture”), as supplemented byleaseback transactions; create, incur, issue, assume or guarantee any funded debt (which only applies to the Officers’ Certificates dated January 16, 2008 and May 19, 2008, that were delivered by certain of its officers pursuant to Sections 1.2, 3.1 and 3.3Company’s “restricted subsidiaries”); guarantee any of the Indenture.

Company’s indebtedness (which only applies to the Company’s subsidiaries); and consolidate or merge with, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to, another person. The Company is also subject to a covenant regarding its repurchase of the 8.250% Senior Notes upon a “change of control repurchase event.”

The 8.250% Senior Notes will mature on March 15, 2018. Interest on the 8.250% Senior Notes is payable on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on September 15, 2008. The interest rate payable is subject to adjustment from time to time if the credit ratings assigned to the 8.250% Senior Notes increase or decrease, as provided in the 8.250% Senior Notes. The 8.250% Senior Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations.

The Indenture contains certain covenants, including, but not limited to, covenants limiting the Company’s ability and/or its subsidiaries’ ability to: create certain liens; enter into sale and leaseback transactions; create, incur, issue, assume or guarantee any funded debt (applicable only to its “restricted subsidiaries”); guarantee any of its indebtedness (applicable only to its subsidiaries); and consolidate or merge with, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to another person. The Indenture also contains a covenant regarding the Company’s repurchase of the 8.250% Senior Notes upon a “change of control repurchase event.”

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company entered into forward interest rate swap transactions to hedge the fixed interest rate payments for an anticipated debt issuance. The swaps are accounted for as a cash flow hedge under SFAS 133. The notional amount of the swaps was $400.0 million. Concurrently with the pricing of the first $250.0 million of the 8.250% Senior Notes, the Company settled $250.0 million of the swaps by its payment of $27.5 million. The Company also settled the remaining $150.0 million of swaps during the second quarter of fiscal year 2008 by its payment of $15.6 million. As a result, the Company settled the amount recognized as a current liability on its Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company also recorded $0.7 million in interest expense (as ineffectiveness) in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings during the three months ended February 29, 2008, with the remainder recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes, in its Consolidated Balance Sheet. On May 19, 2008, the Company issued the remaining $150.0 million of 8.250% Senior Notes and recorded no additional interest expense (as ineffectiveness) in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. The effective portion of the swaps remaining on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet will be amortized to interest expense on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings over the life of the 8.250% Senior Notes.

(c)
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company entered into forward interest rate swap transactions to hedge the fixed interest rate payments for an agreementanticipated debt issuance. The swaps were accounted for as a cash flow hedge under SFAS 133. The notional amount of the swaps was $400.0 million. Concurrently with the pricing of the first $250.0 million of the 8.250% Senior Notes, the Company settled $250.0 million of the swaps by its payment of $27.5 million. The Company also settled the remaining $150.0 million of swaps during the second quarter of fiscal year 2008 by its payment of $15.6 million. As a result, the Company settled the amount recognized as a current liability on its Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company also recorded $0.7 million in interest expense (as ineffectiveness) in the Consolidated Statement of Operations during the three months ended February 29, 2008, with the remainder recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes, in its Consolidated Balance Sheets. On May 19, 2008, the Company issued the remaining $150.0 million of 8.250% Senior Notes and recorded no additional interest expense (as ineffectiveness) in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The effective portion of the swaps remaining on its Consolidated Balance Sheets will be amortized to interest expense on the Consolidated Statement of Operations over the life of the 8.250% Senior Notes.
(d)During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007 and the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009, the Company entered into separate agreements with an unrelated third party (the “Purchaser”) for the factoring of specific trade accounts receivable of a foreign subsidiary. The factoring of trade accounts receivable under this agreementthese agreements does not meet the criteria for recognition as a sale in accordance with SFAS 140. Under the terms of the agreement,agreements, the Company transfers ownership of eligible trade accounts receivable to the Purchaserthird party purchaser in exchange for cash, however, as the transaction doesthese transactions do not qualify as a sale, the relating trade accounts receivable are included in its Consolidated Balance SheetSheets until the cash is received by the Purchaserpurchaser from its customer for the trade accounts receivable. Accordingly, theThe Company has a liabilityhad outstanding liabilities of approximately $1.5 million and $0.6 million recorded on its Consolidated Balance SheetSheets at August 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively related to cash that it has received from the Purchaser for specific trade accounts receivable, but for which its customer has not remitted payment yet.these agreements.

81


(d)
(e)Various of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries have entered into several credit facilities to finance their future growth and any corresponding working capital needs. These credit facilities are denominated in various foreign currencies, including Indian rupees, and Japanese yen, as well as U.S. dollars. At August 31, 2008, these credit facilities incur2009, one such facility was outstanding in the amount of $21.3 million, which incurs interest at botha variable rate of 3.91%.
(f)During the third quarter of fiscal year 2005, the Company negotiated a five-year, 400.0 million Indian rupee construction loan for an Indian subsidiary with an Indian branch of a global bank. Under the terms of the loan, the Company pays interest on outstanding borrowings based on a fixed rate of 7.45%. The construction loan expires on April 15, 2010 and variableall outstanding borrowings are then due and payable. The 400.0 million Indian rupee principal outstanding is equivalent to approximately $8.2 million based on currency exchange rates ranging from 3.3%at August 31, 2009.
During the third quarter of fiscal year 2005, the Company negotiated a five-year, 25.0 million Euro construction loan for a Hungarian subsidiary with a Hungarian branch of a global bank. Under the terms of the loan facility, the Company pays interest on outstanding borrowings based on the Euro Interbank Offered Rate plus a spread of 0.925%. Quarterly principal repayments began in September 2006 to 6.4% and range inrepay the amount of proceeds drawn under the construction loan. The construction loan expires on April 13, 2010. At August 31, 2009, borrowings of 4.3 million Euros (approximately $6.2 million based on currency exchange rates at August 31, 2009) were outstanding amounts from $2.0 million to $25.6 million.under the construction loan.

(e)
During the second quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company entered into a three yearthree-year loan agreement to borrow $20.3 million from a software vendor in connection with various software licenses that itthe Company purchased from them. The software licenses were capitalized and are being amortized over a three-year period. The loan agreement is non-interest bearing and payments are due quarterly through October 2009. At August 31, 2008, $8.52009, $1.7 million is outstanding under this loan agreement.

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2005, the Company negotiated a five-year, 400.0 million Indian rupee construction loan for an Indian subsidiary with an Indian branch of a global bank. Under the terms of the loan, the Company pays interest on outstanding borrowings based on a fixed rate of 7.45%. The construction loan expires on April 15, 2010 and all outstanding borrowings are then due and payable. The 400.0 million Indian rupee principal outstanding is equivalent to approximately $9.1 million based on currency exchange rates at August 31, 2008.

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2005, the Company negotiated a five-year, 25.0 million Euro construction loan for a Hungarian subsidiary with a Hungarian branch of a global bank. Under the terms of the loan facility, the Company pays interest on outstanding borrowings based on the Euro Interbank Offered Rate plus a spread of 0.925%. Quarterly principal repayments began in September 2006 to repay the amount of proceeds drawn under the construction loan. The construction loan expires on April 13, 2010. At August 31, 2008, borrowings of 10.1 million Euros (approximately $14.8 million based on currency exchange rates at August 31, 2008) were outstanding under the construction loan.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company entered into the five year Credit Facility. This agreement provides for a revolving credit portion in the initial amount of $800.0 million, subject to potential increases up to $1.0 billion, and provides for a term portion in the amount of $400.0 million. Some or all of the lenders under the Credit Facility and their affiliates have various other relationships with the Company and its subsidiaries involving the provision of financial services, including cash management, loans, letter of credit and bank guarantee facilities, investment banking and trust services. The Company, along with some of its subsidiaries, have entered into foreign exchange contracts and other derivative arrangements with certain of the lenders and their affiliates. In addition, many, if not most, of the agents and lenders under the Credit Facility held positions as agent and/or lender under the Company’s old revolving credit facility and the Bridge Facility. The revolving credit portion of the Credit Facility terminates on July 19, 2012, and the term loan portion of the Credit Facility requires payments of principal in annual installments of $20.0 million each, with a final payment of the remaining principal due on July 19, 2012. Interest and fees on Credit Facility advances are based on the Company’s unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s. Interest is charged at a rate equal to either 0% to 0.75% above the base rate or 0.375% to 1.75% above the Eurocurrency rate, where the base rate represents the greater of Citibank, N.A.’s prime rate or 0.50% above the federal funds rate, and the Eurocurrency rate represents the applicable LIBOR, each as more fully defined in this credit agreement. Fees include a facility fee based on the revolving credit commitments of the lenders, a letter of credit fee based on the amount of outstanding letters of credit, and a utilization fee to be added to the revolving credit interest rate and any letter of credit fee during any period when the aggregate amount of outstanding advances and letters of credit exceeds 50% of the total revolving credit commitments of the lenders. Based on the Company’s current senior unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s, the current rate of interest (including the applicable facility and utilization fee) on a full draw under the revolving credit would be 0.275% above the base rate or 0.875% above the Eurocurrency rate, and the current rate of interest on the term portion would be the base rate or 0.875% above the Eurocurrency rate. The Company, along with its subsidiaries, are subject to the following financial covenants: (1) a maximum ratio of (a) Debt (as defined in the credit agreement) to (b) Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement) and (2) a minimum ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA to (b) interest payable on, and amortization of debt discount in respect of, Debt and loss on sales of trade accounts receivables pursuant to the Company’s securitization program. In addition, the Company is subject to other covenants, such as: limitation upon liens; limitation upon mergers, etc; limitation upon accounting changes; limitation upon subsidiary debt; limitation upon sales, etc of assets; limitation upon changes in nature of business; payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries; compliance with

laws, etc; payment of taxes, etc; maintenance of insurance; preservation of corporate existence, etc; visitation rights; keeping of books; maintenance of properties, etc; transactions with affiliates; and reporting requirements. During fiscal year 2008, the Company borrowed $3.1 billion against the revolving credit portion of the Credit Facility. These borrowings were repaid in full during the fiscal year. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, a draw in the amount of $400.0 million was made under the term portion of the Credit Facility. At August 31, 2008, $380.0 million remains outstanding under the term portion of the Credit Facility.

In addition to the loans described above, at August 31, 2008 the Company has additional loans outstanding to fund working capital needs. These additional loans total approximately $10.6 million and are denominated in various foreign currencies including Indian rupees and Euros. Approximately $1.5 million of this total is due and payable within 12 months and is classified as short term on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The remaining $9.1 million is classified as long term on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and will be due and payable in April 2011.

(f)
During the second quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company entered into a $1.0 billion Bridge Facility. Of the Bridge Facility, $900.0 million was designated for use by the Company as a one-time borrowing (which may be paid down in increments) to finance the tender offer for and merger with Green Point and to pay related costs and expenses. The remaining $100.0 million of the Bridge Facility, which is now terminated, was a revolving facility to be used for the Company’s general corporate purposes. Interest and fees on the Bridge Facility advances were based on the Company’s unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s. Prior to the amendment of the Bridge Facility as described below, interest was charged at either a rate equal to 0% to 0.75% above the base rate or a rate equal to 0.55% to 1.75% above the Eurocurrency rate, where the base rate represented the greater of Citibank, N.A.’s prime rate or 0.50% plus the federal funds rate, and the Eurocurrency rate represented the applicable LIBOR, each as more fully defined in the Bridge Facility. Prior to the amendment of the Bridge Facility as described below, the applicable margin for the base rate and the Eurocurrency rate could be increased by 0.25% or 0.50% per annum, depending on the length of time that the Bridge Facility remained outstanding. Fees included unused commitment fees based on the amount of each lender’s commitment minus the principal amount of any outstanding advances made by the lender. Prior to the amendment of the Bridge Facility as described below, based on the Company’s unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s, the rate of interest on a full Eurocurrency rate draw (including the step-up) would have been 0.50% above the base rate or 1.25% above the Eurocurrency rate, as defined above. The Bridge Facility required compliance with several financial and other covenants, and the Company was never in default of any of these covenants. On December 20, 2007, the Company amended (the “Amendment”) its Bridge Facility. As a result of the Amendment, (1) the termination date of the Bridge Facility was extended from December 20, 2007 to June 17, 2008, (2) the Bridge Facility was converted to a $200.0 million revolving credit facility that was available only if the Company had fully drawn on the revolving credit portion of the Credit Facility and (3) as described below, certain other portions of the Bridge Facility were also amended (the Bridge Facility, as so amended, shall be referred to herein as the “Amended Bridge Facility”).

The Amendment specified that the proceeds of the revolving credit advances under the Amended Bridge Facility were to be used for the Company’s general corporate purposes and for those of the Company’s subsidiaries. Pursuant to the Amendment, interest and fees on advances under the Amended Bridge Facility continued to be based on the Company’s unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s. The interest rate was increased, such that interest was charged at either a rate equal to 0.3% to 1.5% above the base rate or a rate equal to 1.3% to 2.5% above the Eurocurrency rate, where the base rate represented the greater of Citibank, N.A.’s prime rate or 0.5% plus the federal funds rate, and the Eurocurrency rate represented the applicable London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), each as more fully defined in the Amended Bridge Facility. The applicable interest rate, whether based on the base rate or the Eurocurrency rate, was to have been increased by 0.25% on and after March 20, 2008. Fees included extension fees payable on March 20, 2008 and unused commitment fees based on the amount of the lenders’ commitments minus the principal amounts of any outstanding advances made by the lenders. Based on the

Company’s unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s at the date of termination of the Amended Bridge Facility, the then current rate of interest (excluding the unused commitment fees and other fees) on a base rate draw would have been 0.5% above the base rate or on a Eurocurrency rate draw 1.5% above the Eurocurrency rate, as defined above.

On February 13, 2008, the Amended Bridge Facility was terminated.

(g)During the third quarter of fiscal year 2006, the Company entered into a sale-leaseback transaction involving its facility in Ayr, Scotland. During the sale-leaseback period, the Company continued to occupy the facility through a three-year leasing arrangement with the third-party purchaser, which required quarterly lease payments of 62.5 thousand pounds sterling (approximately $123.6 thousand based on currency exchange rates at May 31, 2008). The Company received cash proceeds of approximately 2.8 million pounds sterling (approximately $4.8 million based on currency exchange rates on the date of the transaction) and retained a right to receive additional consideration upon resale of the facility at a later date. Due primarily to the Company’s continuing involvement in the property, the Company was precluded from recording the transaction as a sale under U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, as required by relevant accounting standards, the cash proceeds were recorded as a financing obligation. A portion of the quarterly lease payments was recorded as interest expense, based on an effective yield of 5.875%, and the remainder was recorded as a reduction of the financing obligation. During the third quarter of fiscal year 2008, the Company cancelled the lease contract with the third-party purchaser which resulted in the reversal of the financing obligation, offset by the reversal of related plant, property and equipment. At August 31, 2008, the balance of the financing obligation has been fully reversed.

(h)Through the acquisition of Green Pointa Taiwanese subsidiary the Company assumed certain liabilities, including short and long term debt obligations totaling approximately $102.2 million at the date of acquisition. At August 31, 20082009, approximately $1.0$5.8 million of debt is outstanding under these short term facilities with an interest rate of 2.9%. The long term debt obligations include mortgage and credit facilities, with various banks in Taiwan and China.current interest rates ranging from 2.1% to 2.4%. At August 31, 20082009, approximately $19.1$0.4 million of fixed assets, including buildings and land, were pledged as collateral on the mortgage facility outstanding. The long term facilities are denominated in U.S. dollars and New Taiwan dollars, and incur interest at both fixed rates and rates that fluctuate based upon changes in various base interest rates. At August 31, 2008,2009, approximately $23.6$0.1 million of long term debt is outstanding under the long term facilities, with current interest rates ranging from 2.6% to 4.0%. Approximately $5.0 million of this total is due and payable within 12 months and is classified as short term on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The remaining $18.6 million will mature at various dates through July 2012 and is classified as long term on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.Sheets. The long term debt amount represents a credit facility outstanding and denominated in New Taiwan dollars which will mature in fiscal year 2011 and incurs interest at a rate that fluctuates based upon changes in various base rate interest rates.

(i)
During the thirdfourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company entered into the five-year Credit Facility. This agreement provides for a revolving credit portion in the initial amount of $800.0 million, subject to potential increases up to $1.0 billion, and provides for a term portion in the amount of $400.0 million. Some or all of the lenders under the Credit Facility and their affiliates have various other relationships with the Company and its subsidiaries involving the provision of financial services, including cash management, loans, letter of credit and bank guarantee facilities, investment banking and trust services. The Company, along with some of its subsidiaries, has entered into foreign exchange contracts and other derivative arrangements with certain of the lenders and their affiliates. In addition, many, if not most, of the agents and lenders under the Credit Facility held positions as agent and/or lender under the Company’s old revolving credit facility and the Bridge Facility. The revolving credit portion of the Credit Facility terminates on July 19, 2012, and the term loan portion of the Credit Facility requires payments of principal in annual installments of $20.0 million each, with a final payment of the remaining principal due on July 19, 2012. Interest and fees on Credit Facility advances are based on the Company’s unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s. Interest is charged at a rate equal to either 0% to 0.75% above the base rate or 0.375% to 1.75% above the Eurocurrency rate, where the base rate represents the greater of Citibank, N.A.’s prime rate or 0.50% above the federal funds rate, and the Eurocurrency rate represents the applicable London Interbank Offered Rate, each as more fully defined in this credit agreement. Fees include a facility fee based on the revolving credit commitments of the lenders, a letter of credit fee based on the amount of outstanding letters of credit, and a utilization fee to be added to the revolving credit interest rate and any letter of credit fee during any period when the aggregate amount of outstanding advances and letters of credit exceeds 50% of the total revolving credit commitments of the lenders. Based on the Company’s current senior unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s, the current rate of interest (including the applicable facility and utilization fee) on a full draw under the revolving credit would be 0.275% above the base rate or 0.875% above the Eurocurrency rate, and the current rate of interest on the term portion would be the base rate or 0.875% above the Eurocurrency rate. The Company, along with its subsidiaries, is subject to the following financial covenants: (1) a maximum ratio of (a) Debt (as defined in the Credit Facility) to (b) Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Facility) and (2) a minimum ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA to (b) interest payable on, and amortization of debt discount in respect of, Debt and loss on sales of trade accounts receivables pursuant to the Company’s securitization program. In addition, the Company is subject to other covenants, such as: limitation upon liens; limitation upon mergers, etc; limitation upon accounting changes; limitation upon subsidiary debt; limitation upon sales, etc of assets; limitation upon changes in nature of business; payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries; compliance with laws, etc; payment of taxes, etc; maintenance of insurance; preservation of corporate existence, etc; visitation rights; keeping of books; maintenance of properties, etc; transactions with affiliates; and reporting requirements (collectively referred to herein as “Restrictive Financial Covenants”). During fiscal year 2009, the Company borrowed $3.6

82


billion against the revolving credit portion of the Credit Facility. These borrowings were repaid in full during fiscal year 2009. A draw in the amount of $400.0 million has been made under the term portion of the Credit Facility and $360.0 million remains outstanding at August 31, 2009.
In addition to the loans described above, at August 31, 2009 the Company has additional loans outstanding to fund working capital needs. These additional loans total approximately $2.5 million and are denominated in Euros. The loans are due and payable within 12 months and are classified as short term on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(g)On April 7, 2008, the Company entered into ana foreign asset-backed securitization program with a bank conduit. In connection with the foreign securitization program certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries sell, on an ongoing basis, an undivided interest in designated pools of trade accounts receivable to a special purpose entity, which in turn borrows up to $200.0 million from the bank conduit to purchase those receivables and in which it grants security interests as collateral for the borrowings. The securitization program is accounted for as a borrowing under SFAS 140. The loan balance is calculated based on the terms of the securitization program agreements. The foreign securitization program requires compliance with several covenants including a limitation on certain corporate actions such as mergers, consolidations and sale of substantially all assets. The Company pays interest at designated commercial paper rates plus a spread. The foreign securitization program expires on April 6, 2009.March 18, 2010. At August 31, 2008,2009, the Company had $170.9$125.3 million of debt outstanding under the program. In addition, the Company incurred interest expense at a variable rate of approximately 3.9% plus a fixed spread$3.9 million and $2.8 million in the Consolidated Statement of Operations during the threetwelve months ended August 31, 2009 and 2008, in its Consolidated Statement of Earnings.respectively.
     The $5.1 million of 5.875% Senior Notes, $400.0 million of 8.250% Senior Notes and $312.0 million of 7.750% Senior Notes outstanding are carried at cost. The estimated fair value of these senior debentures was approximately $5.0 million, $395.0 million and $306.5 million at August 31, 2009, respectively. The estimated fair value of the $300.0 million 5.875% Senior Notes and the $400.0 million 8.250% Senior Notes were $295.5 million and $391.0 million at August 31, 2008, respectively. The fair value is based upon non-binding market quotes that are corroborated by observable market data (level 2 criteria).

83


Debt maturities as of August 31, 20082009 for the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ending August 31,

  Amount

2009

  $269,937

2010

   345,691

2011

   34,074

2012

   323,331

2013

   —  

Thereafter

   396,377
    

Total

  $1,369,410
    

     
Fiscal Year Ending August 31, Amount 
2010 $197,575 
2011  20,051 
2012  320,000 
2013   
2014   
Thereafter  696,822 
    
Total $1,234,448 
    
9. Postretirement Benefits

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2002, the Company established a defined benefit pension plan for all permanent employees of Jabil Circuit UK Limited. This plan was established in accordance with the terms of the business sale agreement with Marconi Communications plc (“Marconi”). The benefit obligations and plan assets from the terminated Marconi plan were transferred to the newly established defined benefit plan. The plan, which is closed to new participants, provides benefits based on average employee earnings over a three-year service period preceding retirement. The Company’s policy is to contribute amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements as set forth in U.K. employee benefit and tax laws plus such additional amounts as are deemed appropriate by the Company. Plan assets are held in trust and consist of equity and debt securities as detailed below.

As a result of acquiring various operations in Austria, France, Germany, Japan, The Netherlands, Poland, and Taiwan, the Company assumed primarily unfunded retirement benefits to be paid based upon years of service and compensation at retirement. All permanent employees meeting the minimum service requirement are eligible to participate in the plans.

There are no domestic pension or post-retirement benefit planplans maintained by the Company.

On August 31, 2007, the Company adopted certain provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158,Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)(“SFAS 158”). SFAS 158 requires an employer to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position, and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income.

SFAS 158 also requires an employer to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end statement of financial position. The measurement requirement will bebecame effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008, which is the Company’sCompany during fiscal year 2009. ThePrior to fiscal year 2009, the Company currently usesused a May 31 measurement date for substantially all of the above referenced plans, with the exception of the Jabil Circuit UK Limited plan, which usesused a June 30 measurement date.

a. Benefit Obligations

The following table provides a reconciliation of the change in the benefit obligations for the plans described above (in thousands):
         
  Pension Benefits 
  2009  2008 
Beginning benefit obligation $135,190  $153,193 
Service cost  1,759   2,214 
Interest cost  6,779   7,749 
Impact of the change in measurement date  820    
Actuarial loss (gain)  3,636   (10,994)
Curtailment gain  (5,456)  (2,199)
Total benefits paid  (6,573)  (8,378)
Plan participant contribution  83   101 
Effect of conversion to U.S. dollars  (6,635)  (6,496)
       
Ending benefit obligation $129,603  $135,190 
       

84


   Pension Benefits 
   2008  2007 

Beginning benefit obligation

  $153,193  $130,833 

Service cost

   2,214   1,991 

Interest cost

   7,749   6,392 

Actuarial loss (gain)

   (10,994)  1,622 

Curtailment loss (gain)

   (2,199)  (897)

Plan amendments

   —     3,718 

Total benefits paid

   (8,378)  (5,165)

Plan participant contribution

   101   114 

Acquisitions

   —     7,239 

Effect of conversion to U.S. dollars

   (6,496)  7,346 
         

Ending benefit obligation

  $135,190  $153,193 
         

Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations for the plans were as follows:

   Pension Benefits 
   2008  2007 

Discount rate

  5.8% 5.1%

Rate of compensation increases

  4.6% 4.1%

         
  Pension Benefits 
  2009  2008 
Discount rate  5.7%  5.8%
Rate of compensation increases  4.5%  4.6%
The Company evaluates these assumptions on a regular basis taking into consideration current market conditions and historical market data. The discount rate is used to state expected future cash flows at a present value on the measurement date. This rate represents the market rate for high-quality fixed income investments. A lower discount rate would increase the present value of benefit obligations. Other assumptions include demographic factors such as retirement, mortality and turnover.

b. Plan Assets

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the pension plan assets for the year between measurement dates (in thousands):

   Pension Benefits 
   2008  2007 

Beginning fair value of plan assets

  $92,261  $75,822 

Actual return on plan assets

   (41)  4,546 

Employer contributions

   5,212   4,531 

Asset transfer

   —     3,486 

Benefits paid from plan assets

   (4,430)  (4,069)

Plan participants’ contributions

   101   114 

Acquisitions

   —     3,053 

Effect of conversion to U.S. dollars

   (7,577)  4,778 
         

Ending fair value of plan assets

  $85,526  $92,261 
         

         
  Pension Benefits 
  2009  2008 
Beginning fair value of plan assets $85,526  $92,261 
Actual return on plan assets  3,871   (41)
Employer contributions  4,856   5,212 
Benefits paid from plan assets  (4,729)  (4,430)
Plan participants’ contributions  83   101 
Effect of conversion to U.S. dollars  (8,113)  (7,577)
       
Ending fair value of plan assets $81,494  $85,526 
       
The Company’s pension plan weighted-average asset allocations, by asset category, are as follows:

   Pension Plan Assets 
   2008  2007 

Asset Category

   

Equity securities

  31% 35%

Debt securities

  69% 65%
       

Total

  100% 100%
       

         
  Pension Plan Assets 
  2009  2008 
Asset Category
        
Equity securities  28%  31%
Debt securities  72%  69%
       
Total  100%  100%
       
The Company has adopted an investment policy for a majority of plan assets designed to meet or exceed the expected rate of return on plan assets assumption. To achieve this, the plan retains professional investment managers that invest plan assets in equity and debt securities. The Company currently expects to achieve the target mix of 35% equity and 65% debt securities in fiscal year 2009.2010. Within the equity securities class, the investment policy provides for investments in a broad range of publicly traded securities including both domestic and international stocks. The plan does not hold any of the Company’s stock. Within the debt securities class, the investment policy provides for investments in corporate bonds as well as fixed and variable interest debt instruments.

85


c. Funded Status

The following table provides a reconciliation of the funded status of the plans to the Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands):

   Pension Benefits 
   2008  2007 

Funded Status

   

Ending fair value of plan assets

  $85,526  $92,261 

Ending benefit obligation

   (135,190)  (153,193)
         

Funded status

  $(49,664)  (60,932)
         

Consolidated Balance Sheet Information

   

Prepaid benefit cost

  $246  $66 

Accrued benefit liability, current

   (582)  (616)

Accrued benefit liability, noncurrent

   (49,328)  (60,382)
         

Net liability recorded at August 31

  $(49,664) $(60,932)
         

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss at August 31, 2008 consist of:

   

Net actuarial loss/(gain)

  $23,376  $33,496 

Prior service cost

   421   352 
         

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, before taxes

  $23,797  $33,848 
         

         
  Pension Benefits 
  2009  2008 
Funded Status
        
Ending fair value of plan assets $81,494  $85,526 
Ending benefit obligation  (129,603)  (135,190)
       
Funded status $(48,109) $(49,664)
       
Consolidated Balance Sheet Information
        
Prepaid benefit cost $240  $246 
Accrued benefit liability, current  (1,005)  (582)
Accrued benefit liability, noncurrent  (47,344)  (49,328)
       
Net liability recorded at August 31 $(48,109) $(49,664)
       
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss at August 31, 2009 consist of:
        
Net actuarial loss $25,243  $23,376 
Prior service cost  463   421 
       
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, before taxes $25,706  $23,797 
       
The following table provides the amounts recognized inSFAS 158 measurement date change had an impact on accumulated other comprehensive loss in fiscal year 2008 before taxes (in thousands):

   2008 

Net actuarial loss, beginning of year

  $33,496 

Net actuarial gain arising during the period

   (5,886)

Amortization of amounts included in net periodic benefit cost

   (1,429)

Effect of translation to U.S. dollars

   (2,805)
     

Net actuarial loss, August 31, 2008

  $23,376 
     

Net prior service cost, beginning of year

  $352 

Net prior service cost arising during the period

   —   

Amortization of amounts included in net periodic benefit cost

   42 

Effect of translation to U.S. dollars

   27 
     

Net prior service cost, August 31, 2008

  $421 
     

of $0.1 million at August 31, 2009.

The following table provides the estimated amount that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost in fiscal year 20092010 (in thousands):

   Pension Benefits 

Recognized net actuarial loss

  $1,189 

Amortization of prior service cost

   (41)
     

Total

  $1,148 
     

     
  Pension Benefits 
Recognized net actuarial loss $1,244 
Amortization of prior service cost  (41)
    
Total $1,203 
    
The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $122.6$120.5 million and $140.6$122.6 million at August 31, 2009 and 2008, and 2007, respectively.

86


The following table provides information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets (in thousands):

   August 31,
   2008  2007

Projected benefit obligation

  $134,864  $153,030

Accumulated benefit obligation

   122,365   140,550

Fair value of plan assets

   85,008   92,031

         
  August 31,
  2009 2008
Projected benefit obligation $129,591  $134,864 
Accumulated benefit obligation  120,496   122,365 
Fair value of plan assets  81,241   85,008 
d. Net Periodic Benefit Cost

The following table provides information about net periodic benefit cost for the pension and other benefit plans for fiscal years ended August 31 (in thousands):

   Pension Benefits 
   2008  2007  2006 

Service cost

  $2,214  $1,991  $1,705 

Interest cost

   7,749   6,392   4,704 

Expected long-term return on plan assets

   (5,642)  (4,843)  (4,008)

Recognized actuarial loss

   1,429   1,362   545 

Net curtailment loss

   —     —     95 

Amortization of prior service cost

   (42)  (111)  —   
             

Net periodic benefit cost

  $5,708  $4,791  $3,041 
             

             
  Pension Benefits 
  2009  2008  2007 
Service cost $1,759  $2,214  $1,991 
Interest cost  6,779   7,749   6,392 
Expected long-term return on plan assets  (4,731)  (5,642)  (4,843)
Recognized actuarial loss  874   1,429   1,362 
Net curtailment gain  (4,608)      
Amortization of prior service cost  (39)  (42)  (111)
          
Net periodic benefit cost $34  $5,708  $4,791 
          
Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the plans for fiscal years ended August 31 were as follows:

   Pension Benefits 
   2008  2007  2006 

Discount rate

  5.8% 5.1% 4.7%

Expected long-term return on plan assets

  6.3% 6.1% 6.1%

Rate of compensation increase

  4.6% 4.1% 3.9%

             
  Pension Benefits
  2009 2008 2007
Discount rate  5.7%  5.8%  5.1%
Expected long-term return on plan assets  4.9%  6.3%  6.1%
Rate of compensation increase  4.5%  4.6%  4.1%
The expected return on plan assets assumption used in calculating net periodic pension cost is based on historical actual return experience and estimates of future long-term performance with consideration to the expected investment mix of the plan assets.

e. Cash Flows

The Company expects to make cash contributions of between $5.0$3.8 million and $5.5$4.3 million to its funded pension plans during fiscal year 2009.

2010.

The estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ending August 31,

  Pension
Benefits

2009

  $5,264

2010

  $5,615

2011

  $5,217

2012

  $5,684

2013

  $6,462

Years 2014 through 2018

  $38,954

     
  Pension
Fiscal Year Ending August 31, Benefits
2010 $4,679 
2011 $4,515 
2012 $5,041 
2013 $5,295 
2014 $4,902 
Years 2015 through 2019 $32,634 
10. Restructuring and Impairment Charges

a. 2009 Restructuring Plan
During the fourthsecond quarter of fiscal year 2006,2009, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan to better align the Company’s manufacturing capacity in certain higher cost geographies and to properly sizereduce its manufacturing sites with perceivedworldwide workforce in order to reduce operating expenses (the “2009 Restructuring Plan”). These restructuring activities are intended to address the current market conditions (the “2006and

87


properly size the Company’s manufacturing facilities to increase the efficiencies of the Company’s operations. In conjunction with the 2009 Restructuring Plan”). As a result,Plan, the Company currently expects to recognize approximately $64.0 million in total restructuring and impairment costs, excluding valuation allowances of $13.1 million on certain deferred tax assets, primarily over the course of fiscal years 2009 and 2010. Of this expected total, the Company charged $81.9$53.7 million of restructuring and impairment costs against earnings duringin fiscal year 2006.2009 to the Consolidated Statement of Operations. These charges related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan include $47.1 million related to employee severance and termination benefit costs, $0.1 million related to lease commitments, $6.4 million related to fixed asset impairments and $0.1 million related to other restructuring costs.
     These restructuring and impairment charges includedrelated to the 2009 Restructuring Plan incurred during fiscal year 2009 of $53.7 million include cash costs totaling $47.3 million, of which $19.2 million was paid in fiscal year 2009. The cash costs of $47.3 million consist of employee severance and termination benefit costs of approximately $67.4$47.1 million, costsapproximately $0.1 million related to lease commitments, ofand approximately $10.1$0.1 million fixed asset impairments of approximately $3.6 million andrelated to other restructuring costs. Non-cash costs of approximately $0.8$6.4 million primarily represent fixed asset impairment charges related to the repaymentCompany’s restructuring activities.
     At August 31, 2009, accrued liabilities of government provided subsidiesapproximately $27.8 million related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan are expected to be paid over the next twelve months. The remaining liability of $3.0 million is expected to be paid through fiscal year 2011.
     Employee severance and termination benefit costs of $47.1 million recorded during fiscal year 2009 are related to the reduction of employees across all functions of the business in manufacturing facilities in Europe, Asia and the Americas. To date, approximately 4,500 employees have been included in the 2009 Restructuring Plan. The Company identified certain fixed assets that resultedhave ceased being used by the Company and, accordingly, recorded a fixed asset impairment charge of $6.4 million during fiscal year 2009.
     In addition, as part of the 2009 Restructuring Plan, management determined that it was more likely than not that certain deferred tax assets would not be realized as a result of the contemplated restructuring activities. Therefore, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $13.1 million on deferred tax assets as a result of the 2009 Restructuring Plan. The valuation allowances are excluded from the reductiontable below as they were recorded through the provision for income taxes on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
     The table below sets forth the significant components and activity in force in certain locations.

Duringthe 2009 Restructuring Plan during the fiscal year 2007,ended August 31, 2009 (in thousands):

2009 Restructuring Plan – Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2009
                     
  Liability              Liability 
  Balance at  Restructuring  Asset Impairment      Balance at 
  August 31,  Related  Charge and Other  Cash  August 31, 
  2008  Charges  Non-Cash Activity  Payments  2009 
Employee severance and termination benefits $  $47,047  $2,802  $(19,004) $30,845 
Lease costs     83   1   (84)   
Fixed asset impairment     6,432   (6,432)      
Other     134      (134)   
                
Total $  $53,696  $(3,629) $(19,222) $30,845 
                
     The table below sets forth the significant components and activity in the 2009 Restructuring Plan by reportable segment during fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 (in thousands):
2009 Restructuring Plan – Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2009
                     
  Liability              Liability 
  Balance at  Restructuring  Asset Impairment      Balance at 
  August 31,  Related  Charge and Other  Cash  August 31, 
  2008  Charges  Non-Cash Activity  Payments  2009 
Consumer $  $8,040  $(4,010) $(3,321) $709 
EMS     41,296   381   (15,379)  26,298 
AMS     4,360      (522)  3,838 
                
Total $  $53,696  $(3,629) $(19,222) $30,845 
                
b. 2006 Restructuring Plan resulted
     In conjunction with the restructuring plan that was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006 (the “2006 Restructuring Plan”), the Company recorded a reversal of $1.8 million of restructuring and impairment chargescosts

88


during fiscal year 2009 compared to a charge of $72.4$54.8 million consisting of restructuring and impairment costs during fiscal year 2008, respectively. The reversal of restructuring and impairment costs for fiscal year 2009 include $2.7 million related to employee severance and termination benefit costs, offset by additional lease commitment charges of approximately $31.3$0.9 million. The restructuring and impairment costs for fiscal year 2008 include $46.7 million related to employee severance and termination benefit costs, $7.3 million related to lease commitments, of approximately $2.7$0.3 million related to fixed asset impairments of approximately $45.6and $0.5 million andrelated to other restructuring costs of approximately $1.1 million, offset by $8.3 million of proceeds received in connection with facility closure costs.

During fiscal year 2008, the 2006 Restructuring Plan resulted in restructuring and impairment charges of $54.8 million, consisting of employee severance and benefit costs of approximately $46.7 million, costs related to lease commitments of approximately $7.3 million, fixed asset impairments of approximately $0.3 million and other restructuring costs of approximately $0.5 million.

These restructuring and impairment charges related to the 2006 Restructuring Plan incurred through August 31, 2008fiscal year 2009 of $209.1$207.4 million include cash costs totaling $160.2$158.5 million, of which $1.5 million was paid in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2006, $64.8 million was paid in fiscal year 2007, and $57.2 million was paid in fiscal year 2008.2008, $27.1 million was paid in fiscal year 2009 and $7.9 million is expected to be paid primarily through fiscal year 2011. The cash costs consist of employee severance and benefitstermination benefit costs of approximately $146.4$143.9 million, costs related to lease commitments of approximately $20.0$20.8 million and other restructuring costs of $2.1 million. These cash costs were offset by approximately $8.3 million of cash proceeds received in connection with a facility closure.closure costs. Non-cash costs of approximately $48.9 million primarily represent fixed asset impairment charges related to the Company’s restructuring activities.

     The reversal of employee severance and termination benefit costs of $1.8 million recorded during fiscal year 2009 was due to revised estimates of severance and termination benefits that will be paid by the Company. Employee severance and termination benefit costs of $46.7 million and $31.3 million recorded induring fiscal yearsyear 2008, and 2007, respectively, are related to the eliminationreduction of approximately 10,500 and 7,300 employees respectively, across all functions of the business in manufacturing facilities in Europe, Asia and the Americas, Europe and Asia.Americas. Approximately 10,500 employees have been included in the 2006 Restructuring Plan to date. Lease commitment costs of $0.9 million recorded during fiscal 2009 compared to $7.3 million and $2.7 million recorded induring fiscal years 2008, and 2007, respectively, primarily relate to future lease payments for facilities that were vacated in the Americas and Europe. The Company performed an impairment assessment on fixed assets held by each facility that was significantly impacted by the restructuring program and recorded a fixed asset impairment charge of $0.3 and $45.6 million in fiscal years 2008 and 2007, respectively.

In addition, as part of the restructuring plan,2006 Restructuring Plan, management determined that it was more likely than not that certain entities within foreign plantsjurisdictions would not be able to utilize their deferred tax assets as a result of the contemplated restructuring activities. Therefore, the Company recorded valuation allowances of $38.8$53.7 million on net deferred tax assets as part of the restructuring plan.2006 Restructuring Plan prior to September 1, 2009. The valuation allowances are excluded from the table below as they were recorded through the provision for income taxes on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.Operations. See Note 4 “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the Company’s net deferred tax assets and provision for income taxes.

The tablestable below setsets forth the significant components and activity in the restructuring program2006 Restructuring Plan during the fiscal yearsyear ended August 31, 2008 and 2007,2009 (in thousands):

2006 Restructuring ActivityPlan – Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2008

   Liability
Balance at
August 31,
2007
  Restructuring
Related
Charges
  Asset Impairment
Charge and Other
Non-Cash Activity
  Cash
Payments
  Liability
Balance at
August 31,
2008

Employee severance and termination benefits

  $34,307  $46,660  $956  $(45,713) $36,210

Lease costs

   6,895   7,297   (34)  (10,293)  3,865

Fixed asset impairment

   —     338   (338)  —     —  

Other

   1,030   513   122   (1,236)  429
                    

Total

  $42,232  $54,808  $706  $(57,242) $40,504
                    

Restructuring Activity – Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2007

   Liability
Balance at
August 31,
2006
  Restructuring
Related
Charges
  Asset Impairment
Charge and Other
Non-Cash Activity
  Cash
Payments
  Liability
Balance at
August 31,
2007

Employee severance and termination benefits

  $66,252  $31,270  $3,639  $(66,854) $34,307

Lease costs

   10,108   2,693   (148)  (5,758)  6,895

Fixed asset impairment

   —     45,574   (45,574)  —     —  

Other

   749   (7,141)  (396)  7,818   1,030
                    

Total

  $77,109  $72,396  $(42,479) $(64,794) $42,232
                    

2009

                     
  Liability              Liability 
  Balance at  Restructuring  Asset Impairment      Balance at 
  August 31,  Related  Charge and Other  Cash  August 31, 
  2008  Charges  Non-Cash Activity  Payments  2009 
Employee severance and termination benefits $36,210  $(2,686) $(3,369) $(24,419) $5,736 
Lease costs  3,865   884   (32)  (2,660)  2,057 
Other  429      (8)  (2)  419 
                
Total $40,504  $(1,802) $(3,409) $(27,081) $8,212 
                
The tablestable below setsets forth the significant components and activity in the restructuring program in the Consumer, EMS and AMS2006 Restructuring Plan by reportable operating segmentssegment during the fiscal yearsyear ended August 31, 2008 and 2007,2009 (in thousands):

2006 Restructuring ActivityPlan – Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 20082009
                     
  Liability              Liability 
  Balance at  Restructuring  Asset Impairment      Balance at 
  August 31,  Related  Charge and Other  Cash  August 31, 
  2008  Charges  Non-Cash Activity  Payments  2009 
Consumer $6,418  $(448) $(308) $(2,056) $3,606 
EMS  33,426   (2,391)  (3,088)  (23,757)  4,190 
AMS  660   (76)  (11)  (157)  416 
Other non-reportable operating     1,113   (2)  (1,111)   
                
Total $40,504  $(1,802) $(3,409) $(27,081) $8,212 
                

89

   Liability
Balance at
August 31,
2007
  Restructuring
Related
Charges
  Asset Impairment
Charge and Other
Non-Cash Activity
  Cash
Payments
  Liability
Balance at
August 31,
2008

Consumer

  $12,658  $2,556  $447  $(9,243) $6,418

EMS

   24,111   45,313   408   (36,406)  33,426

AMS

   2,632   4,777   (26)  (6,723)  660

Other non-reportable operating segment

   2,831   2,162   (123)  (4,870)  —  
                    

Total

  $42,232  $54,808  $706  $(57,242) $40,504
                    

Restructuring Activity – Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2007


   Liability
Balance at
August 31,
2006
  Restructuring
Related
Charges
  Asset Impairment
Charge and Other
Non-Cash Activity
  Cash
Payments
  Liability
Balance at
August 31,
2007

Consumer

  $38,045  $53,741  $(43,438) $(35,789) $12,559

EMS

   36,375   10,327   1,018   (23,634)  24,086

AMS

   2,257   3,143   19   (2,764)  2,655

Other non-reportable operating segment

   432   5,185   (78)  (2,607)  2,932
                    

Total

  $77,109  $72,396  $(42,479) $(64,794) $42,232
                    

At August 31, 2008, liabilities of approximately $35.2 million related to the 2006 Restructuring Plan are expected to be paid in fiscal year 2009. The remaining liability of $5.3 million relates primarily to the charge for certain lease commitments and employee severance and termination benefit payments and is expected to be paid primarily during fiscal years 2010 through 2011.

In relation to the 2006 Restructuring Plan, the Company currently expects to recognize approximately $250.0 million in total restructuring and impairment costs. The Company has substantially completed restructuring activities under the 2006 Restructuring Plan, and the remaining costs related to the 2006 Restructuring Plan are expected to be incurred over the course of fiscal year 2009 with certain contract termination costs to be incurred through fiscal year 2011. The $250.0 million estimated charge includes pre-tax restructuring charges related to employee severance and benefit costs, contract termination costs, fixed asset impairment costs, and other related restructuring costs, as well as valuation allowances against net deferred tax assets for certain plants impacted by the current restructuring plan. See Note 4 – “Income Taxes” for further discussion surrounding significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities.

11. Commitments and Contingencies

a. Lease Agreements

The Company leases certain facilities under non-cancelable operating leases. The future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases at August 31, 20082009 are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ending August 31,

  Amount

2009

  $50,709

2010

   36,696

2011

   25,373

2012

   21,645

2013

   17,561

Thereafter

   53,102
    

Total minimum lease payments

  $205,086
    

     
Fiscal Year Ending August 31, Amount 
2010 $51,466 
2011  36,671 
2012  29,301 
2013  24,780 
2014  19,066 
Thereafter  26,059 
    
Total minimum lease payments $187,343 
    
Total operating lease expense was approximately $59.7 million, $48.9 million, $43.4 million and $50.1$43.4 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and 2006, respectively.

b. Warranty Provision

The Company maintains a provision for limited warranty repair of shipped products, which is established under the terms of specific manufacturing contract agreements. The warranty period varies by product and customer industry sector. The provision represents management’s estimate of probable liabilities, calculated as a function of sales volume and historical repair experience, for each product under warranty. The estimate is reevaluated periodically for accuracy. A rollforward of the warranty liability is as follows (in thousands):

   Amount 

Balance at August 31, 2005

  $4,286 

Accruals for warranties during the year

   2,953 

Settlements made during the year

   (3,299)
     

Balance at August 31, 2006

  $3,940 

Accruals for warranties during the year

   4,869 

Settlements made during the year

   (1,234)
     

Balance at August 31, 2007

  $7,575 

Accruals for warranties during the year

   8,569 

Settlements made during the year

   (6,267)
     

Balance at August 31, 2008

  $9,877 
     

     
  Amount 
Balance at August 31, 2006 $3,940 
Accruals for warranties during the year  4,869 
Settlements made during the year  (1,234)
    
Balance at August 31, 2007 $7,575 
Accruals for warranties during the year  8,569 
Settlements made during the year  (6,267)
    
Balance at August 31, 2008 $9,877 
Accruals for warranties during the year  9,017 
Settlements made during the year  (4,614)
    
Balance at August 31, 2009 $14,280 
    
c. LitigationLegal Proceedings

On

i. Private Litigation Related to Certain Historical Stock Option Grant Practices
     In April 26,and May of 2006, a shareholder derivative lawsuit waslawsuits were filed in State Circuit Court in Pinellas County, Florida on behalf of Mary Lou Gruber, a purported shareholder of the Company naming the Company as a nominal defendant, and naming certain of the Company’s officers Scott D. Brown, Executive Vice President, Mark T. Mondello, Chief Operating Officer, and Timothy L. Main, Chief Executive Officer, President and a Board member,directors as well as certain of its Directors, Mel S. Lavitt, William D. Morean, Frank A. Newman, Steven A. Raymund and Thomas A. Sansone, as defendants (the “Initial Action”). Mr. Morean and Mr. Sansonedefendants. Those lawsuits were the Company’s previous Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively (such two individuals, with the defendant officers, collectively, the “Officer Defendants”). On May 10, 2006, a substantially identical complaint was filed in the same State Court and was subsequently consolidated with the Initial Action (this consolidated

action is referred to here as the(the “Consolidated State Derivative Action”). The Consolidated State Derivative Action alleged that the named defendant directors (other than Mr. Morean and Mr. Main), in their capacity as membersbreaches of the Company’s Board of Directors, Audit or Compensation Committees, at the behest of the Officer Defendants, breached certain of their fiduciary duties to the Company by backdating certain stock option grants between August 1998 and October 2004 to make it appear that they were granted on a prior date when the Company’s stock price was lower.

Subsequently, two similar federal derivative suits were filed (the first of which was filed by Mary L. Graves, a purported shareholder, on July 10, 2006)and consolidated in the United States (“U.S.”) District Court for the Middle District of Florida, Tampa Division, that asserted similar factual allegations and claims as in the Consolidated State Derivative Action, in addition to a claim that the defendants violated Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), by issuing materially false and misleading statements in its proxy statements filed from 1998 to 2005. These suits were consolidated on January 26, 2007 into one action (the “Consolidated Federal Derivative Action”).

On May 3, 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors appointed thea Special Committee to reviewthat reviewed the allegations in the Initial Action. The Special Committee reviewed and analyzed the claims asserted in all of the above derivative actions and concluded that the evidence did not support a finding of intentional manipulation of stock option grant pricing by any member of management. In addition, the Special Committee concluded that it was not in the Company’s best interests to pursue the derivative actions and stated that it would assert that position on the Company’s behalf in each of the pending derivative lawsuits. The Special Committee identified certain factors related to the controls surrounding the process of accounting for option grants that contributed to the accounting errors that led to a restatement of certain of the Company’s historical financial statements.

On

     In September 20, 2007, the Company reached an agreement in principle to resolve the Consolidated State Derivative Action and the Consolidated Federal Derivative Action. Under the terms of this agreement in principle,Action that did not involve the Company will not paypaying any monetary damages, but it did adopt several new

90


policies and procedures to improve the process through which equity awards are determined, approved and accounted for. In addition, the Company agreed in principle to not object to an application by the plaintiff’s counsel for an award of up to $800,000 in attorney’s fees ($600,000 of which will be covered by the Company’s Directors and Officers insurance carriers and $200,000 of which will be paid by the Company). On November 8, 2007, the Company submitted the proposed settlement to the courts for approval. The State Court preliminarily approved the settlement, the form of notice to be mailed to shareholders and the form of summary notice to be published, and also set a hearing to consider whether to finally approve the settlement and whether to award attorney’s fees and expenses to the plaintiffs’ counsel. The Federal Court also approved the notice and summary notice. The Federal Court, however, disapproved the plaintiffs’ intention to seek an award of attorney’s fees and costs in the amount of $800,000 but agreed that the State Court could hold a fairness hearing to determine the amount to award in light of the common benefit, if any, created for all shareholders. On April 7, 2008, the State Court entered an order dismissing the Consolidated State Action and finding that the proposed settlement iswas fair, adequate and reasonable, and that the award toawarded the plaintiffs’ counsel of $700,000$700.0 thousand in attorney fees and costs is reasonable.($575.0 thousand of which was paid by the Company’s Directors and Officers insurance carriers and $125.0 thousand of which was paid by the Company). On April 25, 2008, the Federal Court approved the proposed settlement agreement and dismissed the Consolidated Federal Action.

In addition to the derivative actions, on September 18, 2006, a putative shareholder class action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Florida, Tampa Division against usthe Company and various present and former officers and directors, including Forbes I.J. Alexander, Scott D. Brown, Laurence S. Grafstein, Mel S. Lavitt, Chris Lewis, Timothy Main, Mark T. Mondello, William D. Morean, Lawrence J. Murphy, Frank A. Newman, Steven A. Raymund, Thomas A. Sansone and Kathleen A. Walters on behalf of a proposed class of plaintiffs comprised of persons that purchased the Company’s shares between September 19, 2001 and June 21, 2006. A second putative class action, containing virtually identical legal claims and allegations of fact was filed on October 12, 2006. The two actions were consolidated into a single proceeding (the “Consolidated Class Action”) and on January 18, 2007, the Court appointed The Laborers Pension Trust Fund for Northern California

and Pension Trust Fund for Operating Engineers as lead plaintiffs in the action. On March 5, 2007, the lead plaintiffs filed a consolidated class action complaint (the “Consolidated Class Action Complaint”). The Consolidated Class Action Complaint is purported to be brought on behalf of all persons who purchased the Company’s publicly traded securities between September 19, 2001 and December 21, 2006, and names the Company and certain of its current and former officers, including Forbes I.J. Alexander, Scott D. Brown, Wesley B. Edwards, Chris A. Lewis, Mark T. Mondello, Robert L. Paver and Ronald J. Rapp, as well as certain of the Company’s Directors,directors, Mel S. Lavitt, William D. Morean, Frank A. Newman, Laurence S. Grafstein, Steven A. Raymund, Lawrence J. Murphy, Kathleen A. Walters and Thomas A. Sansone, as defendants. The Consolidated Class Action Complaint alleged violations of Sections 10(b), 20(a), and 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules promulgated thereunder. The Consolidated Class Action Complaint alleged that the defendants engaged in a scheme to fraudulently backdate the grant dates of options for various senior officers and directors, causing the Company’s consolidated financial statements to understate management compensation and overstate net earnings, thereby inflating the Company’s stock price. In addition, the complaint alleged that the Company’s proxy statements falsely stated that it had adhered to its option grant policy of granting options at the closing price of its shares on the trading date immediately prior to the date of the grant. Also, the complaint alleged that the defendants failed to timely disclose the facts and circumstances that led the Company, on June 12, 2006, to announce that it was lowering its prior guidance for net earnings for the third quarter of fiscal year 2006. On April 30, 2007, the plaintiffs filed a First Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint asserting claims substantially similar to the Consolidated Class Action Complaint it replaced but adding additional allegations relating to the restatement of earnings previously announced in connection with the correction of errors in the calculation of compensation expense for certain stock option grants. The Company filed a motion to dismiss the First Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint on June 29, 2007. The plaintiffs filed an opposition to the Company’s motion to dismiss, and the Company then filed a reply memorandum in further support of its motion to dismiss on September 28, 2007. On April 9, 2008, the courtCourt dismissed the First Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint without prejudice and with leave to amend such complaint on or before May 12, 2008.

On May 12, 2008, plaintiffs filed a Second Amended Class Action Complaint. The Second Amended Class Action Complaint asserts substantially the same causes of action against the same defendants, predicated largely on the same allegations of fact as in the First Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint except insofar as the plaintiffs added KPMG LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, as a defendant and added additional allegations with respect to (a) pre-class period option grants, (b) the professional background of certain defendants, (c) option grants to non-executive employees, (d) the restatement of the Company’s financial results for certain periods between 1996 and 2005 and (e) trading by the named plaintiffs and certain of the defendants during the class period. The Second Amended Class Action Complaint also includes an additional claim for insider trading against certain defendants pursuant to Rules 10b-5 and 10b5-1 promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act. The Company filed a motion to dismiss the Second Amended Class Action Complaint.
     On January 26, 2009, the Court dismissed the Second Amended Class Action Complaint with prejudice. The plaintiffs appealed this dismissal on February 20, 2009, and the Second Amended Class Action Complaint has been set for oral arguments in December 2009. The Company believes that the Second Amended Class Action Complaint is as without merit as the First Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint, and the Company is currently awaiting the court’s ruling on its motion to dismiss this complaint. The Companyit will continue to vigorously defend the action, although no assurance can be given as to the ultimate outcome of any such further proceedings.

ii.Securities Exchange Commission Informal Inquiry and U.S. Attorney Subpoena Related to Certain Historical Stock Option Grant Practices
In addition to the private litigation described above, the Company was notified on May 2, 2006 by the Staff of the SECSecurities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) of an informal inquiry concerning the Company’s stock option grant practices. OnIn May 17, 2006, the Company received a subpoena from the U.S. Attorney’s office for the Southern District of New York requesting certain stock option related material. Such information was subsequently provided and the Company did not hear further from such U.S. Attorney’s office. In addition, the Company’s review of its historical stock option practices led it to review certain transactions proposed or effected between fiscal years 1999 and 2002 to determine if it properly recognized revenue associated with those transactions. The Audit

91


Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors engaged independent legal counsel to assist it in reviewing certain proposed or effected transactions with certain customers that occurred during this period. The review determined that there was inadequate documentation to support the Company’s recognition of certain revenues received during the period. The Company’s Audit Committee concluded that there was no direct evidence that any of the Company’s employees intentionally made or caused false accounting entries to be made in connection with these transactions, and the Company concluded that the impact was immaterial. The Company has provided the SEC with the report that

this independent counsel produced regarding these revenue recognition issues, the Special Committee’s report regarding the Company’s stock option grant practices, and the other information requested to date. In addition, the Company continues to cooperateand cooperated fully with the Special Committee, the SEC and the U.S. Attorney’s office.

     The Company cannot predict what effect such reviews may have. See “Risk Factors – We are involved in reviewsreceived a letter from the SEC Division of our historical stock option grant practices”Enforcement on November 24, 2008, advising the Company that the Division had completed its investigation and “We are involved in andid not intend to recommend that the SEC review of our recognition of revenue for certain historical transactions.”

take any enforcement action.

iii. Other Litigation
The Company is party to certain other lawsuits in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not believe that these proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

12. Stockholders’ Equity

a. Stock Option and Stock Appreciation Right Plans

The Company’s 1992 Stock Option Plan (the “1992 Plan”) provided for the granting to employees of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and for the granting of non-statutory stock options to employees and consultants of the Company. A total of 23,440,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the 1992 Plan. The 1992 Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors in November of 1992 and was terminated in October 2001 with the remaining shares transferred into a new plan created in fiscal year 2002.

In October 2001, the Company established a new Stock Option Plan (the “2002 Incentive Plan”). The 2002 Incentive Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors in October 2001 and approved by the stockholders in January 2002. The 2002 Incentive Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 Internal Revenue Code and non-statutory stock options, as well as restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and other stock-based awards. The 2002 Incentive Plan has a total of 32,108,72633,608,726 shares reserved for grant, including 2,608,726 shares that were transferred from the 1992 Plan when it was terminated in October 2001, 10,000,000 shares authorized in January 2004, 7,000,000 shares authorized in January 2006, 3,000,000 shares authorized in August 2007, and 2,500,000 shares authorized in January 2008.2008 and 1,500,000 shares authorized in January 2009. The Company also adopted sub-plans under the 2002 Incentive Plan for its United Kingdom employees (“the CSOP Plan”) and for its French employees (“the FSOP Plan”). The CSOP Plan and FSOP Plan are tax advantaged plans for the Company’s United Kingdom and French employees, respectively. Shares are issued under the CSOP Plan and FSOP Plan from the authorized shares under the 2002 Incentive Plan.

The 2002 Incentive Plan provides that the exercise price of Options generally shall be no less than the fair market value of shares of common stock on the date of grant. Exceptions to this general rule apply to grants of stock appreciation rights, grants of Options intended to preserve the economic value of stock option and other equity-based interests held by employees of acquired entities, and grants of Options intended to provide a material inducement for a new employee to commence employment with the Company. It is and has been the Company’s intention for the exercise price of Options granted under the 2002 Incentive Plan to be at least equal to the fair market value of shares of common stock on the date of grant. However, as we previously discussed in Note 2 “Stock Option Litigation and Restatements” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ending August 31, 2006, a certain number of Options were identified that had a measurement date based on the date that the Compensation Committee or management (as appropriate) decided to grant the Options, instead of the date that the terms of such grants became final, and, therefore, the relating Options had an exercise price less than the fair market value of shares of common stock on the final date of measurement.

As a result, the holders of the Options with an exercise price less than the fair market value of shares of common stock on the final date of measurement may incur adverse tax consequences. Such adverse tax consequences relate to the portions of such Options that vest after December 31, 2004 (“Section 409A Affected Options”) and subject the option holder to accelerated income taxation and a penalty tax under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A (“Section 409A”).

     During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2007, the Company recorded an additional $4.9 million of compensation expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, as a result of agreeing to pay certain 2006 personal tax liabilities incurred by certain option holders who have exercised Section 409A Affected Options as defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. On May 12, 2008, the Company commenced an exchange offer to its non-executive officer employees who are subject to taxation in the U.S. to amend or replace the Section 409A Affected Options (the “Exchange Offer”). The purpose of the Exchange Offer was to permit eligible affected employees to avoid the adverse tax consequences that would be imposed on the Section 409A Affected Options under

92


Section 409A. Pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the Company offered to eligible affected employees the right to have their eligible Section 409A Affected Options amended or replaced and, in certain circumstances, to receive cash payment as compensation for an increased exercise price. The replaced awards have the same terms as the original awards except for an increased exercise price or a new grant date, or both, as applicable. The Exchange Offer was completed on June 13, 2008. Substantially all affected employees elected to accept the offer, which covered options to acquire 2,055,869 shares of the Company’s common stock. In the aggregate, $0.3 million is expected to be paid in January 2009 to the affected employees in connection with this offer. A similar separate offer was made to one executive officer on July 16, 2008, and resulted in 19,616 shares being tendered.

Collectively, the Company paid $0.3 million to all of the affected employees and recorded compensation expense in connection with this offer.

In October 2007, the Board of Directors approved comprehensive procedures governing the manner in which Options are granted to, among other things, substantially reduce the likelihood that future grants of Options will be made with an exercise price that is less than the fair market value of shares of common stock on the Option measurement date for financial accounting and reporting purposes.
     With respect to any participant who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the exercise price of any incentive stock option granted is to equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date and the maximum term of the option may not exceed five years. The term of all other Options under the 2002 Incentive Plan may not exceed ten years. Beginning in fiscal year 2006, Options will generally vest at a rate of one-twelfth 15 months after the grant date with an additional one-twelfth vesting at the end of each three-month period thereafter, becoming fully vested after a 48-month period. Prior to this change, Options generally vested at a rate of 12% after the first six months and 2% per month thereafter, becoming fully vested after a 50-month period.

The following table summarizes option activity from September 1, 2007 throughCompany applies a lattice valuation model for all stock options and stock appreciation rights (collectively known as “Options”) granted subsequent to August 31, 2008:

   Shares
Available for
Grant
  Options
Outstanding
  Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

Balance at September 1, 2007

  7,325,471  16,405,944  $34,418  $24.04  6.19

Options authorized

  2,500,000  —        

Options expired

  (369,575) —        

Options granted

  (4,332,544) 4,332,544    $23.10  

Options cancelled

  3,620,967  (3,620,967)   $25.42  

Restricted stock awards (1)

  (1,481,680) —        

Options exercised

  —    (651,206)   $9.06  
              

Balance at August 31, 2008

  7,262,639  16,466,315  $8,771  $24.09  5.81
              

Exercisable at August 31, 2008

   11,583,800  $8,708  $23.34  4.69
            

(1)Represents the maximum number of shares that can be issued based on the achievement of certain performance criteria.

The weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of Options2005, excluding those granted duringunder the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $8.71, $13.08, and $16.23, respectively. The total intrinsic value of Options exercised during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $4.8 million, $9.0 million, and $120.2 million, respectively.

As of August 31, 2008, there was $47.3 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested Options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.6 years. The total fair value of Options vested during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $19.0 million, $12.3 million, and $25.8 million, respectively.

The Company changed the valuation model used for estimating the fair value of Options granted in the first quarter of fiscal year 2006, from the Black-Scholes model to the lattice valuation model.Company’s ESPP. The lattice valuation model is a more flexible analysis to value employee Options because of its ability to incorporate inputs that change over time, such as volatility and interest rates, and to allow for actual exercise behavior of Option holders. Prior to this change, the Company used the Black-Scholes model for valuing Options. The Company useduses historical data to estimate the Option exercise and employee departure behavior used in the lattice valuation model. The expected term of Options granted is derived from the output of the option pricing model and represents the period of time that Options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual term of the Options is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Because the lattice valuation model uses different risk-free interest rates in calculating the fair value of the Options, ranges are provided only for the Options granted subsequent to August 31, 2005. The volatility used for the lattice model is a constant volatility for all periods within the contractual term of the Option. The constant volatility is ana weighted average of implied volatilities from traded optionsOptions and historical volatility corresponding to the contractual term of the Option. The expected dividend yield of Options granted is derived based on the expected annual dividend yield over the expected life of the optionOption expressed as a percentage of the stock price on the date of grant.

     The weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of Options granted during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $3.52, $8.71, and $13.08, respectively. The total intrinsic value of Options exercised during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 was $3.6 thousand, $4.8 million, and $9.0 million, respectively. As of August 31, 2009, there was $22.6 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested Options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.3 years. The total fair value of Options vested during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $24.9 million, $19.0 million, and $12.3 million, respectively.
Following are the grant date weighted-average and range assumptions, where applicable, used for each respective period:

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2008  2007  2006 

Risk-free interest rate

  1.1% to 4.4% 4.6% to 5.1% 3.7% to 5.3%

Weighted-average expected volatility

  50.2% 49.0% 49.2%

Weighted-average expected life

  5.8 years  5.5 years  6.0 years 

Weighted-average expected dividend yield

  1.3% 1.0% 0.03%

b. Stock Purchase and Award Plans

             
  Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
  2009 2008 2007
Expected dividend yield  3.6%  1.3%  1.0%
Risk-free interest rate 0% to 3.6% 1.1% to 4.4% 4.6% to 5.1%
Expected volatility  67.3%  50.2%  49.0%
Expected life 5.8 years 5.8 years 5.5 years
The Company’s 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2002 Purchase Plan”) was approved byfair-value method is also applied to non-employee awards in accordance with SFAS 123R. The measurement date for equity awards granted to non-employees is the stockholders in January 2002. Initially there were 2,000,000 shares reservedearlier of the performance commitment date or the date the services required under the 2002 Purchase Plan. An additional 2,000,000 shares were authorized for issuance under the 2002 Purchase Plan and approved by stockholders in January 2006.arrangement have been completed. The Company also adoptedgenerally considers the measurement date for such non-employee awards to be the date that the award has vested. The Company re-measures the awards at each interim reporting period between the grant date and the measurement date. Non-employee awards are classified as liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are therefore remeasured at each interim reporting period until the Options are exercised, cancelled or expire unexercised. At August 31, 2009 and 2008, $47.0 thousand and $0.2 million, respectively, related to non-employee stock-based awards was classified as a sub-plan underliability on the 2002 Purchase Plan for its Indian employees. The Indian sub-plan isCompany’s

93


Consolidated Balance Sheets and a tax advantaged plangain of $0.1 million and a gain of $0.3 million was recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Company’s Indian employees. Shares are issued under the Indian sub-plan from the authorized shares under the 2002 Purchase Plan. As of August 31, 2008, a total of 3,416,388 shares had been issued under the 2002 Purchase Plan.

Employees are eligible to participate in the 2002 Purchase Plan after 90 days of employment with the Company. The 2002 Purchase Plan permits eligible employees to purchase common stock through payroll deductions, which may not exceed 10% of an employee’s compensation, as defined, at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning or end of the offering period, whichever is lower. The 2002 Purchase Plan is intended to qualify under section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. Unless terminated sooner, the 2002 Purchase Plan will terminate on October 17, 2011.

Awards under the 2002 Purchase Plan are generally granted in June and December. There were 824,498, 623,770, and 485,648 shares purchased under the 2002 Purchase Plan for the fiscal yeartwelve months ended August 31, 2009 and 2008, 2007,respectively, resulting from remeasurement of the awards.

     At August 31, 2009, the Company has 82,844 Options outstanding that will be settled by the Company with cash. SFAS 123R requires that the Company classify cash settled awards as liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and 2006, respectively.

Themeasure these awards at fair value at each reporting date until the award is ultimately settled (i.e. until the Option is exercised or canceled). All changes in fair value are recorded to the Company’s Consolidated Statement of shares issued under the 2002 Purchase PlanOperations at each reporting date. At August 31, 2009, $0.1 million related to cash settled awards was estimatedrecorded as a liability on the commencement dateCompany’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company recognized a loss in the Consolidated Statement of each offering period usingOperations of $65.3 thousand and $24.0 thousand to record the Black-Scholes option pricing model.awards at fair value for the twelve months ended August 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

     The following weighted-average assumptions were used in the model for each respective period:

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2008  2007  2006 

Expected dividend yield

  1.0% 1.1% 0.7%

Risk-free interest rate

  3.6% 5.2% 3.9%

Expected volatility

  43.5% 39.8% 24.6%

Expected life

  0.5 years  0.5 years  0.5 years 

table summarizes option activity from September 1, 2008 through August 31, 2009:

                     
                  Weighted- 
              Weighted-  Average 
  Shares      Aggregate  Average  Remaining 
  Available  Options  Intrinsic Value  Exercise  Contractual 
  for Grant  Outstanding  (in thousands)  Price  Life (years) 
Balance at September 1, 2008  7,262,639   16,466,315  $8,771  $24.09   5.8 
                     
Options authorized  1,500,000                
Options expired  (363,980)        $21.15     
Options granted  (55,290)  55,290      $7.90     
Options cancelled  1,498,771   (1,498,771)     $24.87     
Restricted stock awards (1)  (4,714,044)               
Options exercised     (1,160)     $5.88     
                   
Balance at August 31, 2009  5,128,096   15,021,674  $154  $24.04   4.9 
                  
Exercisable at August 31, 2009      12,412,208  $0  $23.95   4.2 
                   
(1)Represents the maximum number of shares that can be issued based on the achievement of certain performance criteria.
c.b. Restricted Stock Awards

In

     Beginning in fiscal year 2005, the Company granted restricted stock awards to certain key employees pursuant to the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. The sharesawards granted in fiscal year 2005 will vest after five years, but may vest earlier if specific performance criteria are met.

Beginning in In fiscal year 2006, the Company began granting certain restricted stock awards that have certain performance conditions that will be measured at the end of the employee’s requisite service period, which provide a range of vesting possibilities from 0% to 200%. The performance based restricted awards generally vest on a cliff vesting schedule over a three year period. In accordance with SFAS 123R, the stock-based compensation expense for these restricted stock awards (including restricted stock and restricted stock units) is measured at fair value of each award was measured on the date of grant based on the number of shares expected to vest and wasthe quoted market price of the Company’s common stock. For restricted stock awards with performance conditions, stock-based compensation expense is originally recognized over the requisite service period based on the number of shares that would vest if the Company achieved 100% of the performance goal, which was the probable outcome at the grant date. Throughout the requisite service period management monitors the probability of achievement of the performance condition. If it becomes probable, based on the Company’s performance, that more or less than the current estimate of the awarded shares will vest, an adjustment to compensation cost will be recognized as a change in accounting estimate. Alternatively, if any of the performance goals are not met, any previously recognized compensation cost will be reversed.

     In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company determined that for the restricted stock awards that were granted in fiscal year 2006 that have the aforementioned performance conditions, it was probable that the performance goal resulting in 100% of the awards being vested would not be achieved. However, it was probable that 40% of the awards would vest. This change in estimate resulted in the reversal of $9.1 million in stock-based compensation expense from the Company’s Consolidated Statement of EarningsOperations in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007. It was further determined in the first quarter of fiscal year 2008 that for such restricted stock awards granted in fiscal year 2006, it was probable that 0%none of the awards would vest, which resulted in an additional reversal of $5.9 million in stock-based compensation expense from the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Earnings.Operations. During the third quarter of fiscal year 2008, it was determined that 50% of the restricted stock awards that were granted in fiscal year 2007 with performance conditions would vest. This change in estimate resulted in a reversal of $6.9 million in stock-based compensation expense from the Company’s Consolidated Statement of EarningsOperations in the third quarter of fiscal year 2008. DuringIt was further determined in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008 that for restricted stock awards granted in fiscal year 2007, it was probable that none of the

94


awards would vest, which resulted in an additional reversal of $7.6 million in stock-based compensation expense from the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008. During the second quarter of fiscal year 2009, it was determined that 0%none of the restricted stock awards that were granted in fiscal year 20072008 with performance conditions would vest. This change in estimate resulted in a reversal of $7.6$10.2 million in stock-based compensation expense from the Company’s Consolidated Statement of EarningsOperations in the fourthsecond quarter of fiscal year 2008.2009. The restricted stock awards that were granted in fiscal year 20082009 continue to be recognized based on an estimated 100% performance goal, the probable outcome. If it becomes probable,
     The Company began granting time based restricted stock to employees in fiscal year 2007. The time based restricted shares granted generally vest on a graded vesting schedule over three years. In accordance with SFAS 123R, the Company’s performance, that more or less than the current estimate of the awarded shares will vest, an adjustment tostock-based compensation cost will be recognized. Alternatively, if any of the performance goals are not met, any recognized compensation cost will be reversed. In addition toexpense for these restricted stock awards that have certain performance conditions, the Company has also granted certain(including restricted stock awards that vest over time.

Duringand restricted stock units) is measured at fair value on the first quarterdate of grant based upon the quoted market price of the Company’s common stock .

     In fiscal year 2008, the Company grantedbegan granting certain restricted stock awards with a vesting condition that is tied to the Standard and Poor’s 500 Composite Index. In accordance with SFAS 123R, such a market condition must be considered in the grant date fair value of the award with such fair value determination made using a lattice mode, which contemplates thatutilizes multiple input variables to determine the probability of the Company achieving the specified market condition may never be met.conditions. Stock-based compensation expense related to an award with a market condition will be recognized over the requisite service period regardless of whether the market condition is satisfied, provided that the requisite service period has been completed.

The following table summarizes restricted stock activity from September 1, 2007 through

     At August 31, 2008. The number of shares presented below represents the maximum number of shares that can vest based on the achievement of certain performance criteria.

   Shares  Weighted-Average
Grant-Date

Fair Value

Nonvested balance at September 1, 2007

  4,993,627  $27.73

Changes during the period:

   

Shares granted

  3,102,982  $20.37

Shares vested

  (485,423) $19.42

Shares forfeited

  (1,621,302) $29.28
     

Nonvested balance at August 31, 2008

  5,989,884  $24.17
     

As of August 31, 2008,2009, there was $39.2$26.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards granted under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years.

     The following table summarizes restricted stock activity from September 1, 2008 through August 31, 2009:
         
      Weighted - 
      Average 
      Grant-Date 
  Shares  Fair Value 
Nonvested balance at September 1, 2008  5,989,884  $24.17 
         
Changes during the period        
Shares granted (1)  5,476,467  $7.41 
Shares vested  (502,376) $21.96 
Shares forfeited  (762,423) $21.11 
       
Nonvested balance at August 31, 2009  10,201,552  $15.50 
       
(1)Represents the maximum number of shares that can vest based on the achievement of certain performance criteria.
d. Commonc. Employee Stock Repurchase ProgramPurchase Plan

On June 29, 2006,

     The ESPP was adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors in October 2001 and approved by the shareholders in January 2002. Initially there were 2,000,000 shares reserved under the ESPP. An additional 2,000,000 shares and 3,000,000 shares were authorized for issuance under the repurchase of up to $200.0 million worth of shares of the Company’s common stock. The repurchase program was effective for a one year period ending June 29, 2007. During the fourth quarter of fiscal yearESPP and approved by stockholders in January 2006 the Company repurchased 8.4 million shares of common stock for approximately $200.3 million.and January 2009, respectively. The Company also paid commissionsadopted a sub-plan under the ESPP for its Indian employees. The Indian sub-plan is a tax advantaged plan for the Company’s Indian employees. Shares are issued under the Indian sub-plan from the authorized shares under the ESPP.
     Employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP after 90 days of approximately $251.0 thousandemployment with the Company. The ESPP permits eligible employees to purchase common stock through payroll deductions, which may not exceed 10% of an employee’s compensation, as defined in relationthe ESPP, at a price equal to 85% of the repurchases.fair market value of the common stock at the beginning or end of the offering period, whichever is lower. The repurchasesESPP is intended to qualify under section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. Unless terminated sooner, the ESPP will terminate on October 17, 2011.
     Awards under the 2002 Purchase Plan are generally granted in June and December. There were funded by cash on hand, available borrowings1,248,314, 824,498, and 623,770 shares purchased under revolving credit facilitiesthe 2002 Purchase Plan for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, 2008, and funds provided by operations.2007, respectively. At August 31, 2009, a total of 4,664,702 shares had been issued under the ESPP.

95


     The maximum dollarfair value of shares that could be repurchasedissued under the program2002 Purchase Plan was reached as of August 31, 2006. The cost of repurchasing the shares is recorded as treasury stockestimated on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at August 31, 2008.

commencement date of each offering period using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions were used in the model for each respective period:

             
  Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
  2009  2008  2007 
Expected dividend yield  1.5%  1.0%  1.1%
Risk-free interest rate  1.1%  3.6%  5.2%
Expected volatility  74.6%  43.5%  39.8%
Expected life 0.5 years 0.5 years 0.5 years
e.d. Dividends

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company’s cash dividends paid or declared to common stockholders during the year ended August 31,fiscal years 2008 and 2007.

   

Dividend
declaration date

  Dividend
per share
  Total of cash
dividends
paid
  

Date of record for
dividend payment

  

Dividend cash
payment date

   (in thousands, except per share data)

Fiscal year 2007:

  November 2, 2006  $0.07  $14,378  November 15, 2006  December 1, 2006
  January 22, 2007  $0.07  $14,414  February 15, 2007  March 1, 2007
  April 30, 2007  $0.07  $14,517  May 15, 2007  June 1, 2007
  August 2, 2007  $0.07  $14,559  August 15, 2007  September 4, 2007

Fiscal year 2008:

  November 1, 2007  $0.07  $14,667  November 15, 2007  December 3, 2007
  January 17, 2008  $0.07  $14,704  February 15, 2008  March 3, 2008
  April 17, 2008  $0.07  $14,704  May 15, 2008  June 2, 2008
  July 16, 2008  $0.07  $14,739  August 15, 2008  September 2, 2008

2009.

               
        Total of cash    
  Dividend Dividend dividends Date of record for Dividend cash
  declaration date per share paid dividend payment payment date
    (in thousands, except per share data)  
Fiscal year 2008:
 November 1, 2007 $0.07  $14,667  November 15, 2007 December 3, 2007
  January 17, 2008 $0.07  $14,704  February 15, 2008 March 3, 2008
  April 17, 2008 $0.07  $14,704  May 15, 2008 June 2, 2008
  July 16, 2008 $0.07  $14,739  August 15, 2008 September 2, 2008
               
Fiscal year 2009:
 October 24, 2008 $0.07  $14,916  November 17, 2008 December 1, 2008
  January 22, 2009 $0.07  $14,974  February 17, 2009 March 2, 2009
  April 23, 2009 $0.07  $14,954  May 15, 2009 June 1, 2009
  July 16, 2009 $0.07  $14,992  August 17, 2009 September 1, 2009
13. Concentration of Risk and Segment Data

a. Concentration of Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents with various domestic and foreign financial institutions. Deposits held with the financial institutions

may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits, but may generally be redeemed upon demand. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of the financial institutions and attempts to limit exposure with any one institution. With respect to trade receivables, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral. The Company maintains an allowance for potential credit losses on trade receivables.

Sales of the Company’s products are concentrated among specific customers. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008, our2009, the Company’s five largest customers accounted for approximately 47%43% of our net revenue and 4450 customers accounted for approximately 90% of our net revenue. Sales to the following customers who accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s net revenues, expressed as a percentage of consolidated net revenue, and the percentage of trade accounts receivable for each customer, were as follows:

   Percentage of
Net Revenue
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
  Percentage of
Trade Accounts Receivable
August 31,
 
   2008  2007  2006  2008  2007 

Cisco Systems, Inc

  16% 15% *  *  * 

Nokia Corporation

  *  13% 21% 12% 13%

Royal Philips Electronics

  *  *  12% 12% 11%

Hewlett-Packard Company

  11% *  *  14% 12%

                     
  Percentage of    
      Net Revenue      Percentage of Accounts Receivable 
  Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  August 31, 
  2009  2008  2007  2009  2008 
Cisco Systems, Inc.  13%  16%  15%  *   * 
Research in Motion Limited  12%  *   *   10%  * 
Nokia Corporation  *   *   13%  *   * 
Hewlett-Packard Company  *   11%  *   10%  * 
*Amount was less than 10% of total

96


Sales to the above customers were reported in the Consumer, EMS and AMS operating segments.

The Company procures components from a broad group of suppliers, determined on an assembly-by-assembly basis. Almost all of the products manufactured by the Company require one or more components that are available from only a single source.

b. Segment Data

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131,Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,(“SFAS 131”) establishes standards for reporting information about segments in financial statements. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses; for which separate financial information is available; and whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker to assess the performance of the individual segment and make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment.

The Company derives its revenue from providing comprehensive electronics design, production, product management and aftermarket services. Management, including the Chief Executive Officer, evaluates performance and allocates resources on a divisional basis for manufacturing and service operating segments. Prior to the first quarter of fiscal year 2008, the Company managed its business based on three geographic regions, the Americas, Europe and Asia and managed the services group independently of the regional manufacturing segments. During fiscal year 2008, the Company realigned its organizational structure to manage the business based on divisions. Accordingly, the Company’s operating segments now consist of three segments Consumer, EMS and AMS. All prior period disclosures presented below have been restated to reflect this change.

Net revenue for the operating segments is attributed to the division in which the product is manufactured or service is performed. An operating segment’s performance is evaluated based upon its pre-tax operating contribution, or segment income. Segment income is defined as net revenue less cost of revenue, segment selling, general and administrative expenses, segment research and development expenses and an allocation of corporate manufacturing expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses, and does not include, intangible amortization, stock-based

compensation expense, restructuring and impairment charges, other expense, interest income, interest expense, income taxes or minority interest. Total segment assets are defined as trade accounts receivable, inventory, customer related machinery and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill. All other non-segment assets are reviewed on a global basis by management. Transactions between operating segments are generally recorded at amounts that approximate arm’s length.

The following table sets forth operating segment information (in thousands):
             
  Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
  2009  2008  2007 
Net revenue
            
Consumer $4,160,105  $3,895,128  $4,146,767 
EMS  6,802,482   8,217,847   7,552,858 
AMS  721,951   666,728   590,967 
          
  $11,684,538  $12,779,703  $12,290,592 
          
             
   2009   2008   2007 
          
Segment income and reconciliation of (loss) income before income taxes and minority interest
            
Consumer $51,764  $55,119  $88,731 
EMS  124,498   275,692   194,947 
AMS  63,317   49,086   47,878 
          
Total segment income
 $239,579  $379,897  $331,556 
Reconciling items:            
Amortization of intangibles  (31,039)  (37,288)  (29,347)
Restructuring and impairment charges  (51,894)  (54,808)  (72,396)
Goodwill impairment charges  (1,022,821)      
Other expense  (20,111)  (11,902)  (15,888)
Interest income  7,426   12,014   14,531 
Interest expense  (82,247)  (94,316)  (86,069)
Stock-based compensation expense  (44,026)  (36,404)  (47,874)
          
(Loss) income before income taxes and minority interest (net of tax) $(1,005,133) $157,193  $94,513 
          

97


   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2008  2007  2006 

Net revenue

    

Consumer

  $3,895,128  $4,146,767  $4,077,006 

EMS

   8,217,847   7,552,858   5,770,358 

AMS

   666,728   590,967   418,083 
             
  $12,779,703  $12,290,592  $10,265,447 
             
   2008  2007  2006 

Segment income and reconciliation of income before income taxes and minority interest

    

Consumer

  $55,119  $88,731  $215,134 

EMS

   275,692   194,947   152,662 

AMS

   49,086   47,878   23,767 
             

Total segment income

  $379,897  $331,556  $391,563 

Reconciling items:

    

Amortization of intangibles

   (37,288)  (29,347)  (24,323)

Restructuring and impairment charges

   (54,808)  (72,396)  (81,585)

Other expense

   (11,902)  (15,888)  (11,918)

Net interest expense

   (82,302)  (71,538)  (4,773)

Stock-based compensation expense

   (36,404)  (47,874)  (43,848)
             

Income before income taxes and minority interest (net of tax)

  $157,193  $94,513  $225,116 
             
   2008  2007  2006 

Total assets

    

Consumer

  $2,134,318  $2,026,122  $1,488,181 

EMS

   3,006,485   2,974,901   2,731,143 

AMS

   223,561   217,207   212,854 

Other non-allocated assets

   1,667,773   1,077,002   979,552 
             
  $7,032,137  $6,295,232  $5,411,730 
             

Total restructuring and impairment costs of $54.8 million were charged against earnings during fiscal year 2008. Approximately $2.5 million, $45.3 million and $4.8 million were incurred during fiscal year 2008 in the Consumer, EMS and AMS operating segments, respectively. In addition, there was $2.2 million in corporate restructuring and impairment costs that were incurred during fiscal year 2008. Total restructuring and impairment costs of $72.4 million were charged against earnings during fiscal year 2007. Approximately $53.7 million, $10.4 million and $3.1 million of restructuring and impairment costs were incurred during fiscal year 2007 in the Consumer, EMS and AMS operating segments, respectively. In addition, there was $5.2 million in corporate restructuring and impairment costs that were incurred during fiscal year 2007.

             
  Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
  2009  2008  2007 
Total assets
            
Consumer $1,723,934  $2,134,318  $2,026,122 
EMS  2,017,575   3,006,485   2,974,901 
AMS  280,126   223,561   217,207 
Other non-allocated assets  1,296,223   1,667,773   1,077,002 
          
  $5,317,858  $7,032,137  $6,295,232 
          
     See Note 10 – “Restructuring and Impairment Charges” for discussion of the Company’s restructuring plan initiated in fiscal yearyears 2009 and 2006.

The Company operates in 2224 countries worldwide. Sales to unaffiliated customers are based on the Company’s location providing the electronics design, production, product management or aftermarket services. The following tables set forth external net revenue, net of intercompany eliminations, and long-lived asset information where individual countries represent a material portion of the total (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
   2008  2007  2006

External net revenue:

      

U.S.  

  $2,605,155  $2,610,979  $1,811,375

Mexico

   2,042,763   1,951,652   1,721,937

China

   2,841,404   2,033,859   1,570,398

Hungary

   755,844   1,369,530   1,441,345

Malaysia

   995,981   870,153   928,311

Brazil

   419,359   558,915   705,913

Poland

   972,575   911,476   531,224

Other

   2,146,622   1,984,028   1,554,944
            
  $12,779,703  $12,290,592  $10,265,447
            
   August 31,
   2008  2007  2006

Long-lived assets:

      

U.S.  

  $359,451  $357,741  $355,437

China

   481,770   279,971   247,012

Taiwan

   633,301   798,281   2,742

India

   294,322   289,171   265,496

Hungary

   149,010   143,641   173,062

Mexico

   188,823   154,299   167,527

Malaysia

   117,344   82,428   88,560

Brazil

   50,307   60,810   79,401

Other

   410,096   366,215   294,799
            
  $2,684,424  $2,532,557  $1,674,036
            

             
  Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
  2009  2008  2007 
External net revenue:
            
Mexico $2,704,681  $2,042,763  $1,951,652 
China  2,444,307   2,841,404   2,033,859 
U.S.  1,887,773   2,605,155   2,610,979 
Hungary  1,005,144   755,844   1,369,530 
Malaysia  814,425   995,981   870,153 
Brazil  510,071   419,359   558,915 
Poland  478,457   972,575   911,476 
Other  1,839,680   2,146,622   1,984,028 
          
  $11,684,538  $12,779,703  $12,290,592 
          
             
  August 31, 
  2009  2008  2007 
Long-lived assets:
            
China $413,064  $481,770  $279,971 
U.S.  252,574   359,451   357,741 
Mexico  247,605   188,823   154,299 
Taiwan  133,395   633,301   798,281 
Malaysia  101,246   117,344   82,428 
Poland  91,188   137,800   105,416 
Hungary  80,618   149,010   143,641 
India  76,443   294,322   289,171 
Other  137,884   322,603   321,609 
          
  $1,534,017  $2,684,424  $2,532,557 
          
Total foreign source net revenue was approximately $9.8 billion, $10.2 billion, $9.7 billion and $8.4$9.7 billion for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 2007 and 2006,2007, respectively. Total long-lived assets related to the Company’s foreign operations were approximately $1.3 billion, $2.3 billion, $2.2 billion and $1.3$2.2 billion for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
14. Derivative Financial Instruments and 2006, respectively.

14.Hedging Activities

     The Company applies SFAS 133, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 138,Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activity, an Amendment of SFAS 133, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 149,Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activitiesand Statement of Financial Accounting

98

The Company has used certain derivative instruments to enhance its ability to manage risk relating to cash flow


Standards No. 161,Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and interest rate exposure. Derivative instruments are entered into for periods consistentHedging Activities(“SFAS 161”). In accordance with the related underlying exposures and are not entered into for speculative purposes. The Company documentsthese standards, all relationships between derivative instruments and related items, as well as its risk-management objectives and strategies for undertaking various derivative transactions. All derivative instruments are recorded on the Consolidated Balance SheetSheets at their respective fair values. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on the intended use and designation of the derivative instrument. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative and the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in current earnings. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is initially reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax, and is subsequently reclassified into earnings when the hedged item affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is recognized in current earnings. For derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges, gains and losses from changes in fair values are recognized currently in accordance with earnings.
     On September 1, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157,Fair Value Measurements(“SFAS 133.

157”) which applies to financial assets and liabilities that are being measured and reported on a fair value basis and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The adoption of SFAS 157 for financial assets and liabilities did not have a material impact on the Company’s existing fair value measurement practices but requires disclosure of a fair value hierarchy of inputs used to value an asset or a liability. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy include: Level 1 – quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities; Level 2 – inputs other than quoted market prices included in level 1 above that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and Level 3 – unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

     The Company is exposed to certain risks relating to its ongoing business activities. The primary risks managed by the use of derivative instruments are foreign currency fluctuation risk and interest rate risk.
a. Foreign Currency Risk Management:

     Forward contracts are put in place to manage the foreign currency risk associated with various commitments arising from trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable and fixed purchase obligations. At August 31, 2009, a hedging relationship existed that related to certain anticipated foreign currency denominated expenses, with an aggregate notional amount outstanding at August 31, 2009 and 2008 of $29.3 million and $0, respectively. The related forward foreign exchange contracts have been designated as hedging instruments and are accounted for as cash flow hedges under SFAS 133. The forward foreign exchange contract transactions will effectively lock in the value of anticipated foreign currency denominated expenses against foreign currency fluctuations. The anticipated foreign currency denominated expenses being hedged are expected to occur between September 1, 2009 and May 31, 2010.
     Additionally, the Company enters into forward contracts to economically hedge against the impact of currency fluctuations on U.S. dollar and foreign currencytransactional exposure associated with commitments arising from trade accounts receivable, trade

accounts payable and fixed purchase obligations. The Company has elected not to prepare and maintainobligations denominated in a currency other than the documentation required to qualify as an accounting hedge and, therefore, changes in fair value are recorded infunctional currency of the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

respective operating entity. The aggregate notional amount of these outstanding forward contracts at August 31, 2009 and 2008 was $841.0 million and $1.7 billion.billion respectively.

     The following table presents the Company’s assets and liabilities related to foreign forward exchange contracts measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of theseAugust 31, 2009, aggregated by the level in the fair-value hierarchy within which those measurements fall (in thousands):
                 
  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total 
Assets:
                
Forward foreign exchange contracts $  $10,874  $  $10,874 
                 
Liabilities:
                
Forward foreign exchange contracts     (5,511)     (5,511)
             
                 
Total
 $  $5,363  $  $5,363 
             
     The Company’s forward foreign exchange contracts amounted toare measured on a $31.1 million asset recorded in prepaidrecurring basis based on foreign currency spot rates and other current assets and a $6.4 million liability recorded in accrued expensesforward rates quoted by banks or foreign currency dealers.
     The Company has the following derivative instruments located on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The forward contracts, which areSheets utilized for various currencies, will generally expire in less than four months, with five months being the maximum term of the contracts outstandingforeign currency risk management purposes at August 31, 2008. These contracts will expire during fiscal year 2009 and(in thousands):

99


                 
  Fair Values of Derivative Instruments
  Asset Derivatives Liability Derivatives
  Balance Sheet Fair Balance Sheet Fair
  Location Value Location Value
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133:
                
                 
Forward foreign exchange contracts Prepaid expenses and other assets $961  Accrued expense $ 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133:
                
                 
Forward foreign exchange contracts Prepaid expenses and other assets $9,913  Accrued expense $5,511 
     The Company has the resulting change in value will be reflected in cost of revenuefollowing derivative instruments located on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. At August 31, 2007 the Company had $1.2 billionOperations utilized for foreign currency risk management purposes which are designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133 (in thousands):
                     
                  Amount of Gain or
          Amount of Gain     (Loss) Recognized in
  Amount of Gain Location of Gain (Loss) or (Loss)     Income on Derivative
  (Loss) Recognized Reclassified from Reclassified from Location of Gain or (Ineffective Portion
  in OCI on Accumulated OCI Accumulated OCI (Loss) Recognized in and Amount Excluded
  Derivative into Income into Income Income on Derivative from Effectiveness
Derivatives in SFAS (Effective Portion) (Effective Portion) (Effective Portion) (Ineffective Portion Testing) for the Twelve
133 Cash Flow for the Twelve months for the Twelve months for the Twelve months and Amount Excluded months
Hedging ended August 31, ended August 31, ended August 31, from Effectiveness ended August 31,
Relationship 2009 2009 2009 Testing) 2009
Forward foreign exchange contracts $705  Cost of revenue $307  Cost of revenue $659 
     The effect of forward contracts for various currencies. The maximum term of the forward contracts that economically hedged forecasted transactions was five months. These contracts expired during fiscal year 2008, with the resulting change in value being reflected in cost of revenuederivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133 on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. See Note 1(p) – “DescriptionOperations for the twelve months ended August 31, 2009 is as follows (in thousands):
         
      Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under Location of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative for the Twelve Months
SFAS 133 Income on Derivative ended August 31, 2009
Forward foreign exchange contracts Cost of revenue $50,385 
     At August 31, 2009, the Company recognized a net unrealized loss of Businessapproximately $4.4 million on forward foreign exchange contracts not designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133 which was recorded in the cost of revenue line on the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Summaryoffset by the change in the fair value of Significant Accounting Policies – Comprehensive Income.”

the underlying hedged assets or liabilities.

b. Interest Rate Risk Management:

The Company has historically used an interest

     Interest rate swap as part of itsswaps are entered into in order to manage interest rate risk management strategy. In July 2007, Jabil entered into forward interestassociated with the Company’s variable rate borrowings. At August 31, 2009, a hedging relationship existed that related to $100.0 million of the Company’s variable rate debt. The swap transactions to hedge the fixed interest rate payments for an anticipated debt issuance. The swaps areis accounted for as a cash flow hedge under SFAS 133. The notional amount of the swaps was $400.0 million. Concurrently with the pricing of the first $250.0 million of the 8.250% Senior Notes, Jabil settled $250.0 million of the swaps by payment of $27.5 million. The remaining $150.0 million of swaps were also settled during the second quarter of fiscal year 2008 by payment of $15.6 million. As a result, the Company settled the amount recognized as a current liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company also recorded $0.7 million in interest expense (as ineffectiveness) in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings during fiscal year 2008, with the remainder recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes, in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. During the third quarter of fiscal year 2008, the Company issued the remaining $150.0 million of 8.250% Senior Notes and recorded no additional interest expense (as ineffectiveness) in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. The effective portion of the swaps remaining on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet will be amortized to interest expense on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings over the life of the 8.250% Senior Notes.

In July 2003, Jabil entered into anThis interest rate swap transaction to effectively convert thelocks in a fixed interest rate of its 5.875% Senior Notesfor variable rate interest payments that are expected to a variable rate. The swap, which was to expire in 2010, was accounted for as a fair value hedge under SFAS 133. The notional amount of the swap was $300.0 million, which is related to the 5.875% Senior Notes.be made from January 28, 2009 through January 28, 2010. Under the terms of the swap, the Company paid an interest rate equal to the six-month LIBOR rate, set in arrears, plus a fixed spread of 1.945%. In exchange, Jabil receivedwill pay a fixed rate and will receive a variable rate based on the one month USD LIBOR rate plus a credit spread.

     The following table presents the Company’s assets and liabilities related to the interest rate swap measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of 5.875%August 31, 2009, aggregated by the level in the fair-value hierarchy within which those measurements fall (in thousands):
Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
Assets:
Interest rate swap$$$$

100


                 
  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total 
Liabilities:
                
Interest rate swap     (255)     (255)
             
                 
Total
 $  $(255) $  $(255)
             
     The Company’s interest rate swap is measured on a recurring basis based on the LIBOR forward rate as quoted by certain financial institutions.
     The Company has the following derivative instruments located on the Consolidated Balance Sheets utilized for interest rate risk management purposes at August 31, 2009 (in thousands):
                 
  Fair Values of Derivative Instruments
  Asset Derivatives Liability Derivatives
  Balance Sheet Fair Balance Sheet Fair
  Location Value Location Value
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133:
                
                 
Interest rate swap Not applicable $  Accrued expense $255 
     The Company has the following derivative instruments located on the Consolidated Statement of Operations utilized for interest rate risk management purposes (in thousands):
               
              Amount of Gain or
        Amount of Gain   (Loss) Recognized in
  Amount of Gain Location of Gain (Loss) or (Loss)   Income on Derivative
  (Loss) Recognized Reclassified from Reclassified from Location of Gain or (Ineffective Portion
  in OCI on Accumulated OCI Accumulated OCI (Loss) Recognized in and Amount Excluded
  Derivative into Income into Income Income on Derivative from Effectiveness
Derivatives in SFAS (Effective Portion) (Effective Portion) (Effective Portion) (Ineffective Portion Testing) for the Twelve
133 Cash Flow for the Twelve months for the Twelve months for the Twelve months and Amount Excluded months
Hedging ended August 31, ended August 31, ended August 31, from Effectiveness ended August 31,
Relationship 2009 2009 2009 Testing) 2009
Interest rate swap $(549) Interest expense $(294) Interest expense $—
     The changes in net gain on cash flow hedges included in accumulated other comprehensive income is as follows (in thousands):
     
  Twelve months ended 
  August 31, 2009 
Balance, August 31, 2008 $ 
Net gain for the period  156 
Net gain transferred to earnings  (13)
    
Balance, August 31, 2009 $143 
    
15. New Accounting Pronouncements
a. Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements:
     On September 1, 2008, the Company adopted FASB Statement No. 159,The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure financial instruments and certain other assets and liabilities at fair value on an instrument-by-instrument basis (the “fair value option”) with changes in fair value reported in earnings each reporting period. The swap transaction qualified forfair value option enables some companies to reduce the shortcut method of recognitionvolatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without applying the complex hedge accounting requirements under SFAS 133, therefore no portionto achieve similar results. The Company already records its derivative contracts and hedging activities at fair value in accordance with SFAS 133. The Company did not elect the fair value option for any other financial instruments or certain other financial assets and liabilities that were not previously required to be measured at fair value.
     On September 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS 157 which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements. The provisions of SFAS 157 are effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. In February 2008, FASB Staff Position No. 157-2,Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157(“FSP 157-2”) was issued

101


delaying the effective date of SFAS 157 with respect to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are not remeasured on a recurring basis (at least annually), until fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. The adoption of the swap was treated as ineffective. The interest rate swap was terminatedprovisions of SFAS 157 during the first fiscal quarter of 2009 did not have a material impact on June 3, 2005. Thethe Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows, but requires expanded annual disclosures regarding the Company’s fair value measurements. Refer to Note 8 – “Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Long-Term Lease Obligations,” Note 9 – “Postretirement Benefits” and Note 14 – “Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities” for disclosure surrounding the fair value of the interest rate swapCompany’s debt obligations, pension plan assets and derivative financial instruments, respectively.
     On September 1, 2008, the Company adopted EITF Issue No. 06-11,Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of $4.5 million was recorded in long-term liabilities,Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards(“EITF 06-11”). EITF 06-11 requires companies to recognize a realized income tax benefit associated with the corresponding offset recordeddividends or dividend equivalents paid on nonvested equity-classified employee share-based payment awards that are charged to retained earnings as an increase to additional paid-in capital. The adoption of EITF 06-11 did not have a decrease to the carrying value of the 5.875% Senior Notes,material impact on the Consolidated Balance Sheet atCompany’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
     In September 2006, the termination date. In addition, Jabil had recorded $0.4 millionFASB issued SFAS 158 which requires an employer to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of interest receivable froma defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the issuing bankyear in which the changes occur through comprehensive income. This statement also requires an employer to measure the funded status of a plan as of the termination date. Upon termination, Jabil madedate of its year-end statement of financial position. The requirement to recognize the funded status of a net $4.1 million cash payment todefined benefit postretirement plan was effective as of the issuing bank to derecognizeend of the interest rate swapfiscal period ending after December 15, 2006. The Company has adopted this requirement and the accrued interest.effects are reflected in the financial statements as of August 31, 2007. The $4.5 million decreaserequirement to the carrying valuemeasure plan assets and benefit obligations as of the 5.875% Senior Notesdate of the employer’s fiscal year-end statement of financial position is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008, which the Company adopted in fiscal year 2009.
     On December 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS 161 which changes the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. The Company will be required to provide enhanced disclosures about (a) how and why derivative instruments are used, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS 133, and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect the Company’s results of operations, financial performance, and cash flows. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. The additional disclosures required by SFAS 161 are included in Note 14 – “Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities.”
     On December 1, 2008, the Company adopted FASB Staff Position No. FAS 140-4 (“FSP 140-4”) and FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)-8 (“FIN 46(R)-8”),Disclosures by Public Entities (Enterprises) about Transfers of Financial Assets and Interests in Variable Interest Entities. FSP 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8 enhance disclosure regarding the transfer of financial assets and the use of variable interest entities. Adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Consolidated Balance SheetCompany’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows. Refer to Note 2 – “Accounts Receivable Securitizations” for further discussion.
     In May 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 165, Subsequent Events (“SFAS 165”), which provides guidance to establish general standards of accounting for, and disclosures of, events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. SFAS 165 is effective for interim or fiscal periods ending after June 15, 2009, and is required to be adopted by the Company beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009. The Company adopted this statement in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009. The Company has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through October 22, 2009, which is the date the financial statements were issued.
b. Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements:
     In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS 168,The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles(“SFAS 168”). SFAS 168 replaces SFAS 162,The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles,and establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (the “Codification”) as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB. The Codification is to be applied by nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and it supersedes all existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards. SFAS 168 also identifies the framework for selecting the principles used in preparation of financial statements that are presented in conformity with GAAP. SFAS 168 is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The Company expects that the adoption of SFAS 168 will not have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
     In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS 167,Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)(“SFAS 167”). SFAS 167 eliminates FASB Interpretation 46(R)’s exceptions to consolidating qualifying special-purpose entities, contains new criteria for determining the primary beneficiary, and increases the frequency of required reassessments to determine whether a company is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. SFAS 167 also contains a new requirement that any term, transaction, or arrangement that does not have a substantive effect on an entity’s status as a variable interest entity, a company’s power over a variable interest entity, or a company’s

102


obligation to absorb losses or its right to receive benefits of an entity must be disregarded in applying FASB Interpretation 46(R)’s provisions. The elimination of the qualifying special-purpose entity concept and its consolidation exceptions means more entities will be amortized on a straight-line basissubject to earnings through interest expense over the remaining termconsolidation assessments and reassessments. SFAS 167 is effective as of the debt.

15. New beginning of an enterprise’s first fiscal year beginning after November 15, 2009, and for interim periods within that first period, with earlier adoption prohibited. The Company is currently assessing the potential impacts, if any, on its consolidated financial statements.

     In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS 166,Accounting Pronouncements

for Transfers of Financial Assets – an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140(“SFAS 166”). SFAS 166 eliminates the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity, creates more stringent conditions for reporting a transfer of a portion of a financial asset as a sale, clarifies other sale-accounting criteria, and changes the initial measurement of a transferor’s interest in transferred financial assets. SFAS 166 will be effective for transfers of financial assets in fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009, and in interim periods within those fiscal years with earlier adoption prohibited. The Company is currently assessing the potential impacts, if any, on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position EITF 03-6-1,Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities (“(“FSP EITF 03-6-1”). FSP EITF 03-6-1 states that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or

dividend equivalents are “participating securities” as defined in EITF 03-6,Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method under FASB Statement No. 128,and therefore should be included in computing earnings per share using the two-class method. According to FSP EITF 03-6-1, a share-based payment award is a participating security when the award includes nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents. The rights result in a noncontingent transfer of value each time an entity declares a dividend or dividend equivalent during the award’s vesting period. However, the award would not be considered a participating security if the holder forfeits the right to receive dividends or dividend equivalents in the event that the award does not vest. FSP EITF 03-6-1 is effective for financial statements issued in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years. When adopted, its requirements are applied by recasting previously reported EPS. The Company is currently evaluatingdoes not expect the requirementsadoption of FSP EITF 03-6-1 and has not yet determined the impact of adoption.

In March 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161,Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 161”). SFAS 161 changes the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. The Company will be required to provide enhanced disclosures about (a) how and why derivative instruments are used, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS 133, and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect the Company’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the requirements of SFAS 161. The adoption of SFAS 161 is not expected to have ana material impact on the Company’sits financial position, results of operations or cash flows as the pronouncement addresses disclosure requirements only.

flows.

In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141R,Business Combinations (“(“SFAS 141R”). SFAS 141R states all assets and liabilities of an acquired business (whether full, partial or step acquisitions) will be recorded at fair value. Certain forms of contingent consideration and certain acquired contingencies will be recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. SFAS 141R also states acquisition costs will generally be expensed as incurred and restructuring costs will be expensed in periods after the acquisition date. The Company will be required to apply this new standard prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008 with the exception of the accounting for valuation allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies. SFAS 141R amends certain provisions of SFAS 109 such that adjustments made to valuation allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies associated with acquisitions that closed prior to the effective date of SFAS No. 141 would also apply the provisions of SFAS No. 141R.

The Company will apply the provisions of SFAS 141R to business combinations with an acquisition date beginning in fiscal year 2010.

In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160,Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements – an amendment of ARB No. 51(“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 requires a company to clearly identify and present ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the company in the consolidated financial statements within the equity section but separate from the company’s equity. It also requires that the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest be clearly identified and presented on the face of the consolidated statement of income; changes in ownership interest be accounted for similarly, as equity transactions; and when a subsidiary is deconsolidated, any retained noncontrolling equity investment in the former subsidiary and the gain or loss on the deconsolidation of the subsidiary be measured at fair value. This statement is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The Company is currently evaluatingdoes not expect the requirementsadoption of SFAS 160 and has not yet determined the impact of adoption, if any, on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2007, the FASB ratified EITF No. 06-11 (“EITF 06-11”),Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards. EITF 06-11 addresses the accounting for income tax benefits related to the payment of dividends on equity-classified employee share-based payment awards that are charged to retained earnings under SFAS 123R. The FASB concluded that a company should recognize the income tax

benefit received on dividends that are (a) paid to employees holding equity-classified nonvested shares, equity-classified nonvested share units or equity-classified outstanding share options and (b) charged to retained earnings under SFAS 123R. The requirements of EITF 06-11 will be applied prospectively to the income tax benefits of dividends on equity-classified employee share-based payment awards that are declared in fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2007, which will be the first quarter of the Company’s fiscal year 2009. The Company is currently analyzing the requirements of EITF 06-11 and has not yet determined the impact of adoption, if any, on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159,The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 159”) which provides companies with the option to report selected assets and liabilities at fair value. The new standard also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between companies that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. The new standard also requires entities to display the fair value of those assets and liabilities for which the Company has chosen to use fair value on the face of the balance sheet. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, which will be in the first quarter of the Company’s fiscal year 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the requirements of SFAS 159 and has not yet determined the impact of adoption, if any, on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157,Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements. However, for some entities, the application of SFAS 157 will change current practice. The provisions of SFAS 157 are effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, which will be the first quarter of the Company’s fiscal year 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the requirements of SFAS 157 and has not yet determined the impact of adoption, if any, on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 158 which requires an employer to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income. This statement also requires an employer to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end statement of financial position. The requirement to recognize the funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan was effective as of the end of the fiscal period ending after December 15, 2006. The Company has adopted this requirement and the effects are reflected in the financial statements as of August 31, 2007. The requirement to measure plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year-end statement of financial position is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. The Company will be required to adopt this requirement at the beginning of fiscal year 2009. The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of the measurement requirements of this standard will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

16. Subsequent Events
     On September 24, 2009, the Company entered into an agreement with an unrelated third-party to sell the operations of Jabil Circuit Automotive, SAS, an automotive electronics manufacturing subsidiary located in Western Europe. Pending country-specific regulatory approvals and other closing conditions, the Company expects to finalize this transaction in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010 and currently anticipates recognizing an estimated loss on disposal in its Consolidated Statement of Operations of approximately $15.0 to $25.0 million, including approximately $4.0 million in transaction related fees to be settled in cash.

103


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.
By:  /s/ TIMOTHYimothy L. MAIN        ain
 

Timothy L. Main

President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: October 29, 200822, 2009

104


POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL THESE PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Timothy L. Main and Forbes I.J. Alexander and each of them, jointly and severally, his attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each said attorneys-in-fact or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

  

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

By: 

/s/ WILLIAMilliam D. MOREAN        orean

William D. Morean

 Chairman of the Board of Directors October 28, 200822, 2009
By: 

/s/ THOMAShomas A. SANSONE        ansone

Thomas A. Sansone

 Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors October 28, 200822, 2009
By: 

/s/ TIMOTHYimothy L. MAIN        ain

Timothy L. Main

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director


(Principal Executive Officer)

 October 28, 200822, 2009
By: 

/s/ FORBESorbes I.J. ALEXANDER        lexander

Forbes I.J. Alexander

 Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) October 29, 200822, 2009
By: 

/s/ LAURENCEMel S. GRAFSTEIN        Lavitt

Laurence

Mel S. Grafstein

Lavitt
 Director October 28, 200822, 2009
By: 

/s/ Lawrence J. MEL S. LAVITT        urphy

Mel S. Lavitt

Lawrence J. Murphy
 Director October 28, 200822, 2009
By: 

/s/ LAWRENCE J. MURPHY        Frank

A. NLawrence J. Murphyewman

Frank A. Newman
 Director October 29, 200822, 2009
By: 

/s/ FRANKSteven A. NEWMAN        Raymund

Frank

Steven A. Newman

Raymund
 Director October 28, 200822, 2009
By: 

/s/ David M. STEVEN A. RAYMUND        tout

Steven A. Raymund

David M. Stout
 Director October 28, 200822, 2009
By: 

/s/ KATHLEENathleen A. WALTERS        alters

Kathleen A. Walters

 Director October 28, 200822, 2009

105


SCHEDULE II

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


SCHEDULE OF VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS


(in thousands)

   Balance at
beginning

of period
  Additions
charged to costs
and expenses
  Write-offs  Balance at
end of period

Allowance for uncollectible trade accounts receivable:

       

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2008

  $10,559  $3,316  $(3,759) $10,116
                

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2007

  $5,801  $7,974  $(3,216) $10,559
                

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2006

  $3,967  $3,203  $(1,369) $5,801
                

   Balance at
beginning

of period
  Additions
charged to
costs and
expenses
  Additions
charged to
other
accounts
  Reductions  Balance at
end of period

Valuation allowance for deferred taxes:

         

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2008

  $117,275  $5,002  $61  $(1,330) $121,008
                    

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2007

  $43,497  $6,726  $72,634  $(5,582) $117,275
                    

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2006

  $4,575  $41,072  $—    $(2,150) $43,497
                    

                 
  Balance at  Additions        
  beginning  charged to costs      Balance at 
  of period  and expenses  Write-offs  end of period 
Allowance for uncollectible trade accounts receivable:
                
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 $10,116  $8,450  $(3,056) $15,510 
             
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2008 $10,559  $3,316  $(3,759) $10,116 
             
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2007 $5,801  $7,974  $(3,216) $10,559 
             
                     
     Additions  Additions        
  Balance at  charged to  charged to        
  beginning  costs and  other     Balance at 
  of period  expenses  accounts  Reductions  end of period 
Valuation allowance for deferred taxes:
                    
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 $121,008  $308,560  $4,835  $(622) $433,781 
                
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2008 $117,275  $5,002  $61  $(1,330) $121,008 
                
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2007 $43,497  $6,726  $72,634  $(5,582) $117,275 
                
See accompanying report of independent registered public accounting firm.

106


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.

   

Description

Exhibit No.

Description
3.1(4)

  Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.

3.2(26)  

3.2(15)
  Registrant’s Bylaws, as amended.

4.1(2)

  Form of Certificate for Shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock.

4.2(6)

  Rights Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2001, between the Registrant and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., which includes the form of the Certificate of Designation as Exhibit A, form of the Rights Certificate as Exhibit B, and the Summary of Rights as Exhibit C.

4.3(10)  

4.3(9)
  Senior Debt Indenture, dated as of July 21, 2003, with respect to the Senior Debt of the Registrant, between the Registrant and The Bank of New York, as trustee.

4.4(10)  

4.4(9)
  First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 21, 2003, with respect to the 5.875% Senior Notes, due 2010, of the Registrant, between the Registrant and The Bank of New York, as trustee.

4.5(28)  

Form of 8.250% Unregistered Senior Notes issued on January 16, 2008.

4.6(28)  

4.5(16)
  Indenture, dated January 16, 2008, with respect to the 8.250% Senior Notes, by the Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee.

4.7(28)  

Officers’ Certificate of Jabil Circuit, Inc. pursuant to the Indenture, dated January 16, 2008.

4.8(28)  

Registration Rights Agreement dated January 16, 2008, by and among the Registrant and the representatives of the initial purchasers of the 8.250% Senior Notes issued on January 16, 2008.

4.9(29)  

Form of 8.250% Unregistered Senior Notes issued on May 19, 2008.

4.10(29)

Officers’ Certificate of the Registrant pursuant to the Indenture, dated May 19, 2008.

4.11(29)

Registration Rights Agreement dated May 19, 2008, by and among the Registrant and the representatives of the initial purchasers of the 8.250% Senior Notes issued on May 19, 2008.

4.12      

4.6 (17)
  Form of 8.250% Registered Senior Notes issued on July 18, 2008.

4.7 (18)

Form of 7.750% Registered Senior Notes issued on August 11, 2009.
4.8 (18)Officer’s Certificate of the Registrant pursuant to the Indenture, dated August 11, 2009.
10.1(3)(5)

  1992 Stock Option Plan and forms of agreement used thereunder, as amended.

10.2(3)(5) 

1992 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and forms of agreement used thereunder, as amended.

10.3(1)10.2(1)(3)

  Restated cash or deferred profit sharing plan under section 401(k).

10.4(1)10.3(1)(3)

  Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officersOfficers and Directors.

10.5(3)10.4(3)(7)

  Jabil 2002 Employment Stock Purchase Plan.

10.6(3)(15)

10.5(3)
  Jabil 2002 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.6a(19)  

10.5a(11)
  Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement.

10.6b(19)  

10.5b(11)
  Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan-French Subplan Stock Option Agreement.

10.6c(19)  

10.5c(11)
  Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan-UK Subplan CSOP Option Certificate.

10.6d(19)

10.5d(11)
  Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan-UK Subplan Stock Option Agreement.


Exhibit No.

Description

10.6e(20)  

10.5e(12)
  Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement.Agreement (prior form).

10.6f(21)  

10.5f
Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement (current form).
10.5g(13)  Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.

10.7(3)(9)  

Stock Award Plan.

10.8(3)(11)

Employment Contract between Jabil Circuit Automotive and the European Chief Operating Officer dated December 1, 2002.

10.9(12)    

10.6(3)(10)
  Addendum to the Terms and Conditions of the Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan for Grantees Resident in France.

10.10(3)10.7(3)(8)

  Schedule to the Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan for Grantees Resident in the United Kingdom.

10.11(13)  

Receivables Sale Agreement dated as of February 25, 2004 among the Registrant, Jabil Circuit of Texas, L.P. and Jabil Global Services, Inc. as originators and Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as buyer.

10.12(13)  

Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of February 25, 2004 among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant as servicer and Jupiter Securitization Corporation, the Financial Institutions and Bank One as agent for Jupiter and the Financial Institutions.

10.13(14)  

Amendment No. 1 to Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of April 22, 2004 among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant as servicer and Jupiter Securitization Corporation, the Financial Institutions and Bank One as agent for Jupiter and the Financial Institutions.

10.14(16)  

Amendment No. 2 to Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of February 23, 2005 among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant as servicer and Jupiter Securitization Corporation, the Financial Institutions and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) as agent for Jupiter and the Financial Institutions.

10.15(17)  

Five-Year Unsecured Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 11, 2005 between the Registrant; initial lenders named therein; Citicorp USA, Inc. as administrative agent; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as syndication agent; and The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC, SunTrust Bank, and ABN Amro Bank N.V. as co-documentation agents.

10.16(18)  

Amendment No. 3 to Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of May 13, 2005 among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant as servicer and Jupiter Securitization Corporation, the Financial Institutions and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) as agent for Jupiter and the Financial Institutions.

10.17(22)  

Amendment No. 4 to Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of November 11, 2005 among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant as servicer and Jupiter Securitization Corporation, the Financial Institutions and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) as agent for Jupiter and the Financial Institutions.

10.18(20)  

Amendment No. 5 to Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of February 21, 2006 among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant as servicer and Jupiter Securitization Corporation, the Financial Institutions and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) as agent for Jupiter and the Financial Institutions.

10.19(20)  

Amendment No. 1 to Receivables Sale Agreement dated as of February 21, 2006 among Jabil Circuit, Inc., Jabil Circuit of Texas, L.P. and Jabil Global Services, Inc. as originators and Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as buyer.


Exhibit No.

Description

10.20(23)  

Amendment No. 6 to Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of October 26, 2006 among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant as servicer and Jupiter Securitization Corporation, the Financial Institutions and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) as agent for Jupiter and the Financial Institutions.

10.21(23)  

Merger Agreement between Jabil Circuit (Taiwan) Limited and Taiwan Green Point Enterprises Co., Ltd. dated as of November 22, 2006.

10.22(23)  

Bridge Credit Agreement dated as of December 21, 2006 between the Registrant; initial lenders named therein; Citicorp North America, Inc. as administrative agent; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as syndication agent; and The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC, SunTrust Bank, and ABN Amro Bank N.V. as co-documentation agents.

10.23a(23)

Letter Amendment and Waiver to the Five-Year Unsecured Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2006, among the Registrant, certain banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders, and Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent for such lenders.

10.23b(23)

Letter Amendment and Waiver to the Five-Year Unsecured Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of January 11, 2007, among the Registrant, certain banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders, and Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent for such lenders.

10.23c(23)

Letter Amendment and Waiver to the Five-Year Unsecured Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2007, among the Registrant, certain banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders, and Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent for such lenders.

10.24a(23)

Letter Amendment and Waiver to the Bridge Credit Agreement, dated as of January 11, 2007, among the Registrant, certain banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent for such lenders.

10.24b(23)

Letter Amendment and Waiver to the Bridge Credit Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2007, among the Registrant, certain banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent for such lenders.

10.25(23)  

Amendment No. 7 to Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of February 21, 2007 among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant, as servicer and Jupiter Securitization Corporation, the Financial Institutions and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) as agent for Jupiter and the Financial Institutions.

10.26(23)  

Waiver and Consent Letter, dated as of May 2, 2007, to (i) the Receivables Purchase Agreement among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant, as servicer, Jupiter Securitization Company LLC (formerly Jupiter Securitization Corporation), the Financial Institutions and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) as agent for Jupiter and the Financial Institutions; and (ii) the Receivables Sale Agreement among the Registrant, Jabil Circuit of Texas, L.P., Jabil Global Services, Inc. and Jabil Defense and Aerospace Services, LLC as originators and Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as buyer.

10.27(24)  

Amendment No. 8 to Receivables Purchase Agreement dated May 11, 2007 among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant, as servicer, Jupiter Securitization Company LLC (formerly Jupiter Securitization Corporation), the Financial Institutions and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) as agent for Jupiter and the Financial Institutions.


Exhibit No.

Description

10.28(24)  

Amendment No. 2 to Receivables Sale Agreement dated as of May 11, 2007 among the Registrant, Jabil Circuit of Texas, L.P., Jabil Global Services, Inc., and Jabil Defense and Aerospace Services, LLC as originators and Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as buyer.

10.29(24)  

10. 8(14)
  Amended and Restated Five-Year Unsecured Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of July 19, 2007 between the Registrant; initial lenders and initial issuing banks named therein; Citicorp USA, Inc. as administrative agent; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as syndication agent; and The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC, Royal Bank of Canada, Bank of America, N.A., UBS Loan Finance LLC and Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch as co-documentation agents.

10.30(27)  

10.9 (19)
  Amendment No. 3 to the Bridge CreditUnderwriting Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2007 amongJuly 31, 2009, between Jabil Circuit, Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and the Registrant, certain banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent for such lenders.several underwriters listed therein.

10.31(25)  

Amendment No. 9 to Receivables Purchase Agreement dated February 19, 2008 among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant, as servicer, Falcon Asset Securitization Company LLC, the Financial Institutions and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) as agent.

10.32(25)  

Amendment No. 10 to Receivables Purchase Agreement dated March 20, 2008 among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant, as servicer, Falcon Asset Securitization Company LLC, the Financial Institutions and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) as agent.

10.33(25)  

Amendment No. 3 to Receivables Sale Agreement dated as of March 20, 2008 among the Registrant, Jabil Circuit of Texas, L.P., Jabil Global Services, Inc., and Jabil Defense and Aerospace Services, LLC as originators and Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as buyer.

21.1

  List of Subsidiaries.

23.1

  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.


Exhibit No.

Description
24.1

  Power of Attorney (See Signature page).

31.1

  Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant.

31.2

  Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification by the Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant.

32.1

  Section 1350 Certification by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant.

32.2

  Section 1350 Certification by the Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant.

 


(1)Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on March 3, 1993 (File No. 33-58974).
(2)Incorporated by reference to exhibit Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on March 17, 1993 (File No. 33-58974).
(3)Indicates management compensatory plan, contractorcontract or arrangement.
(4)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2000.
(5)Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-37701) filed by the Registrant on October 10, 1997.
(6)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-A (File No. 001-14063) filed October 19, 2001.
(7)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-98291) filed by the Registrant on August 16, 2002.
(8)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-98299) filed by the Registrant on August 16, 2002.
(9)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-54946) filed by the Registrant on February 5, 2001.


(10)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on July 21, 2003.
(11)
(10)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended November 30, 2002.
(12)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-106123) filed by the Registrant on June 13, 2003.
(13)
(11)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2004.
(14)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2004.
(15)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-149277) filed by the Registrant on February 15, 2008.
(16)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2005.
(17)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on May 13, 2005.
(18)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2005.
(19)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004.
(20)
(12)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2006.
(21)
(13)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2005.
(22)
(14)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended November 30, 2005.
(23)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2006.
(24)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2007.
(25)
(16)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008.
(26)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on October 29, 2008.
(27)
(16)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on December 27, 2007.
(28)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on January 17, 2008.
(29)
(17)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008.
(18)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on May 20, 2008.August 12, 2009.
(19)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on August 4, 2009.